[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

US20100262590A1 - Multi-computer distributed processing with replicated local memory exclusive read and write and network value update propagation - Google Patents

Multi-computer distributed processing with replicated local memory exclusive read and write and network value update propagation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20100262590A1
US20100262590A1 US12/820,758 US82075810A US2010262590A1 US 20100262590 A1 US20100262590 A1 US 20100262590A1 US 82075810 A US82075810 A US 82075810A US 2010262590 A1 US2010262590 A1 US 2010262590A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
computers
computer
code
application program
machine
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/820,758
Inventor
John Matthew Holt
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Waratek Pty Ltd
Original Assignee
Waratek Pty Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US10/830,042 external-priority patent/US7849452B2/en
Priority claimed from AU2005902027A external-priority patent/AU2005902027A0/en
Priority claimed from PCT/AU2005/000582 external-priority patent/WO2005103928A1/en
Priority claimed from US11/111,757 external-priority patent/US20050257219A1/en
Priority claimed from US11/111,778 external-priority patent/US20060095483A1/en
Priority claimed from US11/111,781 external-priority patent/US20050262513A1/en
Priority claimed from US11/111,946 external-priority patent/US7844665B2/en
Priority claimed from US11/111,779 external-priority patent/US7707179B2/en
Application filed by Waratek Pty Ltd filed Critical Waratek Pty Ltd
Priority to US12/820,758 priority Critical patent/US20100262590A1/en
Publication of US20100262590A1 publication Critical patent/US20100262590A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F15/00Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
    • G06F15/16Combinations of two or more digital computers each having at least an arithmetic unit, a program unit and a register, e.g. for a simultaneous processing of several programs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F8/00Arrangements for software engineering
    • G06F8/40Transformation of program code
    • G06F8/41Compilation
    • G06F8/45Exploiting coarse grain parallelism in compilation, i.e. parallelism between groups of instructions
    • G06F8/456Parallelism detection

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to computers and other computing machines and information appliances, in particular, to a modified computer architecture and program structure which enables the operation of an application program concurrently or simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link using a distributed runtime and enables improved performance to be achieved.
  • single prior art machine 1 is made up from a central processing unit, or CPU, 2 which is connected to a memory 3 via a bus 4 . Also connected to the bus 4 are various other functional units of the single machine 1 such as a screen 5 , keyboard 6 and mouse 7 .
  • a fundamental limit to the performance of the machine 1 is that the data to be manipulated by the CPU 2 , and the results of those manipulations, must be moved by the bus 4 .
  • the bus 4 suffers from a number of problems including so called bus “queues” formed by units wishing to gain an access to the bus, contention problems, and the like. These problems can, to some extent, be alleviated by various stratagems including cache memory, however, such stratagems invariably increase the administrative overhead of the machine 1 .
  • FIG. 3 A further possibility of increased computer power through the use of a plural number of machines arises from the prior art concept of distributed computing which is schematically illustrated in FIG. 3 .
  • a single application program (Ap) is partitioned by its author (or another programmer who has become familiar with the application program) into various discrete tasks so as to run upon, say, three machines in which case n in FIG. 3 is the integer 3.
  • the intention here is that each of the machines M 1 . . . M 3 runs a different third of the entire application and the intention is that the loads applied to the various machines be approximately equal.
  • the machines communicate via a network 14 which can be provided in various forms such as a communications link, the internet, intranets, local area networks, and the like.
  • the speed of operation of such networks 14 is an order of magnitude slower than the speed of operation of the bus 4 in each of the individual machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn.
  • Distributed computing suffers from a number of disadvantages. Firstly, it is a difficult job to partition the application and this must be done manually. Secondly, communicating data, partial results, results and the like over the network 14 is an administrative overhead. Thirdly, the need for partitioning makes it extremely difficult to scale upwardly by utilising more machines since the application having been partitioned into, say three, does not run well upon four machines. Fourthly, in the event that one of the machines should become disabled, the overall performance of the entire system is substantially degraded.
  • a further prior art arrangement is known as network computing via “clusters” as is schematically illustrated in FIG. 4 .
  • the entire application is loaded onto each of the machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn.
  • Each machine communicates with a common database but does not communicate directly with the other machines.
  • each machine runs the same application, each machine is doing a different “job” and uses only its own memory. This is somewhat analogous to a number of windows each of which sell train tickets to the public.
  • This approach does operate, is scalable and mainly suffers from the disadvantage that it is difficult to administer the network.
  • Synchronization more generally refers to the exclusive use of an object, class, resource, structure, or other asset to avoid contention between and among computers or machines. This is achieved in JAVA by the “monitor enter” and “monitor exit” instructions or routines. Other languages use different terms but utilize a similar concept.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure are directed to a computing environment in which an application program operates simultaneously on a plurality of computers. In such an environment, it is advantageous to ensure that the abovementioned asset initialization, clean-up and synchronization procedures operate in a consistent and coordinated fashion across all the machines.
  • a multiple computer system having at least one application program each written to operate only on a single computer but running simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected by a communications network, wherein different portions of said application program(s) execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers and for each portion a like plurality of substantially identical objects are created, each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, wherein the initial contents of each of said identically named objects is substantially the same, wherein all said identical objects are collectively deleted when each one of said plurality of computers no longer needs to refer to their corresponding object, and wherein said system includes a lock means applicable to all said computers wherein any computer wishing to utilize a named object therein acquires an authorizing lock from said lock means which permits said utilization and which prevents all the other computers from utilizing their corresponding named object until said authorizing lock is relinquished.
  • a multiple computer system having at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer but running simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected by a communications network, wherein different portions of said application program(s) execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers, wherein each computer has an independent local memory accessible only by the corresponding portion of said application program(s) and wherein for each said portion a like plurality of substantially identical objects are created, each in the corresponding computer.
  • a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link and each having an independent local memory and substantially simultaneously operating a different portion at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer, each local memory being accessible only by the corresponding portion of said application program.
  • a multiple thread processing computer operation in which individual threads of a single application program written to operate on only a single computer are simultaneously being processed each on a different corresponding one of a plurality of computers each having an independent local memory accessible only by the corresponding thread and each being interconnected via a communications link, the improvement comprising communicating changes in the contents of local memory physically associated with the computer processing each thread to the local memory of each other said computer via said communications link.
  • This disclosure details a computing environment in which an application program operates simultaneously on a plurality of computers.
  • it is advantageous to ensure that the abovementioned initialization routines operate in a consistent fashion across all the machines. It is this goal of consistent initialization that is the genesis of the present disclosure.
  • a multiple computer system having at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer but running simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected by a communications network, wherein different portions of said application program(s) execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers and for each said portion a like plurality of substantially identical objects are created, each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, and wherein the initial contents of each of said identically named objects is substantially the same.
  • a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link and simultaneously operating at least one application program each written to operation on only a single computer wherein each said computer substantially simultaneously executes a different portion of said application program(s), each said computer in operating its application program portion creates objects only in local memory physically located in each said computer, the contents of the local memory utilized by each said computer are fundamentally similar but not, at each instant, identical, and every one of said computers has distribution update means to distribute to all other said computers objects created by said one computer.
  • a method of compiling or modifying an application program written to operate on only a single computer to have different portions thereof to execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link comprising the steps of: (i) detecting instructions which create objects utilizing one of said computers, (ii) activating an initialization routine following each said detected object creation instruction, said initialization routine forwarding each created object to the remainder of said computers.
  • a multiple thread processing computer operation in which individual threads of a single application program written to operate on only a single computer are simultaneously being processed each on a different corresponding one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link, the improvement comprising communicating objects created in local memory physically associated with the computer processing each thread to the local memory of each other said computer via said communications link.
  • a method of ensuring consistent initialization of an application program written to operate on only a single computer but different portions of which are to be executed simultaneously each on a different one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications network comprising the steps of: (i) scrutinizing or analysing said application program at, or prior to, or after loading to detect each program step defining an initialization routine, and (ii) modifying said initialization routine to ensure consistent operation of all said computers.
  • This disclosure is further directed to a computing environment in which an application program operates simultaneously on a plurality of computers.
  • an application program operates simultaneously on a plurality of computers.
  • it is advantageous to ensure that the “clean up” (or deletion or finalisation) operates in a consistent fashion across all the machines. It is this goal of consistent finalization that is the genesis of various aspects of this disclosure.
  • a multiple computer system having at least one application program each written to operate only on a single computer but running simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected by a communications network, wherein different portions of said application program(s) execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers and for each said portion a like plurality of substantially identical objects are created, each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, and wherein all said identical objects are collectively deleted when each one of said plurality of computers no longer needs to refer to their corresponding object.
  • a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link and operating simultaneously at least one application program each written to operate only on a single computer, wherein each said computer substantially simultaneously executes a different portion of said application program(s), each said computer in operating its application program portion needs, or no longer needs to refer to an object only in local memory physically located in each said computer, the contents of the local memory utilized by each said computer is fundamentally similar but not, at each instant, identical, and every one of said computers has a finalization routine which deletes a non-referenced object only if each one of said plurality of computers no longer needs to refer to their corresponding object.
  • a method of ensuring consistent finalization of an application program written to operate only on a single computer but different portions of which are to be executed substantially simultaneously each on a different one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications network comprising the steps of: (i) scrutinizing said application program at, or prior to, or after loading to detect each program step defining an finalization routine, and (ii) modifying said finalization routine to ensure collective deletion of corresponding objects in all said computers only when each one of said computers no longer needs to refer to their corresponding object.
  • a method a multiple thread processing computer operation in which individual threads of a single application program written to operate only on a single computer are simultaneously being processed each on a corresponding different one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link, and in which objects in local memory physically associated with the computer processing each thread have corresponding objects in the local memory of each other said computer, the improvement comprising collectively deleting all said corresponding objects when each one of said plurality of computers no longer needs to refer to their corresponding object.
  • a multiple computer system having at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer but running simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected by a communications network, wherein different portions of said application program(s) execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers and for each portion a like plurality of substantially identical objects are created, each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, and said system including a lock mechanism or lock means applicable to all said computers wherein any computer wishing to utilize a named object therein acquires an authorizing lock from said lock means which permits said utilization and which prevents all the other computers from utilizing their corresponding named object until said authorizing lock is relinquished.
  • a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link and operating simultaneously at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer, wherein each said computer substantially simultaneously executes a different portion of said application program(s), each said computer in operating its application program portion utilizes an object only in local memory physically located in each said computer, the contents of the local memory utilized by each said computer is fundamentally similar but not, at each instant, identical, and every one of said computers has an acquire lock routine and a release lock routine which permit utilization of the local object only by one computer and each of the remainder of said plurality of computers is locked out of utilization of their corresponding object.
  • a method of ensuring consistent synchronization of an application program written to operate only on a single computer but different portions of which are to be executed substantially simultaneously each on a different one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications network comprising the steps of: (i) scrutinizing said application program at, or prior to, or after loading to detect each program step defining an synchronization routine, and (ii) modifying said synchronization routine to ensure utilization of an object by only one computer and preventing all the remaining computers from simultaneously utilizing their corresponding objects.
  • a multiple thread processing computer operation in which individual threads of a single application program written to operate only on a single computer are simultaneously being processed each on a corresponding different one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link, and in which objects in local memory physically associated with the computer processing each thread have corresponding objects in the local memory of each other said computer, the improvement comprising permitting only one of said computers to utilize an object and preventing all the remaining computers from simultaneously utilizing their corresponding object.
  • a computer program product comprises a set of program instructions stored in a storage medium and operable to permit a plurality of computers to carry out the abovementioned methods.
  • a distributed run time and distributed run time system adapted to enable communications between a plurality of computers, computing machines, or information appliances.
  • a modifier, modifier means, and modifier routine for modifying an application program written to execute on a single computer or computing machine at a time to execute simultaneously on a plurality of networked computers or computing machines.
  • distributed run time and distributed run time system adapted to enable communications between a plurality of computers, computing machines, or information appliances.
  • a computer program and computer program product written to operate on only a single computer but product comprising a set of program instructions stored in a storage medium and operable to permit a plurality of computers to carry out the abovementioned procedures, routines, and methods.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view of the internal architecture of a conventional computer
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration showing the internal architecture of known symmetric multiple processors
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic representation of conventional distributed computing
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic representation of conventional network computing using clusters
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of a plurality of machines operating the same application program in accordance with an embodiment
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic illustration of a prior art computer arranged to operate JAVA code and thereby constitute a JAVA virtual machine
  • FIG. 7 is a drawing similar to FIG. 6 but illustrating the initial loading of code in accordance with the preferred embodiment
  • FIG. 8 is a drawing similar to FIG. 5 but illustrating the interconnection of a plurality of computers each operating JAVA code in the manner illustrated in FIG. 7 ;
  • FIG. 9 is a flow chart of an exemplary procedure followed during loading of the same application on each machine in the network
  • FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing a modified procedure related to that of FIG. 9 ;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic representation of multiple thread processing carried out on the machines of FIG. 8 utilizing a first embodiment of memory updating;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic representation similar to FIG. 11 but illustrating an alternative embodiment
  • FIG. 13 illustrates exemplary multi-thread memory updating for the computers of FIG. 8 ;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic illustration of a computer arranged to operate in JAVA code and thereby constitute a JAVA virtual machine
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic representation of n machines running the application program and serviced by an additional server machine X;
  • FIG. 16 is a flow chart of illustrating the modification of initialization routines
  • FIG. 17 is a flow chart illustrating the continuation or abortion of initialization routines
  • FIG. 18 is a flow chart illustrating the enquiry sent to the server machine X;
  • FIG. 19 is a flow chart of the response of the server machine X to the request of FIG. 18 ;
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart illustrating a modified initialization routine for the class initialisation asset type ⁇ clinit> instruction
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart illustrating a modified initialization routine for the object initialization asset type ⁇ init> instruction
  • FIG. 22 is a flow chart of illustrating the modification of “clean up” or finalization routines
  • FIG. 23 is a flow chart illustrating the continuation or abortion of finalization routines
  • FIG. 24 is a flow chart illustrating the enquiry sent to the server machine X;
  • FIG. 25 is a flow chart of the response of the server machine X to the request of FIG. 24 ;
  • FIG. 26 is a flow chart of illustrating the modification of the monitor enter and exit routines
  • FIG. 27 is a flow chart illustrating the process followed by processing machine in requesting the acquisition of a lock
  • FIG. 28 is a flow chart illustrating the requesting of the release of a lock
  • FIG. 29 is a flow chart of the response of the server machine X to the request of FIG. 27 ;
  • FIG. 30 is a flow chart illustrating the response of the server machine X to the request of FIG. 28 ;
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic representation of two laptop computers interconnected to simultaneously run a plurality of applications; with both applications running on a single computer;
  • FIG. 32 is a view similar to FIG. 31 but showing the FIG. 31 apparatus with one application operating on each computer;
  • FIG. 33 is a view similar to FIG. 31 and FIG. 32 but showing the FIG. 31 apparatus with both applications operating simultaneously on both computers.
  • Annexures A, B, C and D which provide exemplary actual program or code fragments which implement various aspects of the described embodiments.
  • Annexure A relates primarily to fields
  • Annexure B relates primarily to initialization
  • Annexure C relates primarily to finalization
  • Annexure D relates primarily to synchronization. More particularly, the accompanying Annexures are provided in which:
  • Annexures A1-A10 illustrate exemplary code to illustrate various embodiments of this disclosure in relation to fields.
  • Annexure B1 is an exemplary typical code fragment from an unmodified class initialization ⁇ clinit> instruction
  • Annexure B2 is an equivalent in respect of a modified class initialization ⁇ clinit> instruction
  • Annexure B3 is a typical code fragment from an unmodified object initialization ⁇ init> instruction
  • Annexure B4 is an equivalent in respect of a modified object initialization ⁇ init> instruction.
  • Annexure B5 is an alternative to the code of Annexure B2 for an unmodified class initialization instruction
  • Annexure B6 is an alternative to the code of Annexure B4 for a modified object initialization ⁇ init> instruction.
  • Annexure B7 is exemplary computer program source-code of InitClient, which queries an “initialization server” for the initialization status of the relevant class or object
  • Annexure B8 is the computer program source-code of InitServer, which receives an initialization status query by InitClient and in response returns the corresponding status.
  • Annexure B9 is the computer program source-code of the example application used in the before/after examples of Annexure B1-B6.
  • This disclosure provides a modified computer architecture which enables an applications program to be run simultaneously on a plurality of computers in a manner that overcomes the limitations of the aforedescribed conventional architectures, systems, methods, and computer programs.
  • shared memory at each computer may be updated with amendments and/or overwrites so that all memory read requests are satisfied locally.
  • instructions which result in memory being re-written or manipulated are identified. Additional instructions are inserted into the program code (or other modification made) to cause the equivalent memory locations at all computers to be updated. While embodiments of this disclosure are not limited to JAVA language or virtual machines, exemplary embodiments are described relative to the JAVA language and standards.
  • the initialization of JAVA language classes and objects (or other assets) are provided for so all memory locations for all computers are initialized in the same manner.
  • the finalization of JAVA language classes and objects is also provide so finalization only occurs when the last class or object present on all machines is no longer required.
  • synchronization is provided such that instructions which result in the application program acquiring (or releasing) a lock on a particular asset (synchronization) are identified. Additional instructions are inserted (or other code modifications performed) to result in a modified synchronization routine with which all computers are updated.
  • This disclosure also provides a computing environment and computing method in which an application program operates simultaneously on a plurality of computers.
  • an application program operates simultaneously on a plurality of computers.
  • These memory replication, object or other asset initialization, finalization, and synchronization may be used and applied separately in a variety of computing and information processing environments.
  • they may advantageously be implemented and applied in any combination so as to provide synergistic effects for multi-computer processing, such as network based distributed computing.
  • one of the features of this disclosure is to make it appear that one common application program or application code and its executable version (with likely modification) is simultaneously or concurrently executing across a plurality of computers or machines M 1 , . . . , Mn.
  • embodiments of this disclosure achieve this by running the same application program (for example, Microsoft Word or Adobe Photoshop CS2) on each machine, but modifying the executable code of that application program on each machine as necessary such that each executing instance (‘copy’) on each machine coordinates its local operations on any particular machine with the operations of the respective instances on the other machines such that they all function together in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner and give the appearance of being one global instance of the application (i.e., a “meta-application”).
  • application program for example, Microsoft Word or Adobe Photoshop CS2
  • a single application code 50 (sometimes more informally referred to as the application or the application program) can be operated simultaneously on a number of machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn interconnected via a communications network or other communications link or path 53 .
  • the communications network or path may be any electronic signaling, data, or digital communications network or path and may advantageously be a relatively slow speed communications path, such as a network connection over the Internet or any common networking configurations known or available as of the date or this applications, and extensions and improvements, thereto.
  • one application code or program 50 may be a single application on the machines, such as Microsoft Word, as opposed to different applications on each machine, such as Microsoft Word on machine M 1 , and Microsoft PowerPoint on machine M 2 , and Netscape Navigator on machine M 3 and so forth. Therefore the terminology “one” application code or program and a “common” application code or program is used to try and capture this situation where all machines M 1 , . . . , Mn are operating or executing the same program or code and not different (and unrelated) programs. In other words copies or replicas of same or substantially the same application code is loaded onto each of the interoperating and connected machines or computers.
  • each of the machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn operates with the same application code 50 on each machine M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn and thus all of the machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn have the same or substantially the same application code 50 usually with a modification that may be machine specific.
  • each of the machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn operates with the same (or substantially the same or similar) modifier 51 (in some embodiments implemented as a distributed run time or DRT 71 ) on each machine M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn and thus all of the machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn have the same (or substantially the same or similar) modifier 51 for each modification required.
  • Different modification for example may be required for memory management and replication, initialization, finalization, and/or synchronization (though not all of these modification types may be required for all embodiments).
  • each application code 50 has been modified by the corresponding modifier 51 according to the same rules (or substantially the same rules since minor optimizing changes are permitted within each modifier 51 / 1 , 51 / 2 , . . . , 51 / n ).
  • each machine may in fact have and be modified according to a plurality of separate modifiers (such as 51 / 2 -M (e.g., M 2 memory management modifier), 51 / 2 -I (e.g., M 2 initialization modifier), 51 / 2 -F (e.g., M 2 finalization modifier), and/or 51 / 2 -S (e.g., M 2 synchronization modifier); or alternatively any one or more of these modifiers may be combined into a combined modifier for that computer or machine.
  • a plurality of separate modifiers such as 51 / 2 -M (e.g., M 2 memory management modifier), 51 / 2 -I (e.g., M 2 initialization modifier), 51 / 2 -F (e.g., M 2 finalization modifier), and/or 51 / 2 -S (e.g., M 2 synchronization modifier); or alternatively any one or more of these modifiers may be combined into a combined modifier for that computer or machine.
  • efficiencies will result from performing the steps required to identify the modification required, in performing the actual modification, and in coordinating the operation of the plurality or constellation of computers or machines in an organized, consistent, and coherent manner.
  • modification may be performed in accordance with aspects of the disclosure by the distributed run time means 71 described in greater detail hereinafter.
  • such memory management modifier 51 -M or DRT 71 -M or other code modifying means component of the overall modifier or distributed run time means is responsible for creating or replicating a memory structure and contents on each of the individual machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn that permits the plurality of machines to interoperate.
  • this replicated memory structure will be identical, in other embodiments this memory structure will have portions that are identical and other portions that are not, and in still other embodiments the memory structures are or may not be identical.
  • initialisation modifier 51 -I or DRT 71 -I or other code modifying means component of the overall modifier or distributed run time means is responsible for modifying the application code 50 so that it may execute initialisation routines or other initialization operations, such as for example class and object initialization methods or routines in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment, in a coordinated, coherent, and consistent manner across the plurality of individual machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn
  • such finalization modifier 51 -F or DRT 71 -F or other code modifying means is responsible for modifying the application code 50 so that the code may execute finalization clean-up, or other memory reclamation, recycling, deletion or finalization operations, such as for example finalization methods in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment, in a coordinated, coherent and consistent manner across the plurality of individual machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn.
  • such synchronization modifier 51 -S or DRT 71 -S or other code modifying means is responsible for ensuring that when a part (such as a thread or process) of the modified application program 50 running on one or more of the machines exclusively utilizes (e.g., by means of a synchronization routine or similar or equivalent mutual exclusion operator or operation) a particular local asset, such as an objects 50 X- 50 Z or class 50 A, no other different and potentially concurrently executing part on machines M 2 . . . Mn exclusively utilizes the similar equivalent corresponding asset in its local memory at once or at the same time.
  • a part such as a thread or process
  • a particular local asset such as an objects 50 X- 50 Z or class 50 A
  • a single application code 50 (sometimes more informally referred to as the application or the application program) can be operated simultaneously on a number of machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn interconnected via a communications network or other communications link or path 53 .
  • one application code or program 50 would be a single common application program on the machines, such as Microsoft Word, as opposed to different applications on each machine, such as Microsoft Word on machine M 1 , and Microsoft PowerPoint on machine M 2 , and Netscape Navigator on machine M 3 and so forth. Therefore the terminology “one”, “single”, and “common” application code or program is used to try and capture this situation where all machines M 1 , . .
  • each of the machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn operates with the same application code 50 on each machine M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn and thus all of the machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn have the same or substantially the same application code 50 usually with a modification that may be machine specific.
  • each of the machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn operates with the same (or substantially the same or similar) modifier 51 on each machine M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn and thus all of the machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn have the same (or substantially the same or similar) modifier 51 with the modifier of machine M 1 being designated 51 / 1 and the modifier of machine M 2 being designated 51 / 2 , etc.
  • the application code 50 on each machine M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn is modified by the corresponding modifier 51 according to the same rules (or substantially the same rules since minor optimizing changes are permitted within each modifier 51 / 1 , 51 / 2 , . . . , 51 / n ).
  • one of the features of this disclosure is to make it appear that one application program instance of application code 50 is executing simultaneously across all of the plurality of machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn.
  • aspects of this disclosure achieve this by running the same application program code (for example, Microsoft Word or Adobe Photoshop CS2) on each machine, but modifying the executable code of that application program on each machine such that each executing occurrence (or ‘local instance’) on each one of the machines M 1 . . .
  • Mn coordinates its local operations with the operations of the respective occurrences on each one of the other machines such that each occurrence on each one of the plurality of machines function together in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner so as to give the appearance of being one global instance (or occurrence) of the application program and program code (i.e., a “meta-application”).
  • each of the machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn has, say, an internal memory capability of 10 MB
  • the total memory available to each application code 50 is not necessarily, as one might expect the number of machines (n) times 10 MB, or alternatively the additive combination of the internal memory capability of all n machines, but rather or still may only be 10 MB.
  • the size of the smallest memory of any of the machines may be used as the maximum memory capacity of the machines when such memory (or a portion thereof) is to be treated as a ‘common’ memory (i.e. similar equivalent memory on each of the machines M 1 . . . Mn) or otherwise used to execute the common application code.
  • each machine M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn has an private (i.e. ‘non-common’) internal memory capability.
  • the private internal memory capability of the machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn are normally approximately equal but need not be. It may also be advantageous to select the amounts of internal memory in each machine to achieve a desired performance level in each machine and across a constellation or network of connected or coupled plurality of machines, computers, or information appliances M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn. Having described these internal and common memory considerations, it will be apparent in light of the description provided herein that the amount of memory that can be common between machines is not a limitation of the embodiments of this disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 It is known from the prior art to operate a single computer or machine (produced by one of various manufacturers and having an operating system operating in one of various different languages) in a particular language of the application, by creating a virtual machine as schematically illustrated in FIG. 6 .
  • the code and data and virtual machine configuration or arrangement of FIG. 6 takes the form of the application code 50 written in the Java language and executing within a Java Virtual Machine 61 .
  • the intended language of the application is the language JAVA
  • a JAVA virtual machine is used which is able to operate code in JAVA irrespective of the machine manufacturer and internal details of the machine.
  • the JAVA Virtual Machine Specification 2.sup.nd Edition by T. Lindholm & F. Yellin of Sun Microsystems Inc. of the USA, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • FIG. 6 This conventional art arrangement of FIG. 6 is modified in accordance with embodiments of this disclosure by the provision of an additional facility which is conveniently termed “distributed run time” or “distributed run time system” DRT 71 and as seen in FIG. 7 .
  • the application code 50 is loaded onto the Java Virtual Machine 72 in cooperation with the distributed runtime system 71 , through the loading procedure indicated by arrow 75 .
  • distributed runtime and the distributed run time system are essentially synonymous, and by means of illustration but not limitation are generally understood to include library code and processes which support software written in a particular language running on a particular platform. Additionally, a distributed runtime system may also include library code and processes which support software written in a particular language running within a particular distributed computing environment.
  • the runtime system typically deals with the details of the interface between the program and the operation system such as system calls, program start-up and termination, and memory management.
  • a conventional Distributed Computing Environment that does not provide the capabilities of the inventive distributed run time or distributed run time system 71 of embodiments of this disclosure is available from the Open Software Foundation.
  • This Distributed Computing Environment performs a form of computer-to-computer communication for software running on the machines, but among its many limitations, it is not able to implement the modification or communication operations of embodiments of this disclosure.
  • the novel DRT 71 coordinates the particular communications between the plurality of machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn.
  • the novel distributed runtime 71 comes into operation during the loading procedure indicated by arrow 75 of the JAVA application 50 on each JAVA virtual machine 72 of machines JVM# 1 , JVM# 2 , . . . JVM#n.
  • the sequence of operations during loading will be described hereafter in relation to FIG. 9 . It will be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that although many examples and descriptions are provided relative to the JAVA language and JAVA virtual machines so that the reader may get the benefit of specific examples, embodiments of this disclosure are not restricted to either the JAVA language or JAVA virtual machines, or to any other language, virtual machine, machine, or operating environment.
  • FIG. 8 shows in modified form the arrangement of FIG. 5 utilising JAVA virtual machines, each as illustrated in FIG. 7 .
  • the same application code 50 is loaded onto each machine M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn.
  • the communications between each machine M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn, and indicated by arrows 83 are advantageously controlled by the individual DRT's 71 / 1 . . . 71 / n within each machine.
  • this may be conceptualized as the DRT's 71 / 1 , . . .
  • this disclosure contemplates and includes either this direct communication between machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn or DRTs 71 / 1 , 71 / 2 , . . . , 71 / n or a combination of such communications.
  • the novel DRT 71 provides communication that is transport, protocol, and link independent.
  • the modifier 51 may be implemented as a component of or within the distributed run time 71 , and therefore the DRT 71 may implement the functions and operations of the modifier 51 .
  • the function and operation of the modifier 51 may be implemented outside of the structure, software, firmware, or other means used to implement the DRT 71 .
  • the modifier 51 and DRT 71 are implemented or written in a single piece of computer program code that provides the functions of the DRT and modifier. The modifier function and structure therefore maybe subsumed into the DRT and considered to be an optional component.
  • the modifier function and structure is responsible for modifying the executable code of the application code program
  • the distributed run time function and structure is responsible for implementing communications between and among the computers or machines.
  • the communications functionality in one embodiment is implemented via an intermediary protocol layer within the computer program code of the DRT on each machine.
  • the DRT may for example implement a communications stack in the JAVA language and use the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to provide for communications or talking between the machines.
  • TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • a plurality of individual computers or machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn are provided, each of which are interconnected via a communications network 53 or other communications link and each of which individual computers or machines provided with a modifier 51 (See in FIG. 5 ) and realised by or in for example the distributed run time (DRT) 71 (See FIG. 8 ) and loaded with a common application code 50 .
  • the term common application program is to be understood to mean an application program or application program code written to operate on a single machine, and loaded and/or executed in whole or in part on each one of the plurality of computers or machines M 1 , M 2 . . .
  • the modifier 51 or DRT 71 or other code modifying means is responsible for modifying the application code 50 so that it may execute memory manipulation operations, such as memory putstatic and putfield instructions in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment, in a coordinated, consistent, and coherent manner across and between the plurality of individual machines M 1 . . . Mn. It follows therefore that in such a computing environment it is necessary to ensure that each of memory location is manipulated in a consistent fashion (with respect to the others).
  • some or all of the plurality of individual computers or machines may be contained within a single housing or chassis (such as so-called “blade servers” manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others) or implemented on a single printed circuit board or even within a single chip or chip set.
  • blade servers manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others
  • a machine (produced by any one of various manufacturers and having an operating system operating in any one of various different languages) can operate in the particular language of the application program code 50 , in this instance the JAVA language. That is, a JAVA virtual machine 72 is able to operate application code 50 in the JAVA language, and utilize the JAVA architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • the generalized platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system is able to operate application code 50 in the language(s) (possibly including for example, but not limited to any one or more of source-code languages, intermediate-code languages, object-code languages, machine-code languages, and any other code languages) of that platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system environment, and utilize the platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system and/or language architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • platform and/or runtime system may include virtual machine and non-virtual machine software and/or firmware architectures, as well as hardware and direct hardware coded applications and implementations.
  • computers and/or computing machines and/or information appliances or processing systems are still applicable.
  • computers and/or computing machines that do not utilize either classes and/or objects include for example, the x86 computer architecture manufactured by Intel Corporation and others, the SPARC computer architecture manufactured by Sun Microsystems, Inc and others, the PowerPC computer architecture manufactured by International Business Machines Corporation and others, and the personal computer products made by Apple Computer, Inc., and others.
  • primitive data types such as integer data types, floating point data types, long data types, double data types, string data types, character data types and Boolean data types
  • structured data types such as arrays and records
  • code or data structures of procedural languages or other languages and environments such as functions, pointers, components, modules, structures, references and unions.
  • Step 90 commences at Step 90 in FIG. 9 and involves the initial step 91 of preferably scrutinizing or analysing the code and detecting all memory locations addressable by the application code 50 , or optionally some subset of all memory locations addressable by the application code 50 ; such as for example named and unnamed memory locations, variables (such as local variables, global variables, and formal arguments to subroutines or functions), fields, registers, or any other address space or range of addresses which application code 50 may access.
  • variables such as local variables, global variables, and formal arguments to subroutines or functions
  • fields registers, or any other address space or range of addresses which application code 50 may access.
  • Such memory locations in some instances need to be identified for subsequent processing at steps 92 and 93 .
  • the DRT 71 during the loading procedure 75 creates a list of all the memory locations thus identified.
  • the memory locations in the form of JAVA fields are listed by object and class, however, the memory locations, fields, or the like may be listed or organized in any manner so long as they comport with the architectural and programming requirements of the system on which the program is to be used and the principles of the inventive concept described herein. This detection is optional and not required in all embodiments of this disclosure. It may be noted that the DRT is at least in part fulfilling the roll of the modifier 51 .
  • Step 92 The next phase (designated Step 92 in FIG. 9 ) [Step 92 ] of the modification procedure is to search through the application code 50 in order to locate processing activity or activities that manipulate or change values or contents of any listed memory location (for example, but not limited to JAVA fields) corresponding to the list generated at step 91 when required. Preferably, all processing activities that manipulate or change any one or more values or contents of any one or more listed memory locations, are located.
  • processing activity or operation typically “putstatic” or “putfield” in the JAVA language, or for example, a memory assignment operation, or a memory write operation, or a memory manipulation operation, or more generally operations that otherwise manipulate or change value(s) or content(s) of memory or other addressable areas
  • an “updating propagation routine” is inserted by step 93 in the application code 50 corresponding to the detected memory manipulation operation, to communicate with all other machines in order to notify all other machines of the identity of the manipulated memory location, and the updated, manipulated or changed value(s) or content(s) of the manipulated memory location.
  • the inserted “updating propagation routine” preferably takes the form of a method, function, procedure, or similar subroutine call or operation to a network communications library of DRT 71 .
  • the “updating propagation routine” may take the optional form of a code-block (or other inline code form) inserted into the application code instruction stream at, after, before, or otherwise corresponding to the detected manipulation instruction or operation.
  • the “updating propagation routine” may execute on the same thread or process or processor as the detected memory manipulation operation of step 92 . Thereafter, the loading procedure continues, by loading the modified application code 50 on the machine 72 in place of the unmodified application code 50 , as indicated by step 94 in FIG. 9 .
  • FIG. 10 An alternative form of modification during loading is illustrated in the illustration of FIG. 10 .
  • the start and listing steps 90 and 91 and the searching step 92 are the same as in FIG. 9 .
  • the “updating propagation routine” is inserted into the application code 50 corresponding to the detected memory manipulation operation identified in step 92 , as is indicated in step 93 , in which the application code 50 , or network communications library code 71 of the DRT executing on the same thread or process or processor as the detected memory manipulation operation, carries out the updating, instead an “alert routine” is inserted corresponding to the detected memory manipulation operation, at step 103 .
  • the “alert routine” instructs, notifies or otherwise requests a different and potentially simultaneously or concurrently executing thread or process or processor not used to perform the memory manipulation operation (that is, a different thread or process or processor than the thread or process or processor which manipulated the memory location), such as a different thread or process allocated to the DRT 71 , to carry out the notification, propagation, or communication of all other machines of the identity of the manipulated memory location, and the updated, manipulated or changed value(s) or content(s) of the manipulated memory location.
  • FIG. 11 corresponds to the execution and operation of the modified application code 50 when modified in accordance with the procedures set forth in and described relative to FIG. 9 .
  • FIG. 12 on the other hand (and the steps 112 , 113 , 125 , 127 , and 115 therein) set forth therein correspond to the execution and operation of the modified application code 50 when modified in accordance with FIG. 10 .
  • This analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 can take place either prior to loading the application program code 50 , or during the application program code 50 loading procedure, or even after the application program code 50 loading procedure. It may be likened to an instrumentation, program transformation, translation, or compilation procedure in that the application code may be instrumented with additional instructions, and/or otherwise modified by meaning-preserving program manipulations, and/or optionally translated from an input code language to a different code language (such as for example from source-code language or intermediate-code language to object-code language or machine-code language), and with the understanding that the term compilation normally or conventionally involves a change in code or language, for example, from source code to object code or from one language to another language.
  • compilation (and its grammatical equivalents) is not so restricted and can also include or embrace modifications within the same code or language.
  • the compilation and its equivalents are understood to encompass both ordinary compilation (such as for example by way of illustration but not limitation, from source-code to object-code), and compilation from source-code to source-code, as well as compilation from object-code to object-code, and any altered combinations therein. It is also inclusive of so-called “intermediary-code languages” which are a form of “pseudo object-code”.
  • the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place during the loading of the application program code such as by the operating system reading the application code from the hard disk or other storage device or source and copying it into memory and preparing to begin execution of the application program code.
  • the analysis or scrutiny may take place during the class loading procedure of the java.lang.ClassLoader loadClass method (e.g., “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )”).
  • the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place even after the application program code loading procedure, such as after the operating system has loaded the application code into memory, or optionally even after execution of the relevant corresponding portion of the application program code has started, such as for example after the JAVA virtual machine has loaded the application code into the virtual machine via the “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )” method and optionally commenced execution.
  • a multiple thread processing machine environment 110 on each one of the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn and consisting of threads 111 / 1 . . . 111 / 4 exists.
  • the processing and execution of the second thread 111 / 2 results in that thread 111 / 2 manipulating a memory location at step 113 , by writing to a listed memory location.
  • the application code 50 is modified at a point corresponding to the write to the memory location of step 113 , so that it propagates, notifies, or communicates the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113 to the other machines M 2 , . . . , Mn via network 53 or other communication link or path, as indicated at step 114 .
  • the processing of the application code 50 of that thread 111 / 2 is or may be altered and in some instances interrupted at step 114 by the executing of the inserted “updating propagation routine”, and the same thread 111 / 2 notifies, or propagates, or communicates to all other machines M 2 , . . .
  • the thread 111 / 2 then resumes or continues the processing or the execution of the modified application code 50 at step 115 .
  • a multiple thread processing machine environment 110 comprising or consisting of threads 111 / 1 , . . . , 111 / 3 , and a simultaneously or concurrently executing DRT processing environment 120 consisting of the thread 121 / 1 as illustrated, or optionally a plurality of threads, is executing on each one of the machines M 1 , . . . Mn.
  • the processing and execution of the modified application code 50 on thread 111 / 2 results in a memory manipulation operation of step 113 , which in this instance is a write to a listed memory location.
  • the application code 50 is modified at a point corresponding to the write to the memory location of step 113 , so that it requests or otherwise notifies the threads of the DRT processing environment 120 to notify, or propagate, or communicate to the other machines M 2 , . . . , Mn of the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113 , as indicated at steps 125 and 128 and arrow 127 .
  • the thread 111 / 2 processing and executing the modified application code 50 requests a different and potentially simultaneously or concurrently executing thread or process (such as thread 121 / 1 ) of the DRT processing environment 120 to notify the machines M 2 , . . .
  • step 125 and arrow 127 Mn via network 53 or other communications link or path of the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113 , as indicated in step 125 and arrow 127 .
  • a different and potentially simultaneously or concurrently executing thread or process 121 / 1 of the DRT processing environment 120 notifies the machines M 2 , . . . , Mn via network 53 or other communications link or path of the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113 , as requested of it by the modified application code 50 executing on thread 111 / 2 of step 125 and arrow 127 .
  • step 125 of thread 111 / 2 of FIG. 12 can be carried out quickly, because step 114 of thread 111 / 2 must notify and communicate with machines M 2 , . . . , Mn via the relatively slow network 53 (relatively slow for example when compared to the internal memory bus 4 of FIG. 1 or the global memory 13 of FIG. 2 ) of the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113 , whereas step 125 of thread 111 / 2 does not communicate with machines M 2 , . . . , Mn via the relatively slow network 53 .
  • step 125 of thread 111 / 2 requests or otherwise notifies a different and potentially simultaneously or concurrently executing thread 121 / 1 of the DRT processing environment 120 to perform the notification and communication with machines M 2 , . . . , Mn via the relatively slow network 53 of the identify and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113 , as indicated by arrow 127 .
  • thread 111 / 2 carrying out step 125 is only interrupted momentarily before the thread 111 / 2 resumes or continues processing or execution of modified application code in step 115 .
  • the other thread 121 / 1 of the DRT processing environment 120 then communicates the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113 to machines M 2 , . . . , Mn via the relatively slow network 53 or other relatively slow communications link or path.
  • This second arrangement of FIG. 12 makes better utilisation of the processing power of the various threads 111 / 1 . . . 111 / 3 and 121 / 1 (which are not, in general, subject to equal demands). Irrespective of which arrangement is used, the identity and change value of the manipulated memory location(s) of step 113 is (are) propagated to all the other machines M 2 . . . Mn on the network 53 or other communications link or path.
  • step 114 of FIG. 11 or the DRT 71 / 1 (corresponding to the DRT processing environment 120 of FIG. 12 ) and its thread 121 / 1 of FIG. 12 (represented by step 128 in FIG. 13 ), send, via the network 53 or other communications link or path, the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113 of FIGS. 11 and 12 , to each of the other machines M 2 , . . . , Mn.
  • each of the other machines M 2 , . . . , Mn carries out the action of receiving from the network 53 the identity and changed value of, for example, the manipulated memory location of step 113 from machine M 1 , indicated by step 135 , and writes the value received at step 135 to the local memory location corresponding to the identified memory location received at step 135 , indicated by step 136 .
  • Such local memory read and write processing operation as performed according to the aspects of various embodiments can typically be satisfied within 10 2 -10 3 cycles of the central processing unit.
  • a relatively slow network communication link or path 53 may advantageously be used because it provides the desired performance and low cost
  • the inventive concept is not limited to a relatively low speed network connection and may be used with any communication link or path.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure are transport, network, and communications path independent, and do not depend on how the communication between machines or DRTs takes place. In one embodiment, even electronic mail (email) exchanges between machines or DRTs may suffice for the communications.
  • the identity and changed value pair of a manipulated memory location sent over network 53 each pair typically sent as the sole contents of a single packet, frame or cell for example, can be grouped into batches of multiple pairs of identities and changed values corresponding to multiple manipulated memory locations, and sent together over network 53 or other communications link or path in a single packet, frame, or cell.
  • This further modification further reduces the demands on the communication speed of the network 53 or other communications link or path interconnecting the various machines, as each packet, cell or frame may contain multiple identity and changed value pairs, and therefore fewer packets, frames, or cells require to be sent.
  • the embodiment illustrated of FIG. 11 of step 114 sends an updating and propagation message to all machines corresponding to every performed memory manipulation operation.
  • the DRT thread 121 / 1 of FIG. 12 does not need to perform an updating and propagation operation corresponding to every local memory manipulation operation, but instead may send fewer updating and propagation messages than memory manipulation operations, each message containing the last or latest changed value or content of the manipulated memory location, or optionally may only send a single updating and propagation message corresponding to the last memory manipulation operation.
  • This further improvement reduces the demands on the network 53 or other communications link or path, as fewer packets, frames, or cells require to be sent.
  • each DRT 71 when initially recording or creating the list of all, or some subset of all, memory locations (or fields), for each such recorded memory location on each machine M 1 , . . . , Mn there is a name or identity which is common or similar on each of the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn.
  • the local memory location corresponding to a given name or identity (listed for example, during step 91 of FIG. 9 ) will or may vary over time since each machine may and generally will store changed memory values or contents at different memory locations according to its own internal processes.
  • each of the DRTs will have, in general, different local memory locations corresponding to a single memory name or identity, but each global “memory name” or identity will have the same “memory value” stored in the different local memory locations.
  • a particular machine say machine M 2 , loads the asset (such as class or object) inclusive of memory manipulation operation(s), modifies it, and then loads each of the other machines M 1 , M 3 , . . . , Mn (either sequentially or simultaneously or according to any other order, routine or procedure) with the modified object (or class or other asset or resource) inclusive of the new modified memory manipulation operation.
  • asset such as class or object
  • Mn either sequentially or simultaneously or according to any other order, routine or procedure
  • the memory manipulation operation(s) that is (are) loaded is binary executable object code.
  • the memory manipulation operation(s) that is (are) loaded is executable intermediary code.
  • each of the slave (or secondary) machines M 1 , M 3 , . . . , Mn loads the modified object (or class), and inclusive of the new modified memory manipulation operation(s), that was sent to it over the computer communications network or other communications link or path by the master (or primary) machine, such as machine M 2 , or some other machine such as a machine X of FIG. 15 .
  • the computer communications network can be replaced by a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database.
  • each machine M 1 , . . . , Mn receives the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of one or more memory manipulation operation(s), but modifies the operations and then loads the asset (such as class or object) consisting of the now modified operations.
  • asset such as class or object
  • one machine such as the master or primary machine may customize or perform a different modification to the memory manipulation operation(s) sent to each machine, this embodiment more readily enables the modification carried out by each machine to be slightly different and to be enhanced, customized, and/or optimized based upon its particular machine architecture, hardware, processor, memory, configuration, operating system, or other factors, yet still similar, coherent and consistent with other machines with all other similar modifications and characteristics that may not need to be similar or identical.
  • the supply or the communication of the asset code (such as class code or object code) to the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn, and optionally inclusive of a machine X of FIG. 15 can be branched, distributed or communicated among and between the different machines in any combination or permutation; such as by providing direct machine to machine communication (for example, M 2 supplies each of M 1 , M 3 , M 4 , etc. directly), or by providing or using cascaded or sequential communication (for example, M 2 supplies M 1 which then supplies M 3 which then supplies M 4 , and so on), or a combination of the direct and cascaded and/or sequential.
  • direct machine to machine communication for example, M 2 supplies each of M 1 , M 3 , M 4 , etc. directly
  • cascaded or sequential communication for example, M 2 supplies M 1 which then supplies M 3 which then supplies M 4 , and so on
  • Annexure A5 is a typical code fragment from a memory manipulation operation prior to modification (e.g., an exemplary unmodified routine with a memory manipulation operation)
  • Annexure A6 is the same routine with a memory manipulation operation after modification (e.g., an exemplary modified routine with a memory manipulation operation).
  • These code fragments are exemplary only and identify one software code means for performing the modification in an exemplary language. It will be appreciated that other software/firmware or computer program code may be used to accomplish the same or analogous function or operation without departing from the inventive concept.
  • Annexures A5 and A6 are exemplary code listings that set forth the conventional or unmodified computer program software code (such as may be used in a single machine or computer environment) of a routine with a memory manipulation operation of application program code 50 and a post-modification excerpt of the same routine such as may be used in embodiments having multiple machines.
  • the modified code that is added to the routine is highlighted in bold text.
  • Annexure A includes exemplary program listings in the JAVA language to further illustrate features, aspects, methods, and procedures of described in the detailed description A1.
  • This first excerpt is part of an illustration of the modification code of the modifier 51 in accordance with steps 92 and 103 of FIG. 10. It searches through the code array of the application program code 50, and when it detects a memory manipulation instruction (i.e. a putstatic instruction (opcode 178) in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment) it modifies the application program code by the insertion of an “alert” routine.
  • a memory manipulation instruction i.e. a putstatic instruction (opcode 178) in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment
  • This second excerpt is part of the DRT.alert( ) method and implements the step of 125 and arrow of 127 of FIG. 12.
  • This DRT.alert( ) method requests one or more threads of the DRT processing environment of FIG. 12 to update and propagate the value and identity of the changed memory location corresponding to the operation of Annexure A1.
  • This third excerpt is part of the DRT 71, and corresponds to step 128 of FIG. 12.
  • This code fragment shows the DRT in a separate thread, such as thread 121/1 of FIG. 12, after being notified or requested by step 125 and array 127, and sending the changed value and changed value location/identity across the network 53 to the other of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn.
  • the fourth excerpt is part of the DRT 71, and corresponds to steps 135 and 136 of FIG. 13.
  • the fifth excerpt is an disassembled compiled form of the example.java application of Annexure A7, which performs a memory manipulation operation (putstatic and putfield).
  • the sixth excerpt is the disassembled compiled form of the same example application in Annexure A5 after modification has been performed by FieldLoader.java of Annexure A11, in accordance with FIG. 9 of this disclosure. The modifications are highlighted in bold.
  • the seventh excerpt is the source-code of the example.java application used in excerpt A5 and A6.
  • This example application has two memory locations (staticValue and instanceValue) and performs two memory manipulation operations.
  • the eighth excerpt is the source-code of FieldAlert.java which corresponds to step 125 and arrow 127 of FIG. 12, and which requests a thread 121/1 executing FieldSend.java of the “distributed run-time” 71 to propagate a changed value and identity pair to the other machines M1 . . . Mn.
  • the ninth excerpt is the source-code of FieldSend.java which corresponds to step 128 of FIG.
  • FieldLoader.java modifies an application program code, such as the example.java application code of Annexure A7, as it is being loaded into a JAVA virtual machine in accordance with steps 90, 91, 92, 103, and 94 of FIG. 10.
  • FieldLoader.java makes use of the convenience classes of Annexures A12 through to A36 during the modification of a compiled JAVA A12. Attribute_info.java Convience class for representing attribute_info structures within ClassFiles. A13. ClassFile.java Convience class for representing ClassFile structures. A14. Code_attribute.java Convience class for representing Code_attribute structures within ClassFiles. A15.
  • CONSTANT_Class_info.java Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Class_info structures within ClassFiles.
  • CONSTANT_Double_info.java Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Double_info structures within ClassFiles.
  • CONSTANT_Fieldref_info.java Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Fieldref_info structures within ClassFiles.
  • CONSTANT_Float_info.java Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Float_info structures within ClassFiles.
  • CONSTANT_Integer_info.java Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Integer_info structures within ClassFiles.
  • CONSTANT_InterfaceMethodref_info.java Convience class for representing CONSTANT_InterfaceMethodref_info structures within ClassFiles. A21. CONSTANT_Long_info.java Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Long_info structures within ClassFiles. A22. CONSTANT_Methodref_info.java Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Methodref_info structures within ClassFiles. A23. CONSTANT_NameAndType_info.java Convience class for representing CONSTANT_NameAndType_info structures within ClassFiles. A24. CONSTANT_String_info.java Convience class for representing CONSTANT_String_info structures within ClassFiles. A25.
  • CONSTANT_Utf8_info.java Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Utf8_info structures within ClassFiles.
  • ConstantValue_attribute.java Convience class for representing ConstantValue_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
  • cp_info.java Convience class for representing cp_info structures within ClassFiles.
  • Deprecated_attribute.java Convience class for representing Deprecated_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
  • Exceptions_attribute.java Convience class for representing Exceptions_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
  • field_info.java Convience class for representing field_info structures within ClassFiles.
  • InnerClasses_attribute.java Convience class for representing InnerClasses_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
  • A32. LineNumberTable_attribute.java Convience class for representing LineNumberTable_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
  • A33. LocalVariableTable_attribute.java Convience class for representing LocalVariableTable_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
  • A34. method_info.java Convience class for representing method_info structures within ClassFiles.
  • SourceFile_attribute.java Convience class for representing SourceFile_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
  • A36. Synthetic_attribute.java Convience class for representing Synthetic_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
  • This third excerpt is part of the DRT 71, and corresponds to step 128 of FIG. 12.
  • This code fragment shows the DRT in a separate thread, such as thread 121/1 of FIG. 12, after being notified or requested by step 125 and array 127, and sending the changed value and changed value location/identity across the network 53 to the other of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn.
  • START MulticastSocket ms DRT.getMulticastSocket( ); // The multicast socket // used by the DRT for // communication.
  • byte nameTag 33; // This is the “name tag” on the network for this // field.
  • Field field modifiedClass.getDeclaredField(“myField1”); // Stores // the field // from the // modified // class. // In this example, the field is a byte field. while (DRT.isRunning( )) ⁇ synchronized (ALERT_LOCK) ⁇ ALERT_LOCK.wait( ); // The DRT thread is waiting for the alert // method to be called.
  • byte[ ] b new byte[ ] ⁇ nameTag, field.getByte(null) ⁇ ; // Stores // the // nameTag // and the // value // of the // field from // the modified // class in a // buffer.
  • DatagramPacket dp new DatagramPacket(b, 0, b.length); ms.send(dp); // Send the buffer out across the network. ⁇ ⁇ // END
  • the compiled code in the annexure and portion repeated in the table is taken from the source-code of the file “example.java” which is included in the Annexure A7 (Table VIII).
  • the procedure name “Method void setValues(int, int)” of Step 001 is the name of the displayed disassembled output of the setValues method of the compiled application code of “example.java”.
  • the name “Method void setValues(int, int)” is arbitrary and selected for this example to indicate a typical JAVA method inclusive of a memory manipulation operation. Overall the method is responsible for writing two values to two different memory locations through the use of an memory manipulation assignment statement (being “putstatic” and “putfield” in this example) and the steps to accomplish this are described in turn.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “iload.sub.-1” causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the integer value in the local variable array at index 1 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the integer value passed to this method as the first argument and stored in the local variable array at index 1 being pushed onto the stack.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “putstatic #3 ⁇ Field int staticValue>” causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the topmost value off the stack of the current method frame and store the value in the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 3.sup.rd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example setValues( ) method and results in the topmost integer value of the stack of the current method frame being stored in the integer field named “staticValue”.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “aload.sub.-0” causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the item in the local variable array at index 0 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the ‘this’ object reference stored in the local variable array at index 0 being pushed onto the stack.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “iload.sub.-2” causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the integer value in the local variable array at index 2 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the integer value passed to this method as the first argument and stored in the local variable array at index 2 being pushed onto the stack.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “putfield #2 ⁇ Field int instanceValue>” causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the two topmost values off the stack of the current method frame and store the topmost value in the object instance field of the second popped value, indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 2.sup.nd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example setValues method and results in the integer value on the top of the stack of the current method frame being stored in the instance field named “instanceValue” of the object reference below the integer value on the stack.
  • Step 007 causes the JAVA virtual machine to cease executing this setValues( ) method by returning control to the previous method frame and results in termination of execution of this setValues( ) method.
  • the JAVA virtual machine manipulates (i.e. writes to) the staticValue and instanceValue memory locations, and in executing the setvalues( ) method containing the memory manipulation operation(s) is able to ensure that memory is and remains consistent between multiple threads of a single application instance, and therefore ensure that unwanted behavior, such as for example inconsistent or incoherent memory between multiple threads of a single application instance (such inconsistent or incoherent memory being for example incorrect or different values or contents with respect to a single memory location) does not occur.
  • unwanted behavior such as for example inconsistent or incoherent memory between multiple threads of a single application instance (such inconsistent or incoherent memory being for example incorrect or different values or contents with respect to a single memory location) does not occur.
  • the JAVA virtual machine instruction “iconst.sub.-0” is inserted after the “Idc #4” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine loads an integer value of “0” onto the stack of the current method frame and results in the integer value of “0” loaded onto the top of the stack of the current method frame.
  • This change is significant because it modifies the setValues( ) method to load an integer value, which in this example is “0”, which represents the identity of the memory location (field) manipulated by the preceding “putstatic #3” operation. It is to be noted that the choice or particular form of the memory identifier used for the implementation of embodiments of this disclosure is for illustration purposes only.
  • the integer value of “0” is the identifier used of the manipulated memory location, and corresponds to the “staticValue” field as the first field of the “example.java” application, as shown in Annexure A7. Therefore, corresponding to the “putstatic #3” instruction, the “iconst.sub.-0” instruction loads the integer value “0” corresponding to the index of the manipulated field of the “putstatic #3” instruction, and which in this case is the first field of “example.java” hence the “0” integer index value, onto the stack.
  • the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #5 ⁇ Method boolean alert(java.lang.Object, int)>” is inserted after the “iconst.sub.-0” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine pops the two topmost items off the stack of the current method frame (which in accordance with the preceding “Idc #4” instruction is a reference to the String object with the value “example” corresponding to the name of the class to which manipulated field belongs, and the integer “0” corresponding to the index of the manipulated field in the example.java application) and invokes the “alert” method, passing the two topmost items popped off the stack to the new method frame as its first two arguments.
  • This change is significant because it modifies the setvalues( ) method to execute the “alert” method and associated operations, corresponding to the preceding memory manipulation operation (that is, the “putstatic #3” instruction) of the setValues( ) method.
  • an “aload.sub.-0” instruction is inserted after the “putfield #2” instruction in order to be the first instruction following the execution of the “putfield #2” instruction.
  • This change is significant because it modifies the setValues( ) method to load a reference to the object corresponding to the manipulated field onto the stack.
  • the JAVA virtual machine instruction “iconst.sub.-1” is inserted after the “aload.sub.-0” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine loads an integer value of “1” onto the stack of the current method frame and results in the integer value of “1” loaded onto the top of the stack of the current method frame.
  • This change is significant because it modifies the setValues( ) method to load an integer value, which in this example is “1”, which represents the identity of the memory location (field) manipulated by the preceding “putfield #2” operation.
  • the choice or particular form of the identifier used for the implementation of embodiments of this disclosure is for illustration purposes only.
  • the integer value of “1” corresponds to the “instanceValue” field as the second field of the “example.java” application, as shown in Annexure A7. Therefore, corresponding to the “putfield #2” instruction, the “iconst.sub.-1” instruction loads the integer value “1” corresponding to the index of the manipulated field of the “putfield #2” instruction, and which in this case is the second field of “example.java” hence the “1” integer index value, onto the stack.
  • the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #5 ⁇ Method boolean alert(java.lang.Object, int)>” is inserted after the “iconst.sub.-1” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine pops the two topmost item off the stack of the current method frame (which in accordance with the preceding “aload.sub.-0” instruction is a reference to the object corresponding to the object to which the manipulated instance field belongs, and the integer “1” corresponding to the index of the manipulated field in the example.java application) and invokes the “alert” method, passing the two topmost items popped off the stack to the new method frame as its first two arguments.
  • This change is significant because it modifies the setValues( ) method to execute the “alert” method and associated operations, corresponding to the preceding memory manipulation operation (that is, the “putfield #2” instruction) of the setValues( ) method.
  • the method void alert(java.lang.Object, int), part of the FieldAlert code of Annexure A8 and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71 , requests or otherwise notifies a DRT thread 121 / 1 executing the FieldSend.java code of Annexure A9 to update and propagate the changed identity and value of the manipulated memory location to the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • the modified code permits, in a distributed computing environment having a plurality of computers or computing machines, the coordinated operation of memory manipulation operations so that the problems associated with the operation of the unmodified code or procedure on a plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn (such as for example inconsistent and incoherent memory state and manipulation and updating operation) does not occur when applying the modified code or procedure.
  • FIG. 14 there is illustrated a schematic representation of a single conventional computer operated as a JAVA virtual machine.
  • a machine (produced by any one of various manufacturers and having an operating system operating in any one of various different languages) can operate in the particular language of the application program code 50 , in this instance the JAVA language. That is, a JAVA virtual machine 72 is able to operate application code 50 in the JAVA language, and utilize the JAVA architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • the generalized platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system is able to operate application code 50 in the language(s) (possibly including for example, but not limited to any one or more of source-code languages, intermediate-code languages, object-code languages, machine-code languages, and any other code languages) of that platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system environment, and utilize the platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system and/or language architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • the platform and/or runtime system may include virtual machine and non-virtual machine software and/or firmware architectures, as well as hardware and direct hardware coded applications and implementations.
  • the class initialization routine ⁇ clinit> happens only once when a given class file 50 A is loaded.
  • the object initialization routine ⁇ init> typically happens frequently, for example the object initialization routine may usually occur every time a new object (such as an object 50 X, 50 Y or 50 Z) is created.
  • classes generally being a broader category than objects
  • objects which are the narrower category and wherein the objects belong to or are identified with a particular class
  • computers and/or computing machines and/or information appliances or processing systems are still applicable.
  • computers and/or computing machines that do not utilize either classes and/or objects include for example, the x86 computer architecture manufactured by Intel Corporation and others, the SPARC computer architecture manufactured by Sun Microsystems, Inc and others, the PowerPC computer architecture manufactured by International Business Machines Corporation and others, and the personal computer products made by Apple Computer, Inc., and others.
  • class and object may be generalized for example to include primitive data types (such as integer data types, floating point data types, long data types, double data types, string data types, character data types and boolean data types), structured data types (such as arrays and records) derived types, or other code or data structures of procedural languages or other languages and environments such as functions, pointers, components, modules, structures, references and unions.
  • primitive data types such as integer data types, floating point data types, long data types, double data types, string data types, character data types and boolean data types
  • structured data types such as arrays and records
  • code or data structures of procedural languages or other languages and environments such as functions, pointers, components, modules, structures, references and unions.
  • the class initialization routine ⁇ clinit> happens only once when a given class file 50 A is loaded.
  • the object initialization routine ⁇ init> typically happens frequently, for example the object initialisation routine will occur every time a new object (such as an object 50 X, 50 Y and 50 Z) is created.
  • classes being the broader category
  • objects which are the narrower category and wherein the objects belong to or are identified with a particular class
  • a plurality of individual computers or machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn are provided, each of which are interconnected via a communications network 53 or other communications link and each of which individual computers or machines provided with a modifier 51 (See in FIG. 5 ) and realised by or in for example the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71 (See FIG. 8 ) and loaded with a common application code 50 .
  • the term common application program is to be understood to mean an application program or application program code written to operate on a single machine, and loaded and/or executed in whole or in part on each one of the plurality of computers or machines M 1 , M 2 . . .
  • some or all of the plurality of individual computers or machines may be contained within a single housing or chassis (such as so-called “blade servers” manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others) or implemented on a single printed circuit board or even within a single chip or chip set.
  • blade servers manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others
  • the modifier 51 or DRT 71 or other code modifying means is responsible for modifying the application code 50 so that it may execute initialisation routines or other initialization operations, such as for example class and object initialization methods or routines in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment, in a coordinated, coherent, and consistent manner across and between the plurality of individual machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn. It follows therefore that in such a computing environment it is necessary to ensure that the local objects and classes on each of the individual machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn is initialized in a consistent fashion (with respect to the others).
  • the modifier 51 may be implemented as a component of or within the distributed run time 71 , and therefore the DRT 71 may implement the functions and operations of the modifier 51 .
  • the function and operation of the modifier 51 may be implemented outside of the structure, software, firmware, or other means used to implement the DRT 71 .
  • the modifier 51 and DRT 71 are implemented or written in a single piece of computer program code that provides the functions of the DRT and modifier. The modifier function and structure therefore maybe subsumed into the DRT and considered to be an optional component.
  • the modifier function and structure is responsible for modifying the executable code of the application code program
  • the distributed run time function and structure is responsible for implementing communications between and among the computers or machines.
  • the communications functionality in one embodiment is implemented via an intermediary protocol layer within the computer program code of the DRT on each machine.
  • the DRT may for example implement a communications stack in the JAVA language and use the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to provide for communications or talking between the machines.
  • TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • the application code 50 is analysed or scrutinized by searching through the executable application code 50 in order to detect program steps (such as particular instructions or instruction types) in the application code 50 which define or constitute or otherwise represent an initialization operation or routine (or other similar memory, resource, data, or code initialization routine or operation).
  • such program steps may for example comprise or consist of some part of, or all of, a “ ⁇ init>” or “ ⁇ clinit>” method of an object or class, and optionally any other code, routine, or method related to a “ ⁇ init>” or “ ⁇ clinit>” method, for example by means of a method invocation from the body of the “ ⁇ init>” of “ ⁇ clinit>” method to a different method.
  • This analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place either prior to loading the application program code 50 , or during the application program code 50 loading procedure, or even after the application program code 50 loading procedure. It may be likened to an instrumentation, program transformation, translation, or compilation procedure in that the application code may be instrumented with additional instructions, and/or otherwise modified by meaning-preserving program manipulations, and/or optionally translated from an input code language to a different code language (such as for example from source-code language or intermediate-code language to object-code language or machine-code language), and with the understanding that the term compilation normally or conventionally involves a change in code or language, for example, from source code to object code or from one language to another language.
  • compilation (and its grammatical equivalents) is not so restricted and can also include or embrace modifications within the same code or language.
  • the compilation and its equivalents are understood to encompass both ordinary compilation (such as for example by way of illustration but not limitation, from source-code to object-code), and compilation from source-code to source-code, as well as compilation from object-code to object-code, and any altered combinations therein. It is also inclusive of so-called “intermediary-code languages” which are a form of “pseudo object-code”.
  • the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place during the loading of the application program code such as by the operating system reading the application code from the hard disk or other storage device or source and copying it into memory and preparing to begin execution of the application program code.
  • the analysis or scrutiny may take place during the class loading procedure of the java.lang.ClassLoader loadClass method (e.g., “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )”).
  • the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place even after the application program code loading procedure, such as after the operating system has loaded the application code into memory, or optionally even after execution of the application program code has started or commenced, such as for example after the JAVA virtual machine has loaded the application code into the virtual machine via the “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )” method and optionally commenced execution.
  • initialization routines for example ⁇ clinit> class initialisation methods and ⁇ init> object initialization methods
  • This modified routine is adapted and written to initialize the class 50 A on one of the machines, for example JVM#1, and tell, notify, or otherwise communicate to all the other machines M 2 , . . . , Mn that such a class 50 A exists and optionally its initialized state.
  • this modification and loading can be carried out.
  • the DRT 71 / 1 on the loading machine in this example Java Virtual Machine M 1 (JVM#1), asks the DRT's 71 / 2 . . . 71 / n of all the other machines M 1 , . . . , Mn if the similar equivalent first class 50 A is initialized (i.e. has already been initialized) on any other machine. If the answer to this question is yes (that is, a similar equivalent class 50 A has already been initialized on another machine), then the execution of the initialization procedure is aborted, paused, terminated, turned off or otherwise disabled for the class 50 A on machine JVM#1.
  • JVM#1 Java Virtual Machine M 1
  • the initialization operation is continued (or resumed, or started, or commenced and the class 50 A is initialized and optionally the consequential changes (such as for example initialized code and data-structures in memory) brought about during that initialization procedure are transferred to each similar equivalent local class on each one of the other machines as indicated by arrows 83 in FIG. 8 .
  • the DRT 71 / 1 of the loading machine in this example Java Machine M 1 (JVM#1)
  • JVM#1 Java Machine M 1
  • the DRT 71 / 1 on machine M 1 may execute the object initialization routine corresponding to object 50 Y, and optionally each of the other machines M 2 . . .
  • Mn may load a similar equivalent local object (which may conveniently be termed a peer object) and associated consequential changes (such as for example initialized data, initialized code, and/or initialized system or resources structures) brought about by the execution of the initialization operation on machine M 1 .
  • a similar equivalent local object which may conveniently be termed a peer object
  • consequential changes such as for example initialized data, initialized code, and/or initialized system or resources structures
  • the DRT 71 / 1 of machine M 1 determines that a similar equivalent object to the object 50 Y in question has already been initialization on another machine of the plurality of machines (say for example machine M 2 )
  • the execution by machine M 1 of the initialization function, procedure, or routine corresponding to object 50 Y is not started or commenced, or is otherwise aborted, terminated, turned off or otherwise disabled, and object 50 Y on machine M 1 is loaded, and preferably but optionally the consequential changes (such as for example initialized data, initialized code, and/or other initialized system or resource structures) brought about by the execution of the initialization routine by machine M 2 , is loaded on machine M 1 corresponding to object 50 Y.
  • the consequential changes such as for example initialized data, initialized code, and/or other initialized system or resource structures
  • execution of the initialization routine is allocated to one machine, such as the first machine M 1 to load (and optionally seek to initialize) the object or class.
  • the execution of the initialization routine corresponding to the determination that a particular class or object (and any similar equivalent local classes or objects on each of the machines M 1 . . . Mn) is not already initialized, is to execute only once with respect to all machines M 1 . . . Mn, and preferably by only one machine, on behalf of all machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • all other machines may then each load a similar equivalent local object (or class) and optionally load the consequential changes (such as for example initialized data, initialized code, and/or other initialized system or resource structures) brought about by the execution of the initialization operation by machine M 1 .
  • a modification to the general arrangement of FIG. 8 is provided in that machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn are as before and run the same application code 50 (or codes) on all machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn simultaneously or concurrently.
  • a server machine X which is conveniently able to supply housekeeping functions, for example, and especially the initialisation of structures, assets, and resources.
  • Such a server machine X can be a low value commodity computer such as a PC since its computational load is low.
  • two server machines X and X+1 can be provided for redundancy purposes to increase the overall reliability of the system. Where two such server machines X and X+1 are provided, they are preferably but optionally operated as redundant machines in a failover arrangement.
  • a server machine X it is not necessary to provide a server machine X as its computational load can be distributed over machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn.
  • a database operated by one machine in a master/slave type operation can be used for the housekeeping function(s).
  • FIG. 16 shows a preferred general procedure to be followed. After a loading step 161 has been commenced, the instructions to be executed are considered in sequence and all initialization routines are detected as indicated in step 162 .
  • the object initialisation methods e.g. “ ⁇ init>”
  • class initialisation methods e.g. “ ⁇ clinit>”.
  • Other languages use different terms.
  • an initialization routine is detected in step 162 , it is modified in step 163 in order to perform consistent, coordinated, and coherent initialization operation (such as for example initialization of data structures and code structures) across and between the plurality of machines M 1 ,M 2 . . . Mn, typically by inserting further instructions into the initialisation routine to, for example, determine if a similar equivalent object or class (or other asset) on machines M 1 . . .
  • Mn corresponding to the object or class (or asset) to which this initialisation routine corresponds has already been initialised, and if so, aborting, pausing, terminating, turning off, or otherwise disabling the execution of this initialization routine (and/or initialization operation(s)), or if not then starting, continuing, or resuming the executing the initialization routine (and/or initialization operation(s)), and optionally instructing the other machines M 1 . . . Mn to load a similar equivalent object or class and consequential changes brought about by the execution of the initialization routine.
  • the modifying instructions may be inserted prior to the routine, such as for example prior to the instruction(s) or operation(s) which commence initialization of the corresponding class or object.
  • the loading procedure continues by loading the modified application code in place of the unmodified application code, as indicated in step 164 .
  • the initialization routine is to be executed only once, and preferably by only one machine, on behalf of all machines M 1 . . . Mn corresponding to the determination by all machines M 1 . . . Mn that the particular object or class (i.e. the similar equivalent local object or class on each machine M 1 . . . Mn corresponding to the particular object or class to which this initialization routine relates) has not been initialized.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a particular form of modification.
  • the structures, assets or resources (in JAVA termed classes or objects) to be initialised are, in step 172 , allocated a name or tag (for example a global name or tag) which can be used to identify corresponding similar equivalent local objects on each of the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn.
  • a name or tag for example a global name or tag
  • This is most conveniently done via a table (or similar data or record structure) maintained by server machine X of FIG. 15 .
  • This table may also include an initialization status of the similar equivalent classes or object to be initialised. It will be understood that this table or other data structure may store only the initialization status, or it may store other status or information as well.
  • steps 173 and 174 determine by means of the communication between machines M 1 . . . Mn by DRT 71 that the similar equivalent local objects on each other machine corresponding to the global name or tag is not already initialised (i.e., not initialized on a machine other than the machine carrying out the loading and seeking to perform initialization)
  • the initialization routine is stopped from initiating or commencing or beginning execution; however, in some implementations it is difficult or practically impossible to stop the initialization routine from initiating or beginning or commencing execution. Therefore, in an alternative embodiment, the execution of the initialization routine that has already started or commenced is aborted such that it does not complete or does not complete in its normal manner.
  • This alternative abortion is understood to include an actual abortion, or a suspend, or postpone, or pause of the execution of a initialization routine that has started to execute (regardless of the stage of execution before completion) and therefore to make sure that the initialization routine does not get the chance to execute to completion the initialization of the object (or class or other asset)—and therefore the object (or class or other asset) remains “un-initialized” (i.e., “not initialized”).
  • steps 173 and 174 determine that the global name corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent local objects or classes, each on a one of the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn, is already initialised on another machine, then this means that the object or class is considered to be initialized on behalf of, and for the purposes of, the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • the execution of the initialisation routine is aborted, terminated, turned off, or otherwise disabled, by carrying out step 175 .
  • FIG. 18 illustrative of one embodiment of step 173 of FIG. 17 , shows the inquiry made by the loading machine (one of M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn) to the server machine X of FIG. 15 , to enquire as to the initialisation status of the plurality of similar equivalent local objects (or classes) corresponding to the global name.
  • the operation of the loading machine is temporarily interrupted as indicated by step 181 , and corresponding to step 173 of FIG. 17 , until a reply to this preceding request is received from machine X, as indicated by step 182 .
  • the loading machine sends an inquiry message to machine X to request the initialization status of the object (or class or other asset) to be initialized.
  • the loading machine awaits a reply from machine X corresponding to the inquiry message sent by the proposing machine at step 181 , indicated by step 182 .
  • FIG. 19 shows the activity carried out by machine X of FIG. 15 in response to such an initialization enquiry of step 181 of FIG. 18 .
  • the initialization status is determined in steps 192 and 193 , which determines if a similar equivalent object (or class or other asset) corresponding to the initialization status request of global name, as received at step 191 , is initialized on another machine (i.e. a machine other than the enquiring machine 181 from which the initialization status request of step 191 originates), where a table of initialisation states is consulted corresponding to the record for the global name and, if the initialisation status record indicates that a similar equivalent local object (or class) on another machine (such as on a one of the machines M 1 . . .
  • the response to that effect is sent to the enquiring machine by carrying out step 194 .
  • the initialisation status record indicates that a similar equivalent local object (or class) on another machine (such as on a one of the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn) and corresponding to global name is uninitialized, a corresponding reply is sent to the enquiring machine by carrying out steps 195 and 196 .
  • the singular term object or class as used here are to be understood to be inclusive of all similar equivalent objects (or classes, or assets, or resources) corresponding to the same global name on each one of the plurality of machines M 1 .
  • the waiting enquiring machine of step 182 is then able to respond and/or operate accordingly, such as for example by (i) aborting (or pausing, or postponing) execution of the initialization routine when the reply from machine X of step 182 indicated that a similar equivalent local object on another machine (such as a one of the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn) corresponding to the global name of the object proposed to be initialized of step 172 is already initialized elsewhere (i.e.
  • step 172 is initialized on a machine other than the machine proposing to carry out the initialization); or (ii) by continuing (or resuming, or starting, or commencing) execution of the initialization routine when the reply from machine X of step 182 indicated that a similar equivalent local object on the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn corresponding to the global name of the object proposing to be initialized of step 172 is not initialized elsewhere (i.e. not initialized on a machine other than the machine proposing to carry out the initialization).
  • Annexures A1-A10 illustrate actual code in relation to fields
  • Annexure B1 is a typical code fragment from an unmodified ⁇ clinit> instruction
  • Annexure B2 is an equivalent in respect of a modified ⁇ clinit> instruction
  • Annexure B3 is a typical code fragment from an unmodified ⁇ init> instruction
  • Annexure B4 is an equivalent in respect of a modified ⁇ init> instruction
  • Annexure B5 is an alternative to the code of Annexure B2
  • Annexure B6 is an alternative to the code of Annexure B4.
  • Annexure B7 is the source-code of InitClient which carries out one embodiment of the steps of FIGS. 17 and 18 , which queries an “initialization server” (for example a machine X) for the initialization status of the specified class or object with respect to the plurality of similar equivalent classes or objects on the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • Annexure B8 is the source-code of InitServer which carries out one embodiment of the steps of FIG. 19 , which receives an initialization status query sent by InitClient and in response returns the corresponding initialization status of the specified class or object.
  • Annexure B9 is the source-code of the example application used in the before/after examples of Annexure B1-B6 (Repeated as Tables X through XV).
  • Annexure B10 is the source-code of InitLoader which carries out one embodiment of the steps of FIGS. 16 , 20 , and 21 , which modifies the example application program code of Annexure B9 in accordance with an embodiment of this disclosure.
  • Annexures B1 and B2 are exemplary code listings that set forth the conventional or unmodified computer program software code (such as may be used in a single machine or computer environment) of an initialization routine of application program 50 and a post-modification excerpt of the same initialization routine such as may be used in embodiments having multiple machines.
  • the modified code that is added to the initialization routine is highlighted in bold text.
  • the disassembled compiled code in the annexure and portion repeated in the table is taken from the source-code of the file “example.java” which is included in the Annexure B4 (Table XIII).
  • the procedure name “Method ⁇ clinit>” of Step 001 is the name of the displayed disassembled output of the clinit method of the compiled application code “example.java”.
  • the method name “ ⁇ clinit>” is the name of a class' initialization method in accordance with the JAVA platform specification, and selected for this example to indicate a typical mode of operation of a JAVA initialization method. Overall the method is responsible for initializing the class ‘example’ so that it may be used, and the steps the “example.java” code performs are described in turn.
  • the JAVA virtual machine instruction “new #2 ⁇ Class example>” causes the JAVA virtual machine to instantiate a new class instance of the example class indicated by the CONSTANT_Classref_info constant_pool item stored in the 2.sup.nd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example ⁇ clinit> method and results in a reference to an newly created object of type ‘example’ being placed (pushed) on the stack of the current method frame of the currently executing thread.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “dup” causes the Java Virtual Machine to duplicate the topmost item of the stack and push the duplicated item onto the topmost position of the stack of the current method frame and results in the reference to the new created example' object at the top of the stack being duplicated and pushed onto the stack.
  • the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokespecial #3 ⁇ Method example( )” causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame and invoke the instance initialization method “ ⁇ init>” on the popped object and results in the “ ⁇ init>” constructor of the newly created ‘example’ object being invoked.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “putstatic #3 ⁇ Field example currentExample>” causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the topmost value off the stack of the current method frame and store the value in the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 3.sup.rd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example ⁇ clinit> method and results in the reference to the newly created and initialized ‘example’ object on the top of the stack of the current method frame being stored in the static reference field named “currentExample” of class ‘example’.
  • Step 006 causes the Java Virtual Machine to cease executing this ⁇ clinit> method by returning control to the previous method frame and results in termination of execution of this ⁇ clinit> method.
  • the JAVA virtual machine can keep track of the initialization status of a class in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner, and in executing the ⁇ clinit> method containing the initialization operations is able to ensure that unwanted behavior (for example execution of the ⁇ init> method of class ‘example.java’ more than once) such as may be caused by inconsistent and/or incoherent initialization operation, does not occur.
  • unwanted behavior for example execution of the ⁇ init> method of class ‘example.java’ more than once
  • the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #3 ⁇ Method Boolean isAlreadyLoaded(java.lang.String)>” is inserted after the “0 Idc #2” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine pops the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame (which in accordance with the preceding “Idc #2” instruction is a reference to the String object with the value “example” which corresponds to the name of the class to which this ⁇ clinit> method belongs) and invokes the “isAlreadyLoaded” method, passing the popped item to the new method frame as its first argument, and returning a boolean value onto the stack upon return from this “invokestatic” instruction.
  • This change is significant because it modifies the ⁇ clinit> method to execute the “isAlreadyLoaded” method and associated operations, corresponding to the start of execution of the ⁇ clinit> method, and returns a boolean argument (indicating whether the class corresponding to this ⁇ clinit> method is initialized on another machine amongst the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn) onto the stack of the executing method frame of the ⁇ clinit> method.
  • JAVA virtual machine instructions “ifeq 9” and “return” are inserted into the code stream after the “2 invokestatic #3” instruction and before the “new #5” instruction.
  • the first of these two instructions, the “ifeq 9” instruction causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack and performs a comparison between the popped value and zero. If the performed comparison succeeds (i.e. if and only if the popped value is equal to zero), then execution continues at the “9 new #5” instruction. If however the performed comparison fails (i.e. if and only if the popped value is not equal to zero), then execution continues at the next instruction in the code stream, which is the “8 return” instruction.
  • This change is particularly significant because it modifies the ⁇ clinit> method to either continue execution of the ⁇ clinit> method (i.e. instructions 9-19) if the returned value of the “isAlreadyLoaded” method was negative (i.e. “false”), or discontinue execution of the ⁇ clinit> method (i.e. the “8 return” instruction causing a return of control to the invoker of this ⁇ clinit> method) if the returned value of the “isAlreadyLoaded” method was positive (i.e. “true”).
  • the method void isAlreadyLoaded(java.lang.String), part of the InitClient code of Annexure B7, and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71 , performs the communications operations between machines M 1 . . . Mn to coordinate the execution of the ⁇ clinit> method amongst the machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • the isAlreadyLoaded method of this example communicates with the InitServer code of Annexure B8 executing on a machine X of FIG. 15 , by means of sending an “initialization status request” to machine X corresponding to the class being “initialized” (i.e. the class to which this ⁇ clinit> method belongs).
  • machine X receives the “initialization status request” corresponding to the class to which the ⁇ clinit> method belongs, and consults a table of initialization states or records to determine the initialization state for the class to which the request corresponds.
  • machine X will send a response indicating that the class was not already initialized, and update a record entry corresponding to the specified class to indicate the class is now initialized.
  • machine X will send a response indicating that the class is already initialized.
  • a reply is generated and sent to the requesting machine indicating that the class is not initialized.
  • machine X preferably updates the entry corresponding to the class to which the initialization status request pertained to indicate the class is now initialized. Following a receipt of such a message from machine X indicating that the class is not initialized on another machine, the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method and operations terminate execution and return a ‘false’ value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the ⁇ clinit> method. Alternatively, following a receipt of a message from machine X indicating that the class is already initialized on another machine, the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method and operations terminate execution and return a “true” value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the ⁇ clinit> method. Following this return operation, the execution of the ⁇ clinit> method frame then resumes as indicated in the code sequence of Annexure B5 at step 004.
  • the modified code permits, in a distributed computing environment having a plurality of computers or computing machines, the coordinated operation of initialization routines or other initialization operations between and amongst machines M 1 . . . Mn so that the problems associated with the operation of the unmodified code or procedure on a plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn (such as for example multiple initialization operation, or re-initialization operation) does not occur when applying the modified code or procedure.
  • Annexures B3 and B6 are exemplary code listings that set forth the conventional or unmodified computer program software code (such as may be used in a single machine or computer environment) of an initialization routine of application program 50 and a post-modification excerpt of the same initialization routine such as may be used in embodiments having multiple machines.
  • the modified code that is added to the initialization routine is highlighted in bold text.
  • the disassembled compiled code in the annexure and portion repeated in the table is taken from the source-code of the file “example.java” which is included in the Annexure B4.
  • the procedure name “Method ⁇ init>” of Step 001 is the name of the displayed disassembled output of the init method of the compiled application code “example.java”.
  • the method name “ ⁇ init>” is the name of an object's initialization method (or methods, as there may be more than one) in accordance with the JAVA platform specification, and selected for this example to indicate a typical mode of operation of a JAVA initialization method. Overall the method is responsible for initializing an ‘example’object so that it may be used, and the steps the “example.java” code performs are described in turn.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “aload.sub.-0” causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the item in the local variable array at index 0 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the ‘this’ object reference stored in the local variable array at index 0 being pushed onto the stack.
  • the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokespecial #1 ⁇ Method java.lang.Object( )” causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame and invoke the instance initialization method “ ⁇ init>” on the popped object and results in the “ ⁇ init>” constructor (or method) of the ‘example’ object's superclass being invoked.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “aload.sub.-0” causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the item in the local variable array at index 0 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the ‘this’ object reference stored in the local variable array at index 0 being pushed onto the stack.
  • Step 005 the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #2 ⁇ Method long currentTimeMillis( )” causes the JAVA virtual machine to invoke the “currentTimeMillis( )” method of the java.lang.System class, and results in a long value pushed onto the top of the stack corresponding to the return value from the currentTimeMillis( ) method invocation.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “putfield #3 ⁇ Field long timestamp>” causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the two topmost values off the stack of the current method frame and store the topmost value in the object instance field of the second popped value, indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 3.sup.rd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example ⁇ init> method, and results in the long value on the top of the stack of the current method frame being stored in the instance field named “timestamp” of the object reference below the long value on the stack.
  • Step 007 causes the Java Virtual Machine to cease executing this ⁇ init> method by returning control to the previous method frame and results in termination of execution of this ⁇ init> method.
  • the JAVA virtual machine can keep track of the initialization status of an object in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner, and in executing the ⁇ init> method containing the initialization operations is able to ensure that unwanted behaviour (for example execution of the ⁇ init> method of a single ‘example.java’ object more than once, or re-initialization of the same object) such as may be caused by inconsistent and/or incoherent initialization operation, does not occur.
  • unwanted behaviour for example execution of the ⁇ init> method of a single ‘example.java’ object more than once, or re-initialization of the same object
  • This inserted “aload.sub.-0” instruction causes the JAVA virtual machine to load the item in the local variable array at index 0 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame, and results in the object reference to the ‘this’ object at index 0 being pushed onto the stack.
  • the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #3 ⁇ Method Boolean isAlreadyLoaded(java.lang.Object)>” is inserted after the “4 aload.sub.-0” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine pops the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame (which in accordance with the preceding “aload.sub.-0” instruction is a reference to the object to which this ⁇ init> method belongs) and invokes the “isAlreadyLoaded” method, passing the popped item to the new method frame as its first argument, and returning a boolean value onto the stack upon return from this “invokestatic” instruction.
  • This change is significant because it modifies the ⁇ init> method to execute the “isAlreadyLoaded” method and associated operations, corresponding to the start of execution of the ⁇ init> method, and returns a boolean argument (indicating whether the object corresponding to this ⁇ init> method is initialized on another machine amongst the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn) onto the stack of the executing method frame of the ⁇ init> method.
  • two JAVA virtual machine instructions “ifeq 13” and “return” are inserted into the code stream after the “5 invokestatic #2” instruction and before the “12 aload.sub.-0” instruction.
  • the first of these two instructions, the “ifeq 13” instruction causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack and performs a comparison between the popped value and zero. If the performed comparison succeeds (i.e. if and only if the popped value is equal to zero), then execution continues at the “12 aload.sub.-0” instruction. If however the performed comparison fails (i.e. if and only if the popped value is not equal to zero), then execution continues at the next instruction in the code stream, which is the “11 return” instruction.
  • This change is particularly significant because it modifies the ⁇ init> method to either continue execution of the ⁇ init> method (i.e. instructions 12-19) if the returned value of the “isAlreadyLoaded” method was negative (i.e. “false”), or discontinue execution of the ⁇ init> method (i.e. the “11 return” instruction causing a return of control to the invoker of this ⁇ init> method) if the returned value of the “isAlreadyLoaded” method was positive (i.e. “true”).
  • the method void isAlreadyLoaded(java.lang.Object), part of the InitClient code of Annexure B7, and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71 , performs the communications operations between machines M 1 . . . Mn to coordinate the execution of the ⁇ init> method amongst the machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • the isAlreadyLoaded method of this example communicates with the InitServer code of Annexure B8 executing on a machine X of FIG. 15 , by means of sending an “initialization status request” to machine X corresponding to the object being “initialized” (i.e. the object to which this ⁇ clinit> method belongs).
  • machine X receives the “initialization status request” corresponding to the object to which the ⁇ clinit> method belongs, and consults a table of initialization states or records to determine the initialization state for the object to which the request corresponds.
  • machine X will send a response indicating that the object was not already initialized, and update a record entry corresponding to the specified object to indicate the object is now initialized.
  • machine X will send a response indicating that the object is already initialized.
  • a reply is generated and sent to the requesting machine indicating that the object is not initialized.
  • machine X preferably updates the entry corresponding to the object to which the initialization status request pertained to indicate the object is now initialized. Following a receipt of such a message from machine X indicating that the object is not initialized on another machine, the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method and operations terminate execution and return a ‘false’ value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the ⁇ init> method. Alternatively, following a receipt of a message from machine X indicating that the object is already initialized on another machine, the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method and operations terminate execution and return a “true” value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the ⁇ init> method. Following this return operation, the execution of the ⁇ init> method frame then resumes as indicated in the code sequence of Annexure B5 at step 006.
  • the modified code permits, in a distributed computing environment having a plurality of computers or computing machines, the coordinated operation of initialization routines or other initialization operations so that the problems associated with the operation of the unmodified code or procedure on a plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn (such as for example multiple initialization, or re-initialization operation) does not occur when applying the modified code or procedure.
  • Annexure B1 is a before-modification excerpt of the disassembled compiled form of the ⁇ clinit> method of the example.
  • java application of Annexure B9 Annexure B2 is an after-modification form of Annexure B1, modified by InitLoader.java of Annexure B10 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 20 .
  • Annexure B3 is a before-modification excerpt of the disassembled compiled form of the ⁇ init> method of the example.
  • java application of Annexure B9 Annexure B4 is an after-modification form of Annexure B3, modified by InitLoader.java of Annexure B10 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 21 .
  • Annexure B5 is an alternative after-modification form of Annexure B1, modified by InitLoader.java of Annexure B10 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 20 .
  • Annexure B6 is an alternative after-modification form of Annexure B3, modified by InitLoader.java of Annexure B10 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 21 . The modifications are highlighted in bold.
  • FIGS. 20 and 21 the procedure followed to modify class initialisation routines (i.e., the “ ⁇ clinit>” method) and object initialization routines (i.e. the “ ⁇ init>” method) is presented.
  • the procedure followed to modify a ⁇ clinit> method relating to classes so as to convert from the code fragment of Annexure B1 (See Table X) to the code fragment of Annexure B5 (See Table XIV) is indicated.
  • the initial loading of the application code 50 (an illustrative example in source-code form of which is displayed in Annexure B9, and a corresponding partially disassembled form of which is displayed in Annexure B1 (See also Table X) and Annexure B3 (See also Table XII)) onto the JAVA virtual machine 72 is commenced at step 201 , and the code is analysed or scrutinized in order to detect one or more class initialization instructions, code-blocks or methods (i.e. “ ⁇ clinit>” methods) by carrying out step 202 , and/or one or more object initialization instructions, code-blocks, or methods (i.e. “ ⁇ init>” methods) by carrying out step 212 .
  • class initialization instructions, code-blocks or methods i.e. “ ⁇ clinit>” methods
  • object initialization instructions, code-blocks, or methods i.e. “ ⁇ init>” methods
  • an ⁇ clinit> method is modified by carrying out step 203
  • an ⁇ init> method is modified by carrying out step 213 .
  • One example illustration for a modified class initialisation routine is indicated in Annexure B2 (See also Table XI), and a further illustration of which is indicated in Annexure B5 (See also Table XIV).
  • One example illustration for a modified object initialisation routine is indicated in Annexure B4 (See also Table XIII), and a further illustration of which is indicated in Annexure B6 (See also Table XV).
  • the loading procedure is then continued such that the modified application code is loaded into or onto each of the machines instead of the unmodified application code.
  • Annexure B1 See also Table X
  • Annexure B2 See also Table XI
  • Annexure B2 See also Table XI
  • a class initialisation routine i.e. a “ ⁇ clinit>” method
  • Annexure B5 See also Table XIV
  • the modified code that is added to the method is highlighted in bold.
  • each computer or computing machine would re-initialise (and optionally alternatively re-write or over-write) the “currentExample” memory location (field) with multiple and different objects corresponding to the multiple executions of the ⁇ clinit> method, leading to potentially incoherent or inconsistent memory between and amongst the occurrences of the application program code 50 on each of the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn.
  • the programmer or user of a single application program code 50 instance expects to happen.
  • the application code 50 is modified as it is loaded into the machine by changing the class initialisation routine (i.e., the ⁇ clinit> method).
  • the changes made are the initial instructions that the modified ⁇ clinit> method executes.
  • These added instructions determine the initialization status of this particular class by checking if a similar equivalent local class on another machine corresponding to this particular class, has already been initialized and optionally loaded, by calling a routine or procedure to determine the initialization status of the plurality of similar equivalent classes, such as the “is already loaded” (e.g., “isAlreadyLoaded( )”) procedure or method.
  • the “isAlreadyLoaded( )” method of InitClient of Annexure B7 of DRT 71 performing the steps of 172 - 176 of FIG. 17 determines the initialization status of the similar equivalent local classes each on a one of the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn corresponding to the particular class being loaded, the result of which is either a true result or a false result corresponding to whether or not another one (or more) of the machines M 1 . . . Mn have already initialized, and optionally loaded, a similar equivalent class.
  • the initialisation determination procedure or method “isAlreadyLoaded( )” of InitClient of Annexure B7 of the DRT 71 can optionally take an argument which represents a unique identifier for this class (See Annexure B5 and Table XIV). For example, the name of the class that is being considered for initialisation, a reference to the class or class-object representing this class being considered for initialization, or a unique number or identifier representing this class across all machines (that is, a unique identifier corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent local classes each on a one of the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn), to be used in the determination of the initialisation status of the plurality of similar equivalent local classes on each of the machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • the DRT can support the initialization of multiple classes at the same time without becoming confused as to which of the multiple classes are already loaded and which are not, by using the unique identifier of each class.
  • the DRT 71 can determine the initialization status of the class in a number of possible ways.
  • the requesting machine can ask each other requested machine in turn (such as by using a computer communications network to exchange query and response messages between the requesting machine and the requested machine(s)) if the requested machine's similar equivalent local class corresponding to the unique identifier is initialized, and if any requested machine replies true indicating that the similar equivalent local class has already been initialized, then return a true result at return from the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method indicating that the local class should not be initialized, otherwise return a false result at return from the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method indicating that the local class should be initialized.
  • the DRT on the local machine can consult a shared record table (perhaps on a separate machine (eg machine X), or a coherent shared record table on each local machine and updated to remain substantially identical, or in a database) to determine if one of the plurality of similar equivalent classes on other machines has been initialised.
  • a shared record table perhaps on a separate machine (eg machine X), or a coherent shared record table on each local machine and updated to remain substantially identical, or in a database
  • the DRT when a shared record table of initialisation states exists, the DRT must update the initialisation status record corresponding to this class in the shared record table to true or other value indicating that this class is initialized, such that subsequent consultations of the shared record table of initialisation states (such as performed by all subsequent invocations of isAlreadyLoaded method) by all machines, and optionally including the current machine, will now return a true value indicating that this class is already initialized.
  • isAlreadyLoaded( ) returns false, the modified class initialisation routine resumes or continues (or otherwise optionally begins or starts) execution.
  • this class (of the plurality of similar equivalent local classes each on one of the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn) has already been initialised in the distributed environment, as recorded in the shared record table on machine X of the initialisation states of classes.
  • the class initialisation method is not to be executed (or alternatively resumed, or continued, or started, or executed to completion), as it will potentially cause unwanted interactions or conflicts, such as re-initialization of memory, data structures or other machine resources or devices.
  • the inserted instructions at the start of the ⁇ clinit> method prevent execution of the initialization routine (optionally in whole or in part) by aborting the start or continued execution of the ⁇ clinit> method through the use of the return instruction, and consequently aborting the JAVA Virtual Machine's initialization operation for this class.
  • FIG. 21 An equivalent procedure for the initialization routines of object (for example “ ⁇ init>” methods) is illustrated in FIG. 21 where steps 212 and 213 are equivalent to steps 202 and 203 of FIG. 20 . This results in the code of Annexure B3 being converted into the code of Annexure B4 (See also Table XIII) or Annexure B6 (See also Table XV).
  • Annexure B3 (See also Table XII) and Annexure B4 (See also Table XIV) are the before (or pre-modification or unmodified code) and after (or post-modification or modified code) excerpt of a object initialisation routine (i.e. a “ ⁇ init>” method) respectively.
  • a further example of an alternative modified ⁇ init> method is illustrated in Annexure B6 (See also Table XV). The modified code that is added to the method is highlighted in bold.
  • the “aload.sub.-0” and “invokespecial #3” instructions of the ⁇ init> method invokes the ⁇ init> of the java.lang.Object superclass.
  • the following instructions “aload.sub.-0” loads a reference to the ‘this’ object onto the stack to be one of the arguments to the “8 putfield #3” instruction.
  • the following instruction “invokestatic #2” invokes the method java.lang.System.currentTimeMillis( ) and returns a long value on the stack.
  • the following instruction “putfield #3” writes the long value placed on the stack be the preceding “invokestatic #2” instruction to the memory location (field) called “timestamp” corresponding to the object instance loaded on the stack by the “4 aload.sub.-0” instruction.
  • the application code 50 is modified as it is loaded into the machine by changing the object initialisation routine (i.e. the ⁇ init> method).
  • the changes made are the initial instructions that the modified ⁇ init> method executes.
  • These added instructions determine the initialisation status of this particular object by checking if a similar equivalent local object on another machine corresponding to this particular object, has already been initialized and optionally loaded, by calling a routine or procedure to determine the initialisation status of the object to be initialised, such as the “is already loaded” (e.g., “isAlreadyLoaded( )”) procedure or method of Annexure B7.
  • the “isAlreadyLoaded( )” method of DRT 71 performing the steps of 172 - 176 of FIG. 17 determines the initialization status of the similar equivalent local objects each on a one of the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn corresponding to the particular object being loaded, the result of which is either a true result or a false result corresponding to whether or not another one (or more) of the machines M 1 . . . Mn have already initialized, and optionally loaded, this object.
  • the initialisation determination procedure or method “isAlreadyLoaded( )” of the DRT 71 can optionally take an argument which represents a unique identifier for this object (See Annexure B6 and Table XV). For example, the name of the object that is being considered for initialisation, a reference to the object being considered for initialization, or a unique number or identifier representing this object across all machines (that is, a unique identifier corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent local objects each on a one of the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn), to be used in the determination of the initialisation status of this object in the plurality of similar equivalent local objects on each of the machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • the DRT can support the initialization of multiple objects at the same time without becoming confused as to which of the multiple objects are already loaded and which are not, by using the unique identifier of each object.
  • the DRT 71 can determine the initialization status of the object in a number of possible ways.
  • the requesting machine can ask each other requested machine in turn (such as by using a computer communications network to exchange query and response messages between the requesting machine and the requested machine(s)) if the requested machine's similar equivalent local object corresponding to the unique identifier is initialized, and if any requested machine replies true indicating that the similar equivalent local object has already been initialized, then return a true result at return from the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method indicating that the local object should not be initialized, otherwise return a false result at return from the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method indicating that the local object should be initialized.
  • the DRT on the local machine can consult a shared record table (perhaps on a separate machine (eg machine X), or a coherent shared record table on each local machine and updated to remain substantially identical, or in a database) to determine if this particular object (or any one of the plurality of similar equivalent objects on other machines) has been initialised by one of the requested machines.
  • a shared record table perhaps on a separate machine (eg machine X), or a coherent shared record table on each local machine and updated to remain substantially identical, or in a database
  • the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method of the DRT 71 returns false, then this means that this object (of the plurality of similar equivalent local objects on the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn) has not been initialized before on any other machine in the distributed computing environment of the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn, and hence, the execution of the object initialisation method is to take place or proceed as this is considered the first and original initialization.
  • the DRT when a shared record table of initialisation states exists, the DRT must update the initialisation status record corresponding to this object in the shared record table to true or other value indicating that this object is initialized, such that subsequent consultations of the shared record table of initialisation states (such as performed by all subsequent invocations of isAlreadyLoaded method) by all machines, and including the current machine, will now return a true value indicating that this object is already initialized.
  • isAlreadyLoaded( ) returns false, the modified object initialisation routine resumes or continues (or otherwise optionally begins or starts) execution.
  • the isAlreadyLoaded method of the DRT 71 returns true, then this means that this object (of the plurality of similar equivalent local objects each on one of the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn) has already been initialised in the distributed environment, as recorded in the shared record table on machine X of the initialisation states of objects.
  • the object initialisation method is not to be executed (or alternatively resumed, or continued, or started, or executed to completion), as it will potentially cause unwanted interactions or conflicts, such as re-initialization of memory, data structures or other machine resources or devices.
  • the inserted instructions near the start of the ⁇ init> method prevent execution of the initialization routine (optionally in whole or in part) by aborting the start or continued execution of the ⁇ init> method through the use of the return instruction, and consequently aborting the JAVA Virtual Machine's initialization operation for this object.
  • a similar modification as used for ⁇ clinit> is used for ⁇ init>.
  • the application program's ⁇ init> method (or methods, as there may be multiple) is or are detected as shown by step 212 and modified as shown by step 213 to behave coherently across the distributed environment.
  • the disassembled instruction sequence after modification has taken place is set out in Annexure B4 (and an alternative similar arrangement is provided in Annexure B6) and the modified/inserted instructions are highlighted in bold.
  • the modifying instructions are often required to be placed after the “invokespecial” instruction, instead of at the very beginning. The reasons for this are driven by the JAVA Virtual Machine specification. Other languages often have similar subtle design nuances.
  • a particular machine say machine M 2 , loads the asset (such as class or object) inclusive of an initialisation routine, modifies it, and then loads each of the other machines M 1 , M 3 , . . . , Mn (either sequentially or simultaneously or according to any other order, routine or procedure) with the modified object (or class or other asset or resource) inclusive of the new modified initialization routine(s).
  • asset such as class or object
  • Mn either sequentially or simultaneously or according to any other order, routine or procedure
  • the modified object or class or other asset or resource
  • the initialization routine(s) that is (are) loaded is binary executable object code.
  • the initialization routine(s) that is (are) loaded is executable intermediary code.
  • each of the slave (or secondary) machines M 1 , M 3 , . . . , Mn loads the modified object (or class), and inclusive of the new modified initialisation routine(s), that was sent to it over the computer communications network or other communications link or path by the master (or primary) machine, such as machine M 2 , or some other machine such as a machine X of FIG. 15 .
  • the computer communications network can be replaced by a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database.
  • each machine or computer need not and frequently will not be the same or identical. What is required is that they are modified in a similar enough way that in accordance with the inventive principles described herein, each of the plurality of machines behaves consistently and coherently relative to the other machines to accomplish the operations and objectives described herein.
  • modifications may for example depend on the particular hardware, architecture, operating system, application program code, or the like or different factors. It will also be appreciated that embodiments of this disclosure may be implemented within an operating system, outside of or without the benefit of any operating system, inside the virtual machine, in an EPROM, in software, in firmware, or in any combination of these.
  • machine M 2 loads asset (such as class or object) inclusive of an (or even one or more) initialization routine in unmodified form on machine M 2 , and then (for example, machine M 2 or each local machine) modifies the class (or object or asset) by deleting the initialization routine in whole or part from the asset (or class or object) and loads by means of a computer communications network or other communications link or path the modified code for the asset with the now modified or deleted initialization routine on the other machines.
  • the modification is not a transformation, instrumentation, translation or compilation of the asset initialization routine but a deletion of the initialization routine on all machines except one.
  • the process of deleting the initialization routine in its entirety can either be performed by the “master” machine (such as machine M 2 or some other machine such as machine X of FIG. 15 ) or alternatively by each other machine M 1 , M 3 , . . . , Mn upon receipt of the unmodified asset.
  • An additional variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement is to use a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database as means of exchanging the code (including for example, the modified code) for the asset, class or object between machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn and optionally a machine X of FIG. 15 .
  • each machine M 1 , . . . , Mn receives the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of one or more initialization routines, but modifies the routines and then loads the asset (such as class or object) consisting of the now modified routines.
  • asset such as class or object
  • one machine such as the master or primary machine may customize or perform a different modification to the initialization routine sent to each machine, this embodiment more readily enables the modification carried out by each machine to be slightly different and to be enhanced, customized, and/or optimized based upon its particular machine architecture, hardware, processor, memory, configuration, operating system, or other factors, yet still similar, coherent and consistent with other machines with all other similar modifications and characteristics that may not need to be similar or identical.
  • a particular machine say M 1 , loads the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of one or more initialisation routine and all other machines M 2 , M 3 , . . . , Mn perform a modification to delete the initialization routine of the asset (such as class or object) and load the modified version.
  • the supply or the communication of the asset code (such as class code or object code) to the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn, and optionally inclusive of a machine X of FIG. 15 can be branched, distributed or communicated among and between the different machines in any combination or permutation; such as by providing direct machine to machine communication (for example, M 2 supplies each of M 1 , M 3 , M 4 , etc. directly), or by providing or using cascaded or sequential communication (for example, M 2 supplies M 1 which then supplies M 3 which then supplies M 4 , and so on), or a combination of the direct and cascaded and/or sequential.
  • direct machine to machine communication for example, M 2 supplies each of M 1 , M 3 , M 4 , etc. directly
  • cascaded or sequential communication for example, M 2 supplies M 1 which then supplies M 3 which then supplies M 4 , and so on
  • the initial machine say M 2
  • This table is then sent or communicated (or at least its contents are sent or communicated) to all other machines (including for example in branched or cascade fashion).
  • a machine other than M 2 , needs to load and therefore initialise a class listed in the table, it sends a request to M 2 to provide the necessary information, optionally consisting of either the unmodified application code 50 of the class or object to be loaded, or the modified application code of the class or object to be loaded, and optionally a copy of the previously initialised (or optionally and if available, the latest or even the current) values or contents of the previously loaded and initialised class or object on machine M 2 .
  • An alternative arrangement of this mode may be to send the request for necessary information not to machine M 2 , but some other, or even more than one of, machine M 1 , . . . , Mn or machine X.
  • the information provided to machine Mn is, in general, different from the initial state loaded and initialise by machine M 2 .
  • each entry in the table is accompanied by a counter which is incremented on each occasion that a class or object is loaded and initialised on one of the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn.
  • a counter which is incremented on each occasion that a class or object is loaded and initialised on one of the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn.
  • This “on demand” mode may somewhat increase the overhead of the execution for one or more machines M 1 , . . . , Mn, but it also reduces the volume of traffic on the communications network which interconnects the computers and therefore provides an overall advantage.
  • the machines M 1 to Mn may send some or all load requests to an additional machine X (see for example the embodiment of FIG. 15 ), which performs the modification to the application code 50 inclusive of an (and possibly a plurality of) initialisation routine(s) via any of the afore mentioned methods, and returns the modified application code inclusive of the now modified initialization routine(s) to each of the machines M 1 to Mn, and these machines in turn load the modified application code inclusive of the modified routines locally.
  • machines M 1 to Mn forward all load requests to machine X, which returns a modified application program code 50 inclusive of modified initialization routine(s) to each machine.
  • the modifications performed by machine X can include any of the modifications covered under the scope of this disclosure. This arrangement may of course be applied to some of the machines and other arrangements described herein before applied to other of the machines.
  • One such technique is to make the modification(s) to the application code, without a preceding or consequential change of the language of the application code.
  • Another such technique is to convert the original code (for example, JAVA language source-code) into an intermediate representation (or intermediate-code language, or pseudo code), such as JAVA byte code. Once this conversion takes place the modification is made to the byte code and then the conversion may be reversed. This gives the desired result of modified JAVA code.
  • a further possible technique is to convert the application program to machine code, either directly from source-code or via the abovementioned intermediate language or through some other intermediate means. Then the machine code is modified before being loaded and executed.
  • a still further such technique is to convert the original code to an intermediate representation, which is thus modified and subsequently converted into machine code.
  • This disclosure encompasses all such modification routes and also a combination of two, three or even more, of such routes.
  • FIG. 14 a schematic representation of a single prior art computer operated as a JAVA virtual machine is provided.
  • a machine (produced by any one of various manufacturers and having an operating system operating in any one of various different languages) can operate in the particular language of the application program code 50 , in this instance the JAVA language. That is, a JAVA virtual machine 72 is able to operate application code 50 in the JAVA language, and utilize the JAVA architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • the generalized platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system is able to operate application code 50 in the language(s) (possibly including for example, but not limited to any one or more of source-code languages, intermediate-code languages, object-code languages, machine-code languages, and any other code languages) of that platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system environment, and utilize the platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system and/or language architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • the platform and/or runtime system may include virtual machine and non-virtual machine software and/or firmware architectures, as well as hardware and direct hardware coded applications and implementations.
  • the single machine of FIG. 14 is able to easily keep track of whether the specific objects 50 X, 50 Y, and/or 50 Z are, liable to be required by the application code 50 at a later point of execution of the application code 50 . This may typically be done by maintaining a “handle count” or similar count or index for each object and/or class. This count may typically keep track of the number of places or times in the executing application code 50 where reference is made to a specific object (or class).
  • a handle count (or other count or index based) implementation that increments the handle count (or index) upward when a new reference to the object or class is created or assigned, and decrements the handle count (or index) downward when a reference to the object or class is destroyed or lost, when the object handle count for a specific object reaches zero, there is nowhere in the executing application code 50 which makes reference to the specific object (or class) for which the zero object handle count (or class handle count) pertains.
  • a “zero object handle count” correlates to the lack of the existence of any references (zero reference count) which point to the specific object. The object is then said to be “finalizable” or exist in a finalizable state.
  • Object handle counts may be maintained for each object in an analogous manner so that finalizable or non-finalizable state of each particular or specific object may be known.
  • Class handle counts may be maintained for each class in an analogous manner to that for objects so that finalizable or non-finalizable state of each particular or specific class may be known.
  • asset handle counts or indexes and counters may be maintained for each asset in an analogous manner to that for classes and objects so that finalizable or non-finalizable state of each particular or specific asset may be known.
  • the object (or class) can be safely finalized.
  • This finalization may typically include object (or class) deletion, removal, clean-up, reclamation, recycling, finalization or other memory freeing operation because the object (or class) is no longer needed.
  • the computer programmer when writing a program such as the application code 50 using the JAVA language and architecture, need not write any specific code in order to provide for this class or object removal, clean up, deletion, reclamation, recycling, finalization or other memory freeing operation.
  • the single JAVA virtual machine 72 can keep track of the class and object handle counts in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner, and clean up (or carry out finalization) as necessary in an automated and unobtrusive fashion, and without unwanted behaviour for example erroneous, premature, supernumerary, or re-finalization operation such as may be caused by inconsistent and/or incoherent finalization states or handle counts.
  • a single generalized virtual machine or machine or runtime system can keep track of the class and object handle counts (or equivalent if the machine does not specifically use “object” and “class” designations) and clean up (or carry out finalization) as necessary in an automated and unobtrusive fashion.
  • the automated handle counting system described above is used to indicate when an object (or class) of an executing application program 50 is no longer needed and may be ‘deleted’ (or cleaned up, or finalized, or reclaimed, or recycled, or other otherwise freed). It is to be understood that when implemented in ‘non-automated memory management’ languages and architectures (such as for example ‘non-garbage collected’ programming languages such as C, C++, FORTRAN, COBOL, and machine-CODE languages such as x86, SPARC, PowerPC, or intermediate-code languages), the application program code 50 or programmer (or other automated or non-automated program generator or generation means) may be able to make the determination at what point a specific object (or class) is no longer needed, and consequently may be ‘deleted’ (or cleaned up, or finalized, or reclaimed, or recycled).
  • ‘non-automated memory management’ languages and architectures such as for example ‘non-garbage collected’ programming languages such as C, C++, FORTRAN
  • ‘deletion’ in the context of embodiments of this disclosure is to be understood to be inclusive of the deletion (or cleaning up, or finalization, or reclamation, or recycling, or freeing) of objects (or classes) on ‘non-automated memory management’ languages and architectures corresponding to deletion, finalization, clean up, recycling, or reclamation operations on those ‘non-automated memory management’ languages and architectures.
  • computers and/or computing machines and/or information appliances or processing systems are still applicable.
  • computers and/or computing machines that do not utilize either classes and/or objects include for example, the x86 computer architecture manufactured by Intel Corporation and others, the SPARC computer architecture manufactured by Sun Microsystems, Inc and others, the PowerPC computer architecture manufactured by International Business Machines Corporation and others, and the personal computer products made by Apple Computer, Inc., and others.
  • class and object may be generalized for example to include primitive data types (such as integer data types, floating point data types, long data types, double data types, string data types, character data types and Boolean data types), structured data types (such as arrays and records) derived types, or other code or data structures of procedural languages or other languages and environments such as functions, pointers, components, modules, structures, references and unions.
  • primitive data types such as integer data types, floating point data types, long data types, double data types, string data types, character data types and Boolean data types
  • structured data types such as arrays and records
  • code or data structures of procedural languages or other languages and environments such as functions, pointers, components, modules, structures, references and unions.
  • a plurality of individual computers or machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn are provided, each of which are interconnected via a communications network 53 or other communications link and each of which individual computers or machines is provided with a modifier 51 (See FIG. 5 ) and realised or implemented by or in for example the distributed run-time system (DRT) 71 (See FIG. 8 ) and loaded with a common application code 50 .
  • the term common application program is to be understood to mean an application program or application program code written to operate on a single machine, and loaded and/or executed in whole or in part on the plurality of computers or machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn.
  • some or all of the plurality of individual computers or machines may be contained within a single housing or chassis (such as so-called “blade servers” manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others) or implemented on a single printed circuit board or even within a single chip or chip set.
  • blade servers manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others
  • the modifier 51 or DRT 71 , or other code modifying means is responsible for modifying the application code 50 so that it may execute clean up or other memory reclamation, recycling, deletion or finalization operations, such as for example finalization methods in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment, in a coordinated, coherent and consistent manner across and between the plurality of individual machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn. It follows therefore that in such a computing environment it is necessary to ensure that the local objects and classes on each of the individual machines is finalized in a consistent fashion (with respect to the others).
  • the modifier 51 may be implemented as a component of or within the distributed run time 71 , and therefore the DRT 71 may implement the functions and operations of the modifier 51 .
  • the function and operation of the modifier 51 may be implemented outside of the structure, software, firmware, or other means used to implement the DRT 71 .
  • the modifier 51 and DRT 71 are implemented or written in a single piece of computer program code that provides the functions of the DRT and modifier. The modifier function and structure therefore maybe subsumed into the DRT and considered to be an optional component.
  • the modifier function and structure is responsible for modifying the executable code of the application code program
  • the distributed run time function and structure is responsible for implementing communications between and among the computers or machines.
  • the communications functionality in one embodiment is implemented via an intermediary protocol layer within the computer program code of the DRT on each machine.
  • the DRT may for example implement a communications stack in the JAVA language and use the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to provide for communications or talking between the machines.
  • TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • the application program code executing on one particular machine may have no active handle, reference, or pointer to a specific local object or class (i.e. a “zero handle count”)
  • the same application program code executing on another machine may have an active handle, reference, or pointer to the local similar equivalent object or class corresponding to the ‘un-referenced’ local object or class of machine M 3 , and therefore this other machine (machine M 5 ) may still need to refer to or use that object or class in future.
  • an object of class on machine M 3 were to be marked finalizable and subsequently finalized (such as by being deleted, or cleaned up, or reclaimed, or recycled) whilst the same object on the other machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn were not also marked as finalizable, then the execution of the finalization (or deletion, or clean up, or reclamation, or recycling) operation of that object on machine M 3 would be premature with respect to coordinated finalization operation between all machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn, as machines other than M 3 are not yet ready to finalize their local similar equivalent object corresponding to the particular object now finalized or finalizable by machine M 3 .
  • the cleanup or other finalization routine would perform the clean-up or finalization not just for that local object (or class) on machine M 3 , but also for all similar equivalent local objects or classes (i.e. corresponding to the particular object or class to be cleaned-up or otherwise finalized) on all other machines as well.
  • machine M 3 may independently determine an object (or class) is ready for finalization and proceed to finalize the specified object (or class)
  • machine M 5 may not have made the same determination as to the same similar equivalent local object (or class) being ready to be finalized, and therefore inconsistent behavior will likely result due to the deletion of one of the plurality of similar equivalent objects on one machine (eg, machine M 3 ) but not on the other machine (eg, machine M 5 ) or machines, and the premature execution of the finalization routine of the specified object (or class) by machine M 3 and on behalf of all other machines M 1 ,M 2 . . . Mn.
  • the application code 50 is analysed or scrutinized by searching through the executable application code 50 in order to detect program steps (such as particular instructions or instruction types) in the application code 50 which define or constitute or otherwise represent a finalization operation or routine (or other memory, data, or code clean up routine, or other similar reclamation, recycling, or deletion operation).
  • such program steps may for example comprise or consist of some part of, or all of, a “finalize( )” method of an object, and optionally any other code, routine, or method related to a ‘finalize( )’ method, for example by means of a method invocation from the body of the ‘finalize( )’ method to a different method.
  • This analysis or scrutiny may take place either prior to loading the application program, or during the application program code 50 loading procedure, or even after the application program code 50 loading procedure. It may be likened to an instrumentation, program transformation, translation, or compilation procedure in that the application program may be instrumented with additional instructions, and/or otherwise modified by meaning-preserving program manipulations, and/or optionally translated from an input code language to a different code language (such as from source-code or intermediate-code language to machine language), and with the understanding that the term compilation normally involves a change in code or language, for example, from source to object code or from one language to another language. However, in the present instance the term “compilation” (and its grammatical equivalents) is not so restricted and can also include or embrace modifications within the same code or language.
  • the compilation and its equivalents are understood to encompass both ordinary compilation (such as for example by way of illustration but not limitation, from source-code to object-code), and compilation from source-code to source-code, as well as compilation from object-code to object-code, and any altered combinations therein. It is also inclusive of so-called “intermediary languages” which are a form of “pseudo object-code”.
  • the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place during the loading of the application program code such as by the operating system reading the application code from the hard disk or other storage device or source and copying it into memory and preparing to begin execution of the application program code.
  • the analysis or scrutiny may take place during the class loading procedure of the java.lang.ClassLoader loadClass method (e.g., “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )”).
  • the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place even after the application program code loading procedure, such as after the operating system has loaded the application code into memory, or optionally even after execution of the application program code has started, such as for example after the JAVA virtual machine has loaded the application code into the virtual machine via the “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )” method and optionally commenced execution.
  • clean up routines are initially looked for, and when found or identified a modifying code is inserted so as to give rise to a modified clean up routine.
  • This modified routine is adapted and written to abort the clean up routine on any specific machine unless the class or object (or in the more general case to be ‘asset’) to be deleted, cleaned up, reclaimed, recycled, freed, or otherwise finalized is marked for deletion by all other machines.
  • this modification and loading can be carried out.
  • the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place during the loading of the application program code such as by the operating system reading the application code from the hard disk or other storage device and copying it into memory whilst preparing to begin execution of the application program.
  • the analysis or scrutiny may take place during the execution of the java.lang.ClassLoader loadClass (e.g., “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )”) method.
  • the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place even after the application program code loading procedure such as after the operating system has loaded the application code into memory and even started execution, or after the java virtual machine has loaded the application code into the virtual machine via the “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )” method.
  • the application program code loading procedure such as after the operating system has loaded the application code into memory and even started execution
  • the java virtual machine has loaded the application code into the virtual machine via the “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )” method.
  • the execution of “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadclass( )” has concluded.
  • the DRT 71 / 1 on the loading machine in this example Java Machine M 1 (JVM# 1 )
  • JVM# 1 Java Machine M 1
  • the answer to this question is yes (that is, a similar equivalent object is being utilized by another one or more of the machines, and is not marked as finalizable and therefore not liable to be deleted, cleaned up, finalized, reclaimed, recycled, or freed), then the ordinary clean up procedure is turned off, aborted, paused, or otherwise disabled for the similar equivalent first object 50 X on machine JVM# 1 . If the answer is no, (that is the similar equivalent first object 50 X on each machine is marked as finalizable on all other machines with a similar equivalent object 50 X) then the clean up procedure is operated (or resumed or continued, or commenced) and the first object 50 X is deleted not only on machine JVM# 1 but on all other machines M 2 . . .
  • execution of the clean up routine is allocated to one machine, such as the last machine M 1 marking the similar equivalent object or class as finalizable.
  • the execution of the finalization routine corresponding to the determination by all machines that the plurality of similar equivalent objects is finalizable is to execute only once with respect to all machines M 1 . . . Mn, and preferably by only one machine, on behalf of all machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • all machines may then delete, reclaim, recycle, free or otherwise clean-up the memory (and other corresponding system resources) utilized by their local similar equivalent object.
  • Annexures C1, C2, C3, and C4 are exemplary code listings that set forth the conventional or unmodified computer program software code (such as may be used in a single machine or computer environment) of a finalization routine of application program 50 (Annexure C1 and Table XVI), and a post-modification excerpt of the same synchronization routine such as may be used in embodiments having multiple machines (Annexures C2 and C3 and Tables XVII and XVIII). Also the modified code that is added to the finalization routine is highlighted in bold text.
  • Annexure C1 is a before-modification excerpt of the disassembled compiled form of the finalize( ) method of the example.
  • Annexure C2 is an after-modification form of Annexure C1, modified by FinalLoader.java of Annexure C7 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 22 .
  • Annexure C3 is an alternative after-modification form of Annexure C1, modified by FinalLoader.java of Annexure C7 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 22 . The modifications are highlighted in bold.
  • Annexure C4 is an excerpt of the source-code of the example.java application used in before/after modification excerpts C1-C3. This example application has a single finalization routine, the finalize( ) method, which is modified in accordance with this disclosure by FinalLoader.java of Annexure C7.
  • the compiled code in the annexure and portion repeated in the table is taken from the source-code of the file “example.java” which is included in the Annexure C4.
  • the procedure name “Method finalize( )” of Step 001 is the name of the displayed disassembled output of the finalize method of the compiled application code “example.java”.
  • the method name “finalize( )” is the name of an object's finalization method in accordance with the JAVA platform specification, and selected for this example to indicate a typical mode of operation of a JAVA finalization method. Overall the method is responsible for disposing of system resources or to perform other cleanup corresponding to the determination by the garbage collector of a JAVA virtual machine that there are no more references to this object, and the steps the “example.java” code performs are described in turn.
  • the JAVA virtual machine instruction “getstatic #9 ⁇ Field java.io.PrintStream out>” causes the JAVA virtual machine to retrieve the object reference of the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant_pool item stored in the 2.sup.nd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example finalize( ) method and results on a reference to a java.io.PrintStream object in the field to be placed (pushed) on the stack of the current method frame of the currently executing thread.
  • Step 003 the JAVA virtual machine instruction “Idc #24 ⁇ String “Deleted . . . “>” causes the JAVA virtual machine to load the String value “Deleted” onto the stack of the current method frame and results in the String value “Deleted” loaded onto the top of the stack of the current method frame.
  • Step 004 the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokevirtual #16 ⁇ Method void printing(java.lang.String)>” causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame and invoke the “printIn” method, passing the popped item to the new method frame as its first argument, and results in the “printIn” method being invoked.
  • Step 005 causes the JAVA virtual machine to cease executing this finalize( ) method by returning control to the previous method frame and results in termination of execution of this finalize method.
  • the JAVA virtual machine can keep track of the object handle count in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner, and in executing the finalize( ) method containing the printIn operation is able to ensure that unwanted behaviour (for example premature or supernumerary finalization operation such as execution of the finalize( ) method of a single ‘example.java’ object more than once) such as may be caused by inconsistent and/or incoherent finalization states or handle counts, does not occur.
  • unwanted behaviour for example premature or supernumerary finalization operation such as execution of the finalize( ) method of a single ‘example.java’ object more than once
  • the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #3 ⁇ Method boolean isLastReference(java.lang.Object)>” is inserted after the “0 aload.sub.-0” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine pops the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame (which in accordance with the preceding “aload.sub.-0” instruction is a reference to the object to which this finalize( ) method belongs) and invokes the “isLastReference” method, passing the popped item to the new method frame as its first argument, and returning a boolean value onto the stack upon return from this “invokestatic” instruction.
  • This change is significant because it modifies the finalize( ) method to execute the “isLastReference” method and associated operations, corresponding to the start of execution of the finalize( ) method, and returns a boolean argument (indicating whether the object corresponding to this finalize( ) method is the last remaining reference amongst the similar equivalent object on each of the machines M 1 . . . Mn) onto the stack of the executing method frame of the finalize( ) method.
  • JAVA virtual machine instructions “ifne 8” and “return” are inserted into the code stream after the “1 invokestatic #3” instruction and before the “getstatic #9” instruction.
  • the first of these two instructions, the “ifne 8” instruction causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack and performs a comparison between the popped value and zero. If the performed comparison succeeds (i.e. if and only if the popped value is not equal to zero), then execution continues at the “8 getstatic #9” instruction. If however the performed comparison fails (i.e. if and only if the popped value is equal to zero), then execution continues at the next instruction in the code stream, which is the “7 return” instruction.
  • This change is particularly significant because it modifies the finalize( ) method to either continue execution of the finalize( ) method (i.e. instructions 8-16) if the returned value of the “isLastReference” method was positive (i.e. “true”), or discontinue execution of the finalize( ) method (i.e. the “7 return” instruction causing a return of control to the invoker of this finalize( ) method) if the returned value of the “isLastReference” method was negative (i.e. “false”).
  • the method void isLastReference(java.lang.Object), part of the FinalClient code of Annexure C5 and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71 , performs the communications operations between machines M 1 . . . Mn to coordinate the execution of the finalize( ) method amongst the machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • the isLastReference method of this example communicates with the InitServer code of Annexure C6 executing on a machine X of FIG. 15 , by means of sending an “clean-up status request” to machine X corresponding to the object being “finalized” (i.e. the object to which this finalize( ) method belongs).
  • machine X receives the “clean-up status request” corresponding to the object to which the finalize( ) method belongs, and consults a table of clean-up counts or finalization states to determine the clean-up count or finalization state for the object to which the request corresponds.
  • machine X will send a response indicating that the plurality of similar equivalent objects are marked for clean-up on all other machines, and optionally update a record entry corresponding to the specified similar equivalent objects to indicate the similar equivalent objects as now cleaned up.
  • the plurality of the similar equivalent objects corresponding to the clean-up status request is not marked for clean-up on all other machines than the requesting machine (i.e.
  • machine X will send a response indicating that the plurality of similar equivalent objects is not marked for cleanup on all other machines, and increment the “marked for clean-up counter” record (or other similar finalization record means) corresponding to the specified object, to record that the requesting machine has marked its one of the plurality of similar equivalent objects to be cleaned-up.
  • a reply is generated and sent to the requesting machine indicating that the plurality of similar equivalent objects is marked for clean-up on all other machines than the requesting machine.
  • machine X may update the entry corresponding to the object to which the clean-up status request pertained to indicate the plurality of similar equivalent objects as now “cleaned-up”. Following a receipt of such a message from machine X indicating that the plurality of similar equivalent objects is marked for clean-up on all other machines, the isLastReference( ) method and operations terminate execution and return a ‘true’ value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the finalize( ) method.
  • the isLastReference( ) method and operations terminate execution and return “false” value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the finalize( ) method.
  • the execution of the finalize( ) method frame then resumes as indicated in the code sequence of Annexure C3.
  • the modified code permits, in a distributed computing environment having a plurality of computers or computing machines, the coordinated operation of finalization routines or other clean-up operations so that the problems associated with the operation of the unmodified code or procedure on a plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn (such as for example erroneous, premature, multiple finalization, or re-finalization operation) does not occur when applying the modified code or procedure.
  • a modification to the general arrangement of FIG. 8 is provided in that machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . Mn are as before and run the same application code 50 (or codes) on all machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn simultaneously or concurrently.
  • a server machine X which is conveniently able to supply housekeeping functions, for example, and especially the clean up of structures, assets and resources.
  • Such a server machine X can be a low value commodity computer such as a PC since its computational load is low.
  • two server machines X and X+1 can be provided for redundancy purposes to increase the overall reliability of the system. Where two such server machines X and X+1 are provided, they are preferably operated as redundant machines in a failover arrangement.
  • a server machine X it is not necessary to provide a server machine X as its computational load can be distributed over machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn.
  • a database operated by one machine in a master/slave type operation can be used for the housekeeping function(s).
  • FIG. 16 shows a preferred general procedure to be followed. After loading 161 has been commenced, the instructions to be executed are considered in sequence and all clean up routines are detected as indicated in step 162 . In the JAVA language these are the finalization routines or finalize method (e.g., “finalize( )”). Other languages use different terms.
  • a clean up routine is detected, it is modified at step 163 in order to perform consistent, coordinated, and coherent clean up or finalization across and between the plurality of machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn, typically by inserting further instructions into the clean up routine to, for example, determine if the object (or class or other asset) containing this finalization routine is marked as finalizable across all similar equivalent local objects on all other machines, and if so performing finalization by resuming the execution of the finalization routine, or if not then aborting the execution of the finalization routine, or postponing or pausing the execution of the finalization routine until such a time as all other machines have marked their similar equivalent local objects as finalizable.
  • the modifying instructions could be inserted prior to the routine.
  • the loading procedure continues by loading modified application code in place of the unmodified application code, as indicated in step 164 .
  • the finalization routine is to be executed only once, and preferably by only one machine, on behalf of all machines M 1 . . . Mn corresponding to the determination by all machines M 1 . . . Mn that the particular object is finalizable.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a particular form of modification.
  • the structures, assets or resources (in JAVA termed classes or objects) 50 A, 50 X . . . 50 Y which are possible candidates to be cleaned up are allocated a name or tag (for example a global name or tag), or have already been allocated a global name or tag, which can be used to identify corresponding similar equivalent local structures, assets, or resources (such as classes and objects in JAVA) globally on each of the machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn, as indicated by step 172 .
  • this table or other data structure may store only the clean up status, or it may store other status or information as well.
  • this table also includes a counter which stores a machine asset deletion count value identifying the number of machines (and optionally the identity of the machines although this is not required) which have marked this particular object, class, or other asset for deletion. In one embodiment, the count value is incremented until the count value equals the number of machines.
  • a total machine asset deletion count value of less than (n ⁇ 1) where n is the total number of machines in Mn indicates a “do not clean up” status for the object, class, or other asset as a network (or machine constellation) whole
  • the machine asset deletion count of less than n ⁇ 1 means that one or more machines have yet to mark their similar equivalent local object (or class or other asset) as finalizable and that object cannot be cleaned up as unwanted or other anomalous behaviour may result.
  • the asset deletion count is less than five then it means that not all the other machines have attempted to finalize this object (i.e., not yet marked this object as finalizable), and therefore the object can't be finalised.
  • asset deletion count is five, then it means that there is only one machine that has yet to attempt to finalize this object (i.e., mark this object as finalizable) and therefore that last machine yet to mark the object as finalizable must be the current machine attempting to finalize the object (i.e., marking the object as finalizable and consequently consulting the finalization table as to finalization status of this object on all other machines).
  • the clean up or finalization routine is stopped from initiating or beginning execution; however, if some implementations it is difficult or practically impossible to stop the clean up or finalization routine from initiating or beginning execution. Therefore, in an alternative embodiment, the execution of the finalization routine that has already started is aborted such that it does not complete or does not complete in its normal manner.
  • This alternative abortion is understood to include an actual abortion, or a suspend, or postpone, or pause of the execution of a finalization routine that has started to execute (regardless of the stage of execution before completion) and therefore to make sure that the finalization routine does not get the chance to execute to completion to clean up the object (or class or other asset), and therefore the object (or class or other asset) remains “uncleaned” (i.e., “unfinalised”, or “not deleted”).
  • FIG. 18 shows the enquiry made by the machine proposing to execute a clean up routine (one of M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn) to the server machine X.
  • the operation of this proposing machine is temporarily interrupted, as shown in step 181 and 182 , and corresponding to step 173 of FIG. 17 .
  • the proposing machine sends an enquiry message to machine X to request the clean-up or finalization status of the object (or class or other asset) to be cleaned-up.
  • the proposing machine awaits a reply from machine X corresponding to the enquiry message sent by the proposing machine at step 181 , indicated by step 182 .
  • FIG. 25 shows the activity carried out by machine X in response to such a finalization or clean up status enquiry of step 181 in FIG. 18 .
  • the finalization or clean up status is determined as seen in step 192 which determines if the object (or class or other asset) corresponding to the clean-up status request of global name, as received at step 191 ( 191 A), is marked for deletion on all other machines other than the enquiring machine 181 from which the clean-up status request of step 191 originates.
  • step 192 ( 192 A) and other Figures
  • step 193 determination is made that determines that the global named resource is not marked (“No”) for deletion on (n ⁇ 1) machines (i.e. is utilized elsewhere), then a response to that effect is sent to the enquiring machine 194 ( 194 A) but the “marked for deletion” counter is incremented by one (1), as shown by step 197 ( 197 A).
  • step 195 A a corresponding reply is sent to the waiting enquiring machine 182 from which the clean-up status request of step 191 originated as indicated by step 195 ( 195 A).
  • the waiting enquiring machine 182 is then able to respond accordingly, such as for example by: (i) aborting (or pausing, or postponing) execution of the finalization routine when the reply from machine X of step 182 indicated that the similar equivalent local objects on the plurality of machines M 1 , M 2 , . . .
  • Mn corresponding to the global name of the object proposed to be finalized of step 172 is still utilized elsewhere (i.e., not marked for deletion on all other machines other than the machine proposing to carry out finalization); or (ii) by continuing (or resuming, or starting) execution of the finalization routine when the reply from machine X of step 182 indicated that the similar equivalent local objects on the plurality of machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn corresponding to the global name of the object proposed to be finalized of step 172 are not utilized elsewhere (i.e., marked for deletion on all other machines other than the machine proposing to carry out finalization). As indicated by broken lines in FIG.
  • step 25 preferably in addition to the “yes” response shown in step 195 , the shared table or cleaned-up statuses stored or maintained on machine X is updated so that the status of the globally named asset is changed to “cleaned up” as indicated by step 196 .
  • Annexure C1 is a typical code fragment from an unmodified finalize routine
  • Annexure C2 is an equivalent in respect of a modified finalize routine
  • Annexure C3 is an alternative equivalent in respect of a modified finalize routine.
  • Annexures C1 and C2/C3 repeated as Tables XVI and XVII/XVIII are the before (pre-modification or unmodified code) and after (or post-modification or modified code) excerpt of a finalization routine respectively.
  • the modified code that is added to the method is highlighted in bold.
  • the finalize method prints “Deleted . . . ” to the computer console on event of finalization (i.e. deletion) of this object.
  • the application code 50 is modified as it is loaded into the machine by changing the clean-up, deletion, or finalization routine or method.
  • finalization is typically used in the context of the JAVA language relative to the JAVA virtual machine specification existent at the date of filing of this specification. Therefore, finalization refers to object and/or class cleanup or deletion or reclamation or recycling or any equivalent form of object, class, asset or resource clean-up in the more general sense. The term finalization should therefore be taken in this broader meaning unless otherwise restricted.
  • the changes made are the initial instructions that the finalize method executes.
  • Mn each with one of a similar equivalent peer object, to request finalization.
  • a peer object refers to a similar equivalent object on a different one of the machines, so that for example, in a configuration having eight machines, there will be eight peer objects (i.e. eight similar equivalent objects each on one of eight machines).
  • the finalization determination procedure or method “isLastReference( )” of the DRT 71 can optionally take an argument which represents a unique identifier for this object (See Annexure C3 and Table XVIII). For example, the name of the object that is being considered for finalization, a reference to the object in question being considered for finalization, or a unique number or identifier representing this object across all machines (or nodes), to be used in the determination of the finalization status of this object or class or other asset.
  • the DRT can support the finalization of multiple objects (or classes or assets) at the same time without becoming confused as to which of the multiple objects are already finalized and which are not, by using the unique identifier of each object to consult the correct record in the finalization table referred to earlier.
  • the DRT 71 can determine the finalization state of the object in a number of possible ways.
  • it the requesting machine
  • the DRT 71 on the local machine can consult a shared record table (perhaps on a separate machine (e.g., machine X), or a coherent shared record table on each local machine and updated to remain substantially identical, or in a database) to determine if each of the plurality of similar equivalent objects have been marked for finalization by all requested machines except the current requesting machine.
  • a shared record table perhaps on a separate machine (e.g., machine X), or a coherent shared record table on each local machine and updated to remain substantially identical, or in a database
  • the “isLastReference( )” method of the DRT 71 returns false, then this means that the plurality of similar equivalent objects has not been marked for finalization by all other machines in the distributed environment, as recorded in the shared record table on machine X of the finalization states of objects. In such a case, the finalize method is not to be executed (or alternatively resumed, or continued), as it will potentially invalidate the object on those machine(s) that are continuing to use their similar equivalent object and have yet to mark their similar equivalent object for finalization.
  • the inserted four instructions at the start of the finalize method prevent execution of the remaining code of the finalize method by aborting the execution of the finalize method through the use of a return instruction, and consequently aborting the Java Virtual Machine's finalization operation for this object.
  • a particular machine say machine M 2 , loads the asset (such as class or object) inclusive of a clean up routine modifies it, and then loads each of the other machines M 1 , M 3 , . . . , Mn (either sequentially or simultaneously or according to any other order, routine, or procedure) with the modified object (or class or asset) inclusive of the now modified clean up routine or routines.
  • the cleanup routine(s) that is (are) loaded is binary executable object code.
  • the cleanup routine(s) that is (are) loaded is executable intermediate code.
  • each of the slave (or secondary) machines M 1 , M 3 , . . . , Mn loads the modified object (or class), and inclusive of the now modified clean-up routine(s), that was sent to it over the computer communications network or other communications link or path by the master (or primary) machine, such as machine M 2 , or some other machine such as a machine X of FIG. 15 .
  • the computer communications network can be replaced by a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database.
  • machine M 2 loads the asset (such as class or object) inclusive of a cleanup routine in unmodified form on machine M 2 , and then (for example, M 2 or each local machine) deletes the unmodified clean up routine that had been present on the machine in whole or part from the asset (such as class or object) and loads by means of a computer communications network the modified code for the asset with the now modified or deleted clean up routine on the other machines.
  • the modification is not a transformation, instrumentation, translation or compilation of the asset clean up routine but a deletion of the clean up routine on all machines except one.
  • the actual code-block of the finalization or cleanup routine is deleted on all machines except one, and this last machine therefore is the only machine that can execute the finalization routine because all other machines have deleted the finalization routine.
  • This approach is that no conflict arises between multiple machines executing the same finalization routine because only one machine has the routine.
  • the process of deleting the clean up routine in its entirety can either be performed by the “master” machine (such as machine M 2 or some other machine such as machine X of FIG. 15 ) or alternatively by each other machine M 1 , M 3 . . . Mn upon receipt of the unmodified asset.
  • An additional variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement is to use a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database as means of exchanging the code for the asset, class or object between machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn and optionally a machine X of FIG. 15 .
  • each machine M 1 , . . . , Mn receives the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of finalization or clean up routine(s), but modifies the routine(s) and then loads the asset (such as class or object) consisting of the now modified routine(s).
  • asset such as class or object
  • one machine such as the master or primary machine may customize or perform a different modification to the finalization or clean up routine(s) sent to each machine, this embodiment more readily enables the modification carried out by each machine to be slightly different and to be enhanced, customized or optimized based upon its particular machine architecture, hardware, processor, memory, configuration, operating system or other factors, yet still similar, coherent and consistent with other machines with all other similar modifications and characteristics that may not need to be similar or identical.
  • a particular machine say M 1 , loads the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of a finalization or clean up routine and all other machines M 2 , M 3 , . . . Mn perform a modification to delete the clean up routine of the asset (such as class or object) and load the modified version.
  • the supply or communication of the asset code (such as class code or object code) to the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn, and optionally inclusive of a machine X of FIG. 15 can be branched, distributed or communicated among and between the different machines in any combination or permutation; such as by providing direct machine to machine communication (for example, M 2 supplies each of M 1 , M 3 , M 4 , etc directly), or by providing or using cascaded or sequential communication (for example, M 2 supplies M 1 which then supplies M 3 , which then supplies M 4 , and so on), or a combination of the direct and cascaded and/or sequential.
  • direct machine to machine communication for example, M 2 supplies each of M 1 , M 3 , M 4 , etc directly
  • cascaded or sequential communication for example, M 2 supplies M 1 which then supplies M 3 , which then supplies M 4 , and so on
  • the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn may send some or all load requests to an additional machine X (See for example the embodiment of FIG. 15 ), which performs the modification to the application program code 50 (such as consisting of assets, and/or classes, and/or objects) and inclusive of finalization or clean up routine(s), via any of the afore mentioned methods, and returns the modified application program code inclusive of the now modified finalization or clean-up routine(s) to each of the machines M 1 to Mn, and these machines in turn load the modified application program code inclusive of the modified routine(s) locally.
  • an additional machine X See for example the embodiment of FIG. 15 ), which performs the modification to the application program code 50 (such as consisting of assets, and/or classes, and/or objects) and inclusive of finalization or clean up routine(s), via any of the afore mentioned methods, and returns the modified application program code inclusive of the now modified finalization or clean-up routine(s) to each of the machines M 1 to Mn, and these machines in
  • machines M 1 to Mn forward all load requests to machine X, which returns a modified application program code inclusive of modified finalization or clean-up routine(s) to each machine.
  • the modifications performed by machine X can include any of the modifications covered under the scope of this disclosure. This arrangement may of course be applied to some of the machines and other arrangements described herein before applied to other of the machines.
  • One such technique is to make the modification(s) to the application code, without a preceding or consequential change of the language of the application code.
  • Another such technique is to convert the original code (for example, JAVA language source-code) into an intermediate representation (or intermediate-code language, or pseudo code), such as JAVA byte code. Once this conversion takes place the modification is made to the byte code and then the conversion may be reversed. This gives the desired result of modified JAVA code.
  • a further possible technique is to convert the application program to machine code, either directly from source-code or via the abovementioned intermediate language or through some other intermediate means. Then the machine code is modified before being loaded and executed.
  • a still further such technique is to convert the original code to an intermediate representation, which is thus modified and subsequently converted into machine code.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure encompass all such modification routes and also a combination of two, three or even more, of such routes.
  • FIG. 14 there is illustrated a schematic representation of a single prior art computer operated as a JAVA virtual machine.
  • a machine (produced by any one of various manufacturers and having an operating system operating in any one of various different languages) can operate in the particular language of the application program code 50 , in this instance the JAVA language. That is, a JAVA virtual machine 72 is able to operate application code 50 in the JAVA language, and utilize the JAVA architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • the generalized platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system is able to operate application code 50 in the language(s) (possibly including for example, but not limited to any one or more of source-code languages, intermediate-code languages, object-code languages, machine-code languages, and any other code languages) of that platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system environment, and utilize the platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system and/or language architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • platform and/or runtime system may include virtual machine and non-virtual machine software and/or firmware architectures, as well as hardware and direct hardware coded applications and implementations.
  • the single machine (not a plurality of connected or coupled machines) of FIG. 14 is able to readily ensure that multiple different and potentially concurrent uses of specific objects 50 X- 50 Z do not conflict or cause unwanted interactions, when specified by the use of mutual exclusion (e.g. “mutex”) operators or operations (inclusive for example of locks, semaphores, monitors, barriers, and the like), such as for example by the programmer's use of a synchronizing or synchronization routine in a computer program written in the JAVA language.
  • mutual exclusion e.g. “mutex” operators or operations (inclusive for example of locks, semaphores, monitors, barriers, and the like)
  • the single JAVA virtual machine 72 of FIG. 14 executing within this single machine is able to ensure that an object (or several objects) is (are) properly synchronized as defined by the JAVA Virtual Machine and Language Specifications existent at least as of the date of the filing of this patent application, when specified to do so by the application program (or programmer), and thus the object or objects to be synchronized are only utilized by one executing part of potentially multiple executing parts and potentially concurrently executing parts of the executable application code 50 at once or at the same time, such as for example potentially concurrently executing threads or processes.
  • a first executing part e.g. a first thread or process
  • a second executing part e.g. a second thread or process
  • computers and/or computing machines and/or information appliances or processing systems are still applicable.
  • computers and/or computing machines that do not utilize either classes and/or objects include for example, the x86 computer architecture manufactured by Intel Corporation and others, the SPARC computer architecture manufactured by Sun Microsystems, Inc and others, the PowerPC computer architecture manufactured by International Business Machines Corporation and others, and the personal computer products made by Apple Computer, Inc., and others.
  • class and object may be generalized for example to include primitive data types (such as integer data types, floating point data types, long data types, double data types, string data types, character data types and Boolean data types), structured data types (such as arrays and records) derived types, or other code or data structures of procedural languages or other languages and environments such as functions, pointers, components, modules, structures, references and unions.
  • primitive data types such as integer data types, floating point data types, long data types, double data types, string data types, character data types and Boolean data types
  • structured data types such as arrays and records
  • code or data structures of procedural languages or other languages and environments such as functions, pointers, components, modules, structures, references and unions.
  • a similar procedure applies mutatis mutandis (that is, with suitable or necessary alterations) for classes 50 A.
  • the computer programmer or if and when applicable, an automated or nonautomated computer program generator or generation means
  • when writing or generating a program using the JAVA language and architecture in a single machine need only use a synchronization routine or routines in order to provide for this avoidance of conflict or unwanted interaction.
  • a single JAVA virtual machine can keep track of exclusive utilization of the classes and objects (or other asset) and avoid corresponding problems (such as conflict, race condition, unwanted interaction, or other anomalous behaviour due to unexpected critical dependence on the relative timing of events) as necessary in an unobtrusive fashion.
  • synchronization in the JAVA language.
  • synchronization may usually be operationalized or implemented in one of three ways or means.
  • the first way or means is through the use of a synchronization method description that is included in the source-code of an application program written in the JAVA language.
  • the second way or means is by the inclusion of a synchronization descriptor' in the method descriptor of a compiled application program of the JAVA virtual machine.
  • monitor enter e.g., “monitorenter”
  • monitor exit e.g., “monitorexit”
  • monitor exit e.g., “monitorexit”
  • An asset may for example include a class or an object, as well as any other software/language/runtime/platform/architecture or machine resource.
  • Such resources may include for example, but are not limited to, software programs (such as for example executable software. modules, subprograms, sub-modules, application program interfaces (API), software libraries, dynamically linkable libraries) and data (such as for example data types, data structures, variables, arrays, lists, structures, unions), and memory locations (such as for example named memory locations, memory ranges, address space(s), registers) and input/output (I/O) ports and/or interfaces, or other machine, computer, or information appliance resource or asset.
  • software programs such as for example executable software. modules, subprograms, sub-modules, application program interfaces (API), software libraries, dynamically linkable libraries
  • data such as for example data types, data structures, variables, arrays, lists, structures, unions
  • memory locations such as for example named memory locations, memory ranges, address space(s), registers
  • I/O input/output
  • a plurality of individual computers or machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn are provided, each of which are interconnected via a communications network 53 or other communications link and each of which individual computers or machines is provided with a modifier 51 (See in FIG. 5 ) and realised by or in for example the distributed run time (DRT) 71 (See FIG. 8 ) and loaded with a common application code 50 .
  • the term common application program is to be understood to mean an application program or application program code written to operate on a single machine, and loaded and/or executed in whole or in part on each one of the plurality of computers or machines M 1 , M 2 . . .
  • some or all of the plurality of individual computers or machines may be contained within a single housing or chassis (such as so-called “blade servers” manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others) or implemented on a single printed circuit board or even within a single chip or chip set.
  • blade servers manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others
  • the modifier 51 or DRT 71 ensures that when an executing part (such as a thread or process) of the modified application program 50 running on one or more of the machines exclusively utilizes (e.g., by means of a synchronization routine or similar or equivalent mutual exclusion operator or operation) a particular local asset, such as an objects 50 X- 50 Z or class 50 A, no other executing part and potentially concurrently executing part on machines M 2 . . . Mn exclusively utilizes the similar equivalent corresponding asset in its local memory at once or at the same time.
  • a particular local asset such as an objects 50 X- 50 Z or class 50 A
  • the modifier 51 may be implemented as a component of or within the distributed run time 71 , and therefore the DRT 71 may implement the functions and operations of the modifier 51 .
  • the function and operation of the modifier 51 may be implemented outside of the structure, software, firmware, or other means used to implement the DRT 71 .
  • the modifier 51 and DRT 71 are implemented or written in a single piece of computer program code that provides the functions of the DRT and modifier. The modifier function and structure therefore maybe subsumed into the DRT and considered to be an optional component.
  • the modifier function and structure is responsible for modifying the executable code of the application code program
  • the distributed run time function and structure is responsible for implementing communications between and among the computers or machines.
  • the communications functionality in one embodiment is implemented via an intermediary protocol layer within the computer program code of the DRT on each machine.
  • the DRT may for example implement a communications stack in the JAVA language and use the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to provide for communications or talking between the machines.
  • TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • inventive concept further includes any means of implementing thread-safety, regardless of whether it is through the use of locks (lock/unlock), synchronizations, monitors, semphafores, mutexes, or other mechanisms.
  • synchronization means or implies “exclusive use” or “mutual exclusion” of an asset or resource.
  • Conventional structures and methods for implementations of single computers or machines have developed some methods for synchronization on such single computer or machine configurations.
  • these conventional structures and methods have not provided solutions for synchronization between and among a plurality of computers, machines, or information appliances.
  • one particular machine is exclusively using an object or class (or any other asset or resource)
  • another machine say, for example machine M 5
  • the application code 50 is analysed or scrutinized by searching through the executable application code 50 in order to detect program steps (such as particular instructions or instruction types) in the application code 50 which define or constitute or otherwise represent a synchronization routine (or other mutual exclusion operation).
  • program steps may for example comprise or consist of an opening monitor enter (e.g. “monitorenter”) instruction and one or more closing monitor exit (e.g. “monitorexit”) instructions.
  • a synchronization routine may start with the execution of a “monitorenter” instruction and close with a paired execution of a “monitorexit” instruction.
  • This analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place either prior to loading the application program code 50 , or during the application program code 50 loading procedure, or even after the application program code 50 loading procedure. It may be likened to an instrumentation, program transformation, translation, or compilation procedure in that the application code may be instrumented with additional instructions, and/or otherwise modified by meaning-preserving program manipulations, and/or optionally translated from an input code language to a different code language (such as for example from source-code language or intermediate-code language to object-code language or machine-code language), and with the understanding that the term compilation normally or conventionally involves a change in code or language, for example, from source code to object code or from one language to another language.
  • compilation and its grammatical equivalents
  • the term “compilation” is not so restricted and can also include or embrace modifications within the same code or language.
  • the compilation and its equivalents are understood to encompass both ordinary compilation (such as for example by way of illustration but not limitation, from source-code to object-code), and compilation from source-code to source-code, as well as compilation from object-code to object-code, and any altered combinations therein. It is also inclusive of so-called “intermediary languages” which are a form of “pseudo object-code”.
  • the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place during the loading of the application program code such as by the operating system reading the application code from the hard disk or other storage device or source and copying it into memory and preparing to begin execution of the application program code.
  • the analysis or scrutiny may take place during the class loading procedure of the java.lang.ClassLoader loadClass method (e.g., “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )”).
  • the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place even after the application program code loading procedure, such as after the operating system has loaded the application code into memory, or optionally even after execution of the application program code has started, such as for example after the JAVA virtual machine has loaded the application code into the virtual machine via the “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )” method and optionally commenced execution.
  • Annexure D1 is a typical code fragment from a synchronization routine prior to modification (e.g., an exemplary unmodified synchronization routine), and Annexure D2 is the same synchronization routine after modification (e.g., an exemplary modified synchronization routine).
  • code fragments are exemplary only and identify one software code means for performing the modification in an exemplary language. It will be appreciated that other software/firmware or computer program code may be used to accomplish the same or analogous function or operation without departing from the scope of the inventive concept.
  • Annexures D1 and D2 are exemplary code listings that set forth the conventional or unmodified computer program software code (such as may be used in a single machine or computer environment) of a synchronization routine of application program 50 and a post-modification excerpt of the same synchronization routine such as may be used in embodiments having multiple machines.
  • the modified code that is added to the synchronization method is highlighted in bold text.
  • Other embodiments may provide for code or statements or instructions to be added, amended, removed, moved or reorganized, or otherwise altered.
  • the compiled code in the Annexure and portion repeated in the table is taken from the source-code of the file “example.java” which is included in the Annexure D3.
  • the disassembled compiled code that is listed in the Annexure and Table is taken from compiled source code of the file “EXAMPLE.JAVA”.
  • the procedure name “Method void run( )” of Step 001 is the name of the displayed disassembled output of the run method of the compiled application code of “example.java”.
  • the name “Method void run( )” is arbitrary and selected for this example to indicate a typical JAVA method inclusive of a synchronization operation. Overall the method is responsible for incrementing a memory location (“counter”) in a thread-safe manner through the use of a synchronization statement and the steps to accomplish this are described in turn.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “getstatic #2 ⁇ Field java.lang.Object LOCK>” causes the Java Virtual Machine to retrieve the object reference of the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 2.sup.nd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example run( ) method and results in a reference to the object (hereafter referred to as LOCK) in the field to be placed (pushed) on the stack of the current method frame of the currently executing thread.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “dup” causes the Java Virtual Machine to duplicate the topmost item of the stack and push the duplicated item onto the topmost position of the stack of the current method frame and results in the reference to the LOCK object at the top of the stack being duplicated and pushed onto the stack.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “astore.sub.-1” causes the Java Virtual Machine to remove the topmost item of the stack of the current method frame and store the item into the local variable array at index 1 of the current method frame and results in the topmost LOCK object reference of the stack being stored in the local variable index 1.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “monitorenter” causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the topmost object off the stack of the current method frame and acquire an exclusive lock on said popped object and results in a lock being acquired on the LOCK object.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “getstatic #3 ⁇ Field int counter>” causes the Java Virtual Machine to retrieve the integer value of the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 3rd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example run( ) method and results in the integer value of said field being placed (pushed) on the stack of the current method frame of the currently executing thread.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “iconst.sub.-1” causes the Java Virtual Machine to load an integer value of “1” onto the stack of the current method frame and results in the integer value of 1 loaded onto the top of the stack of the current method frame.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “iadd” causes the Java Virtual Machine to perform an integer addition of the two topmost integer values of the stack of the current method frame and results in the resulting integer value of the addition operation being placed on the top of the stack of the current method frame.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “putstatic #3 ⁇ Field int counter>” causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the topmost value off the stack of the current method frame and store the value in the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 3.sup.rd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example run( ) method and results in the topmost integer value of the stack of the current method frame being stored in the integer field named “counter”.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “aload.sub.-1” causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the item in the local variable array at index 1 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the object reference stored in the local variable array at index 1 being pushed onto the stack.
  • the Java Virtual Machine instruction “monitorexit” causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the topmost object off the stack of the current method frame and release the exclusive lock on said popped object and results in the LOCK being released on the LOCK object.
  • Step 012 causes the Java Virtual Machine to cease executing this run( ) method by returning control to the previous method frame and results in termination of execution of this run( ) method.
  • this prior art arrangement would fail to perform such consistent coordinated synchronization operation across the plurality of machines, as each machine performs synchronization only locally and without any attempt to coordinate their local synchronization operation with any other similar synchronization operation on any one or more other machines.
  • Such an arrangement would therefore be susceptible to conflict or other unwanted interactions (such as race-conditions or other anomalous behaviour due to unexpected critical dependence on the relative timing of the “counter” increment events on each machine) between the machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn. Therefore it is the goal of embodiments of this disclosure to overcome this limitation of the prior art arrangement.
  • Java Virtual Machine instruction “invokestatic #23 ⁇ Method void acquireLock(java.lang.Object)>” is inserted after the “6 monitorenter” and before the “10 getstatic #3 ⁇ Field int counter>” statements so that the Java Virtual Machine pops the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame and invokes the “acquireLock” method, passing the popped item to the new method frame as its first argument.
  • This change is particularly significant because it modifies the run( ) method to execute the “acquireLock” method and associated operations, corresponding to the “monitorenter” instruction preceding it.
  • Annexure D1 is a before-modification excerpt of the disassembled compiled form of the synchronization operation of example.java of Annexure D3, consisting of an starting “monitorenter” instruction and ending “monitorexit” instruction.
  • Annexure D2 is an after-modification form of Annexure D1, modified by LockLoader.java of Annexure D6 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 26 . The modifications are highlighted in bold.
  • the method void acquireLock(java.lang.Object), part of the LockClient code of Annexure D4 and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71 , performs the communications operations between machines M 1 , . . . , Mn to coordinate the execution of the preceding “monitorenter” synchronization operation amongst the machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • the acquireLock method of this example communicates with the LockServer code of Annexure D5 executing on a machine X of FIG.
  • Machine X by means of sending an ‘acquire lock request’ to machine X corresponding to the object being ‘locked’ (i.e., the object corresponding to the “monitorenter” instruction), which in the context of Table XXI and Annexure D2 is the ‘LOCK’ object.
  • Machine X receives the ‘acquire lock request’ corresponding to the LOCK object, and consults a table of locks to determine the lock status corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent objects on each of the machines, which in the case of Annexure D2 is the plurality of similar equivalent LOCK objects.
  • Machine X will record the object as now locked and inform the requesting machine of the successful acquisition of the lock.
  • Machine X will append this requesting machine to a queue of machines waiting to lock this plurality of similar equivalent objects, until such a time as machine X determines this requesting machine can acquire the lock.
  • a reply is generated and sent to the successful requesting machine informing that machine of the successful acquisition of the lock.
  • the acquireLock method and operations terminate execution and return control to the previous method frame, which is the context of Annexure D2 is the executing method frame of the run( ) method.
  • the operation of the acquireLock method and run( ) method are suspended until such a confirmatory reply is received. Following this return operation, the execution of the run( ) method then resumes.
  • Exemplary source-code for an embodiment of the acquireLock method is provided in Annexure D4
  • Annexure D4 also provides additional detail concerning DRT 71 functionality.
  • the method void releaseLock(java.lang.Object), part of the LockClient code of Annexure D4 and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71 , performs the communications operations between machines M 1 . . . Mn to coordinate the execution of the following “monitorexit” synchronization operation amongst the machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • machine X by means of sending a “release lock request” to machine X corresponding to the object being “unlocked” (i.e., the object corresponding to the “monitorexit” instruction), which in the context of Table XXI and Annexure D2 is the ‘LOCK’ object.
  • machine X receives the “release lock request” corresponding to the LOCK object, and updates the table of locks to indicate the lock status corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent ‘LOCK’ objects as now “unlocked”.
  • machine X is able to select one of the awaiting machines to be the new owner of the lock by updating the table of locks to indicate this selected one awaiting machine as the new lock owner, and informing the successful one of the awaiting machines of its successful acquisition of the lock by means of a confirmatory reply.
  • the successful one of the awaiting machines then resumes execution of its synchronization routine.
  • the releaseLock method terminates execution and returns control to the previous method frame, which in this instance is the method frame of the run( ) method. Following this return operation, the execution of the run( ) method resumes.
  • the modified code permits, in a distributed computing environment having a plurality of computers or computing machines, the coordinated operation of synchronization routines or other mutual exclusion operations between and amongst machines M 1 . . . Mn so that the problems associated with the operation of the unmodified code or procedure on a plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn (such as conflicts, unwanted interactions, race-conditions, or anomalous behaviour due to unexpected critical dependence on the relative time of events) does not occur when applying the modified code or procedure.
  • problems associated with the operation of the unmodified code or procedure on a plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn such as conflicts, unwanted interactions, race-conditions, or anomalous behaviour due to unexpected critical dependence on the relative time of events
  • the application program code includes instructions or operations that increment a memory location in local memory (used for a counter) within an enclosing synchronization routine.
  • the purpose of the synchronization routine is to ensure thread-safety of the counter memory increment operation in multi-threaded and multi-processing applications and computer systems.
  • thread-safe or thread-safety refer to code that is either re-entrant or protected from multiple simultaneous execution by some form of mutual exclusion.
  • Multi-threaded applications in the context of one or more embodiments of this disclosure may, for example, include applications operating two or more threads of execution concurrently each on a different machine.
  • each computer or computing machine would perform synchronization in isolation, thus potentially incrementing the shared counter at the same time, leading to potential conflicts or unwanted interactions such as race condition(s) and incoherent memory between the machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • this embodiment is described using a shared counter, the use or provision of such shared counter or memory location is optional and not required for the synchronization aspects of this disclosure.
  • the synchronization routine behaves in a manner as the programming language, runtime system, or machine architecture (or any combination thereof) guarantees—that is, stop two parts (for example, two threads) of the application program from executing the same synchronization routine or same mutual exclusion operation or operator concurrently.
  • stop two parts for example, two threads
  • Clearly consistent, coherent and coordinated synchronization behaviour is what the programmer or user of the application program code 50 expects to happen.
  • the application code 50 is modified as it is loaded into the machine by changing the synchronization routine.
  • the modifications made on each machine may generally be similar in-so-far as they should advantageously achieve a consistent end result of coordinated synchronization operation amongst all the machines; however, given the broad applicability of the novel synchronization method and associated procedures, the nature of the modifications may generally vary without altering the effect produced.
  • one or more additional instructions or statements may be inserted, such as for example a “no-operation” (nop) type instruction into the application will mean the modifications made are technically different, but the modified code still conforms to the inventive concept.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure may, for example, implement the changes by means of program transformation, translation, various forms of compilation, instrumentation, or by other means described herein or known in the art.
  • the changes made are the starting or initial instructions and the ending instructions that the synchronization routine executes, and which correspond to the entry (start) and exit (finish) of the synchronization routine respectively.
  • These added instructions act to coordinate the execution of the synchronization routine amongst the multiple concurrently executing instances or occurrences of the modified run method executing on each one of, or some subset of, the plurality of machines M 1 . . .
  • the acquire lock (e.g. “acquireLock( )”) method of the DRT 71 takes an argument “(java.lang.Object)” which represents a reference to (or some other unique identifier for) the particular local object for which the global lock is desired (See Annexure D2 and Table XXI), and is to be used in acquiring a global lock across the plurality of similar equivalent objects on the other machines corresponding to the specified local object.
  • the unique identifier may, for example be the name of the object, a reference to the object in question, or a unique number representing the plurality of similar equivalent objects across all nodes.
  • the DRT can support the synchronization of multiple objects at the same time without becoming confused as to which of the multiple objects are already synchronized and which are not as might be the case if object (or class) identifiers were not unique, by using the unique identifier of each object to consult the correct record in the shared synchronization table.
  • a further advantage of using a global identifier here is as a form of ‘meta-name’ for all the similar equivalent local objects on each one of the machines. For example, rather than having to keep track of each unique local name of each similar equivalent local object on each machine, one may instead define a global name (e.g., “globalname7787”) which each local machine in turn maps to a local object (e.g., “globalname7787” points to object “localobject456” on machine M 1 , and “globalname7787” points to object “localobject885” on machine M 2 , and “globalname7787” points to object “localobject111” on machine M 3 , and so forth).
  • a global name e.g., “globalname7787”
  • the shared synchronization table that may optionally be used is a table, other storage means, or any other data structure that stores an object (and/or class or other asset) identifier and the synchronization status (or locked or unlocked status) of each object (and/or class or other asset).
  • the table or other storage means operates to relate an object (and/or class or other asset, or a plurality of similar equivalent objects or classes or assets) to a status of either locked or unlocked or some other physical or logical indication of a locked state and an unlocked state.
  • the table (or any other data structure one cares to employ) may advantageously include a named object identifier and a record indicating if a named object (i.e., “globalname7787”) is locked or unlocked.
  • the table or other storage means stores a flag or memory bit, wherein when the flag or memory bit stores a “0” the object is unlocked and when the flag or memory bit stores a “1” the object is locked.
  • a flag or memory bit stores a “0” the object is unlocked and when the flag or memory bit stores a “1” the object is locked.
  • multiple bit or byte storage may be used and different logic sense or indicators may be used without departing from the inventive concept.
  • the DRT 71 can determine the synchronization state of the object in any one of a number of ways. Recall, for example that embodiments herein may include any means of implementing thread-safety, regardless of whether it is through the use of locks (lock/unlock), synchronizations, monitors, semphafores, mutexes, or other mechanisms. These means stop or limit concurrently executing parts of a single application program in order to guarantee consistency according to the rules of synchronization, locks, or the like.
  • each machine can ask each machine in turn if their local similar equivalent object (or class or other asset or resource) corresponding to the object being sought to be locked is presently synchronized, and if any machine replies true, then to pause execution of the synchronization routine and wait until that presently synchronized similar equivalent object on the other machine is unsynchronised, otherwise synchronize this object locally and resume execution of the synchronization routine.
  • Each machine may implement synchronization (or mutual exclusion operations or operators) in its own way and this may be different in the different machines.
  • the DRT 71 on each local machine can consult a shared record table (perhaps on a separate machine (for example, on machine X which is different from machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn)), or can consult a coherent shared record table on each one of the local machines, or a shared database established in a memory or other storage, to determine if this object has been marked or identified as synchronized (or “locked”) by any machine and if so, then wait until the status of the object is changed to “unlocked” and then acquire the lock on this machine, otherwise acquire the lock by marking the object as locked (optionally by this machine) in the shared lock table.
  • a shared record table perhaps on a separate machine (for example, on machine X which is different from machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn)
  • a coherent shared record table on each one of the local machines, or a shared database established in a memory or other storage
  • this may be considered as a variation of a shared database or data structure, where each machine has a local copy of a shared table (that is a replica of a shared table) with is updated to maintain coherency across the plurality of machines M 1 , . . . , Mn.
  • the shared record table refers to a shared table accessible by all machines M 1 , . . . , Mn, that may for example be defined or stored in a commonly accessibly database such that any machine M 1 , . . . , Mn can consult or read this shared database table for the locked or unlocked status of an object.
  • a further alternative arrangement is to implement a shared record table as a table in the memory of an additional machine (which we call “machine X”) which stores each object identification name and its lock status, and serves as the central repository which all other machines M 1 , . . . , Mn consult to determine locked status of similar equivalent objects.
  • the DRT 71 is responsible for determining the locked status for an object (or class, or other asset, corresponding to a plurality of similar equivalent objects or classes or assets) seeking to be locked before allowing the synchronization routine corresponding to the acquisition of that lock to proceed.
  • the DRT consults the shared synchronization record table which in one embodiment resides on an special “machine X”, and therefore the DRT needs to communicate via the network or other communications link or path with this machine X to enquire as to and determine the locked (or unlocked) status of the object (or class or other asset corresponding to a plurality of similar equivalent objects or classes or assets).
  • the DRT on the local machine that is trying to execute a synchronization routine or other mutual exclusion operation determines that no other machine currently has a lock for this object (i.e., no other machine has synchronized this object) or any other one of a plurality of similar equivalent objects, then to acquire the lock for this object corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent objects on all other machines, for example by means of modifying the corresponding entry in a shared table of locked states for the object sought to be locked or alternatively, sequentially acquiring the lock on all other similar equivalent objects on all other machines in addition to the current machine.
  • the intent of this procedure is to lock the plurality of similar equivalent objects (or classes or assets) on all the other machines M 1 , . . .
  • Mn so that simultaneous or concurrent use of any similar equivalent objects by two or more machines is prevented, and any available approach may be utilized to accomplish this coordinated locking.
  • machine M 1 instructs M 2 to lock its similar equivalent local object, then instructs M 3 to lock its similar equivalent local object, and then instructs M 4 and so on; or if M 1 instructs M 2 to lock its similar equivalent local object, and then M 2 instructs M 3 to lock its similar equivalent local object, and then M 3 instructs M 4 to lock its similar equivalent local object, and so forth
  • what is being sought is the locking of the similar equivalent objects on all other machines so that simultaneous or concurrent use any similar equivalent objects by two or more machines is prevented. Only once this machine has successfully confirmed that no other machine has currently locked a similar equivalent object, and this machine has correspondingly locked its locally similar equivalent object, can the execution of the synchronization routine or code-block begin.
  • the DRT 71 within the machine about to execute a synchronization routine determines that another machine, such as machine M 4 has already synchronized a similar equivalent object, then this machine M 1 is to postpone continued execution of the synchronization routine (or code-block) until such a time as the DRT on machine M 1 can confirm than no other machine (such as one of machines M 2 , M 3 , M 4 , or M 5 , . . . , Mn) is presently executing a synchronize routine on a corresponding similar equivalent local object, and that this machine M 1 has correspondingly synchronized its similar equivalent object locally.
  • a synchronization routine such as machine M 1
  • this machine M 1 is to postpone continued execution of the synchronization routine (or code-block) until such a time as the DRT on machine M 1 can confirm than no other machine (such as one of machines M 2 , M 3 , M 4 , or M 5 , . . . , Mn) is presently executing a
  • local synchronization refers to prior art conventional synchronization on a single machine
  • global or coordinated synchronization refers to coordinated synchronization of, across and/or between similar equivalent local objects each on a one of the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn.
  • the synchronization routine (or code-block) is not to continue execution until this machine M 1 can guarantee that no other machine M 2 , M 3 , M 4 , . . . , Mn is executing a synchronization routine corresponding to the local similar equivalent object being sought to be locked, as it will potentially corrupt the object across the participating machines M 1 , M 2 , M 3 , . . .
  • releaseLock( ) the machine M 4 which presently “owns” or holds a lock (i.e., is executing a synchronization routine) indicates the close of its synchronization routine, for example by marking this object as “unlocked” in the shared table of locked states, or alternatively, sequentially releasing locks acquired on all other machines.
  • a different machine waiting to begin execution of a paused synchronization statement can then claim ownership of this now released lock by resuming execution of its postponed (i.e.
  • “acquireLock( )” operation for example, by marking itself as executing a lock for this similar equivalent object in the shared table of synchronization states, or alternatively, sequentially acquiring local locks of similar equivalent objects on each of the other machines.
  • the resumed execution of the acquire lock (e.g., “acquireLock”) operation is to be inclusive of the optional resumption of execution of the acquire lock (e.g., “acquireLock”) method at the point that execution was paused, as well as the alternative optional arrangement wherein the execution of the acquire lock (e.g., “acquireLock”) operation is repeated so as to re-request the lock.
  • these same considerations also apply for classes and more generally to any asset or resource.
  • the application code 50 is modified as it is loaded into the machine by changing the synchronization routine (consisting of at least a beginning “acquire lock” type instruction (such as a JAVA “monitorenter” instruction) and an ending “release lock” type instruction (such as a JAVA “monitorexit” instruction).
  • “Acquire lock” type instructions commence operation or execution of a mutual exclusion operation, generally corresponding to a particular asset such as a particular memory location or machine resource, and result in the asset corresponding to the mutual exclusion operation being locked with respect to some or all modes of simultaneous or concurrent use, execution or operation.
  • “Release lock” type instructions terminate or otherwise discontinue operation or execution of a mutual exclusion operation, generally corresponding to a particular asset such as a particular memory location or machine resource, and result in the asset corresponding to the mutual exclusion operation being unlocked with respect to some or all modes of simultaneous or concurrent use, execution or operation.
  • the changes made are the modified instructions that the synchronization routine executes. These added instructions for example check if this lock has already been acquired by another machine. If this lock has not been acquired by another machine, then the DRT of this machine notifies all other machines that this machine has acquired the specified lock, and thereby stopping the other machines from executing synchronization routines corresponding to this lock.
  • the DRT 71 can determine and record the lock status of similar equivalent objects, or other corresponding memory location or machine or software resource on a plurality of machines, in many ways, such as for example, by way of illustration but not limitation:
  • the DRT of machine M 1 individually consults or communicates with each machine to ascertain if this global lock is already acquired by any other Machine M 2 , . . . , Mn different from itself. If this global lock corresponding to this asset or object is or has already been acquired by another one of the machines M 2 , . . .
  • Mn then the DRT of Machine M 1 pauses execution of the synchronization routine on machine M 1 until all other machines no longer own a global lock on this asset or object (that is to say that none of the other machines any longer own a global lock corresponding to this asset or object), at which point machine M 1 can successfully acquire the global lock such that all other machines M 2 , . . . , Mn must now wait for machine M 1 to release the global lock before a different machine can in turn acquire it. Otherwise, when it is determined that this global lock corresponding to this asset or object has not already been acquired by another machine M 2 , . . . , Mn the DRT continues execution of the synchronization routine, and such that all other machines M 2 , . . . , Mn must now wait for machine M 1 to release the global lock before a different machine can in turn acquire it.
  • the DRT consults a shared table of records (for example a shared database, or a copy of a shared table on each of the participating machines) which indicate if any machine currently “owns” this global lock. If so, the DRT then pauses execution of the synchronization routine on this machine until no machine owns a global lock on a similar equivalent object. Otherwise the DRT records this machine in the shared table (or tables, if there are multiple tables of records, e.g., on multiple machines) as the owner of this global lock, and then continues executing the synchronization routine.
  • a shared table of records for example a shared database, or a copy of a shared table on each of the participating machines
  • the DRT can “un-record”, alter the status indicator, and/or reset the global lock status of machines in many alternative ways, for example by way of illustration but not limitation:
  • the DRT individually notifies each other machine that it no longer owns the global lock.
  • the DRT updates the record for this globally locked asset or object (such as for example a plurality of similar equivalent objects or assets) in the shared table(s) of records such that this machine is no longer recorded as owning this global lock.
  • the DRT can provide an acquire global lock queue to queue machines needing to acquire a global lock in multiple alternative ways, for example by way of illustration but not limitation:
  • the DRT of machine M 1 notifies the present owning machine (say Machine M 4 ) of the global lock that machine M 1 would like to or needs to acquire the corresponding global lock upon release by the current owning machine in order to perform an operation.
  • the specified machine M 4 if there are no other waiting machines, then stores a record of the requesting machine's (i.e., machine M 1 ) interest or request in a table or list, such that machine M 4 may know subsequent to releasing the corresponding global lock that the machine M 1 recorded in the table or list is waiting to acquire the same global lock, which, following the exit of the synchronization routine corresponding to the global lock held by machine M 4 , then notifies the waiting machine (i.e. machine M 1 ) specified in the record of waiting machines, that the global lock can be acquired, and thus machine M 1 can proceed to acquire the global lock and continue executing its own synchronization routine.
  • the waiting machine i.e. machine M 1
  • the DRT notifies the present owner of the global lock, say machine M 4 , that a specific machine (say machine M 1 ) would like to acquire the lock upon release by that machine (i.e., machine M 4 ).
  • That machine M 4 if it finds after consulting its records of waiting machines for this locked object, finds that there are already one or more other machines (say machines M 2 and M 7 ) waiting, then either appends machine M 1 to the end of the list of machines M 2 and M 7 wanting to acquire this locked object, or alternatively, forwards the request from M 1 to the first waiting machine (i.e., machine M 2 ), or any other machine waiting (i.e., machine M 7 ), which then, in turn, records machine M 1 in their table or records of waiting machines.
  • the first waiting machine i.e., machine M 2
  • any other machine waiting i.e., machine M 7
  • the records may be kept on Machine M 4 and store a queue or other ordered or indexed list of machines waiting to acquire the lock after Machine M 4 releases the lock it holds.
  • This list or queue may then be used or referenced by M 4 so that M 4 can pass the lock on to other machines in accordance with the order of request or any other prioritization scheme.
  • the list may be unordered, and machine M 4 may pass the global lock on to any machine in the list or record.
  • the DRT records itself in a shared table(s) of records (for example, a table stored in a shared database accessible by all machines, or multiple separate tables which are substantially similar).
  • the DRT 71 can notify other machines queued to acquire this global lock corresponding to the exit of a synchronization routine by this machine in the following alternative ways, for example:
  • the DRT notifies one of the awaiting machines (for example, this first machine in the queue of waiting machines) that the global lock is released,
  • the DRT notifies one of the awaiting machines (for example, the first machine in the queue of waiting machines) that the global lock is released, and additionally, provides a copy of the entire queue of machines (for example, the second machine and subsequent machines awaiting for this global lock).
  • the second machine inherits the list of waiting machines from the first machine, and thereby ensures the continuity of the queue of waiting machines as each machine in turn down the list acquires and subsequently releases the same global lock.
  • a modification to the general arrangement of FIG. 8 is provided in that machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn are as before and run the same application code 50 (or codes) on all machines M 1 . . . Mn simultaneously or concurrently.
  • a server machine X which is conveniently able to supply housekeeping functions, for example, and especially the synchronization of structures, assets, and resources.
  • Such a server machine X can be a low value commodity computer such as a PC since its computational load is low.
  • two server machines X and X+1 can be provided for redundancy purposes to increase the overall reliability of the system. Where two such server machines X and X+1 are provided, they are preferably but optionally operated as redundant machines in a failover arrangement.
  • a server machine X it is not necessary to provide a server machine X as its computational load can be distributed over machines M 1 , M 2 . . . Mn.
  • a database operated by one machine in a master/slave type operation can be used for the housekeeping function(s).
  • FIG. 16 shows a preferred general procedure to be followed. After loading 161 has been commenced, the instructions to be executed are considered in sequence and all synchronization routines are detected as indicated in step 162 . In the JAVA language these are the “monitorenter” and “monitorexit” instructions, and methods marked as synchronized in the method descriptor. Other languages use different terms.
  • a synchronization routine is detected 162 , it is modified in step 163 in order to perform consistent, coordinated, and coherent synchronization operation (or other mutual exclusion operation) across the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn, typically by inserting further instructions into the synchronization (or other mutual exclusion) routine to, for example, coordinate the operation of the synchronization routine amongst and between similar equivalent synchronization or other mutual exclusion operations on other one or more of the plurality of machines M 1 . . . Mn, so that no two or more machines execute a similar equivalent synchronization or other mutual exclusion operation at once or overlapping.
  • the modifying instructions may be inserted prior to the routine, such as for example prior to the instruction(s) or operation(s) related to a synchronization routine.
  • the loading procedure continues by loading the modified application code in place of the unmodified application code, as indicated in step 164 .
  • the modifications preferably take the form of an “acquire lock on all other machines” operation and a “release lock on all other machines” modification as indicated at step 163 .
  • FIG. 27 illustrates a particular form of modification.
  • the structures, assets or resources in JAVA termed classes or objects eg 50 A, 50 X- 50 Y
  • classes or objects eg 50 A, 50 X- 50 Y
  • locks to be synchronized
  • a name or tag for example a global name or tag
  • This table also includes the synchronization status of the class or object or lock. It will be understood that this table or other data structure may store only the synchronization status, or it may store other status or information as well.
  • this table also includes a queue arrangement which stores the identities of machines which have requested use of this asset or lock.
  • step 173 of FIG. 27 next an “acquire lock” request is sent to machine X, after which, the sending machine awaits for confirmation of lock acquisition as shown in step 174 .
  • the global name is already locked (i.e. a corresponding similar local asset is in exclusive use by another machine other than the machine proposing to acquire the lock) then this means that the proposed synchronization routine of the corresponding object or class or asset or lock should be paused until the corresponding object or class or asset or lock is unlocked by the current owner.
  • step 175 execution of the synchronization routine is allowed to continue, as shown in step 175 .
  • FIG. 28 shows the procedures followed by the application program executing machine which wishes to relinquish a lock.
  • the initial step is indicated at step 181 .
  • the operation of this proposing machine is temporarily interrupted by steps 183 , 184 until the reply is received from machine X, corresponding to step 184 , and execution then resumes as indicated in step 185 .
  • the machine requesting release of a lock is made to lookup the “global name” for this lock preceding a request being made to machine X. This way, multiple locks on multiple machines may be acquired and released without interfering with one another.
  • FIG. 29 shows the activity carried out by machine X in response to an “acquire lock” enquiry (of FIG. 27 ).
  • the lock status is determined at steps 192 and 193 and, if no—the named resource is not free or otherwise “locked”, the identity of the enquiring machine is added at step 194 to (or forms) the queue of awaiting acquisition requests.
  • the answer is yes—the named resource is free and “unlocked”—the corresponding reply is sent at step 197 .
  • the waiting enquiring machine is then able to execute the synchronization routine accordingly by carrying out step 175 of FIG. 27 .
  • the shared table is updated at step 196 so that the status of the globally named asset is changed to “locked”.
  • FIG. 30 shows the activity carried out by machine X in response to a “release lock” request of FIG. 28 .
  • machine X After receiving a “release lock” request at step 201 , machine X optionally, and preferably, confirms that the machine requesting to release the global lock is indeed the current owner of the lock, as indicated in step 202 .
  • the queue status is determined at step 203 and, if no-one is waiting to acquire this lock, machine X marks this lock as “unowned” (or “unlocked”) in the shared table, as shown in step 207 , and optionally sends a confirmation of release back to the requesting machine, as indicated by step 208 . This enables the requesting machine to execute step 185 of FIG. 28 .
  • machine X marks this lock as now acquired by the next machine in the queue, as shown in step 204 , and then sends a confirmation of lock acquisition to the queued machine at step 205 , and consequently removes the new lock owner from the queue of waiting machines, as indicated in step 206 .
  • a particular machine say machine M 2 , loads the asset (for example a class or object) inclusive of a synchronization routine(s), modifies it, and then loads each of the other machines M 1 , M 3 . . . Mn (either sequentially, or simultaneously or according to any other order, routine, or procedure) with the modified asset (or class or object) inclusive of the new modified synchronization routine(s).
  • the synchronization routine(s) that is (are) loaded is binary executable object code.
  • the synchronization routine(s) that is (are) loaded is executable intermediate code.
  • each of the slave (or secondary) machines M 1 , M 3 , . . . , Mn loads the modified object (or class), and inclusive of the new modified synchronization routine(s), that was sent to it over the computer communications network or other communications link or path by the master (or primary) machine, such as machine M 2 , or some other machine such as a machine X of FIG. 15 .
  • the computer communications network can be replaced by a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database.
  • each machine or computer need not and frequently will not be the same or identical. What is required is that they are modified in a similar enough way that in accordance with the inventive principles described herein, each of the plurality of machines behaves consistently and coherently relative to the other machines to accomplish the operations and objectives described herein.
  • modifications may for example depend on the particular hardware, architecture, operating system, application program code, or the like or different factors. It will also be appreciated that embodiments of this disclosure may be implemented within an operating system, outside of or without the benefit of any operating system, inside the virtual machine, in an EPROM, in software, in firmware, or in any combination of these.
  • machine M 2 loads asset (such as class or object) inclusive of an (or even one or more) synchronization routine in unmodified form on machine M 2 , and then (for example, machine M 2 or each local machine) modifies the class (or object or asset) by deleting the synchronization routine in whole or part from the asset (or class or object) and loads by means of a computer communications network or other communications link or path the modified code for the asset with the now modified or deleted synchronization routine on the other machines.
  • the modification is not a transformation, instrumentation, translation or compilation of the asset synchronization routine but a deletion of the synchronization routine on all machines except one.
  • the process of deleting the synchronization routine in its entirety can either be performed by the “master” machine (such as machine M 2 or some other machine such as machine X of FIG. 15 ) or alternatively by each other machine M 1 , M 3 , . . . , Mn upon receipt of the unmodified asset.
  • An additional variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement is to use a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database as means of exchanging the code (including for example, the modified code) for the asset, class or object between machines M 1 , M 2 , . . . , Mn and optionally a machine X of FIG. 15 .
  • each machine M 1 , . . . , Mn receives the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of one or more synchronization routines, but modifies the routines and then loads the asset (such as class or object) consisting of the now modified routines.
  • one machine such as the master or primary machine may customize or perform a different modification to the synchronization routine sent to each machine, this embodiment more readily enables the modification carried out by each machine to be slightly different and to be enhanced, customized, and/or optimized based upon its particular machine architecture, hardware, processor, memory, configuration, operating system, or other factors, yet still similar, coherent and consistent with other machines with all other similar modifications and characteristics that may not need to be similar or identical.
  • a particular machine say M 1 , loads the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of one or more synchronization routines and all other machines M 2 , M 3 , . . . , Mn perform a modification to delete the synchronization routine(s) of the asset (such as class or object) and load the modified version.
  • the supply or the communication of the asset code (such as class code or object code) to the machines M 1 , . . . , Mn, and optionally inclusive of a machine X of FIG. 15 can be branched, distributed or communicated among and between the different machines in any combination or permutation; such as by providing direct machine to machine communication (for example, M 2 supplies each of M 1 , M 3 , M 4 , etc. directly), or by providing or using cascaded or sequential communication (for example, M 2 supplies M 1 which then supplies M 3 which then supplies M 4 , and so on), or a combination of the direct and cascaded and/or sequential.
  • direct machine to machine communication for example, M 2 supplies each of M 1 , M 3 , M 4 , etc. directly
  • cascaded or sequential communication for example, M 2 supplies M 1 which then supplies M 3 which then supplies M 4 , and so on
  • the machines M 1 to Mn may send some or all load requests to an additional machine X (see for example the embodiment of FIG. 15 ), which performs the modification to the application code 50 inclusive of an (and possibly a plurality of) synchronization routine(s) via any of the afore mentioned methods, and returns the modified application code inclusive of the now modified synchronization routine(s) to each of the machines M 1 to Mn, and these machines in turn load the modified application code inclusive of the modified routines locally.
  • machines M 1 to Mn forward all load requests to machine X, which returns a modified application program code 50 inclusive of modified synchronization routine(s) to each machine.
  • the modifications performed by machine X can include any of the modifications covered under the scope of the inventive concept. This arrangement may of course be applied to some of the machines and other arrangements described herein before applied to other of the machines.
  • One such technique is to make the modification(s) to the application code, without a preceding or consequential change of the language of the application code.
  • Another such technique is to convert the original code (for example, JAVA language source-code) into an intermediate representation (or intermediate-code language, or pseudo code), such as JAVA byte code. Once this conversion takes place the modification is made to the byte code and then the conversion may be reversed. This gives the desired result of modified JAVA code.
  • a further possible technique is to convert the application program to machine code, either directly from source-code or via the abovementioned intermediate language or through some other intermediate means. Then the machine code is modified before being loaded and executed.
  • a still further such technique is to convert the original code to an intermediate representation, which is thus modified and subsequently converted into machine code.
  • the memory management, initialization, finalization, and/or synchronization aspects of embodiments of this disclosure may be implemented or applied serially or sequentially or in parallel.
  • the code is being scrutinized or analysed to identify or detect particular code sections relevant to initialization, that same analysis or scrutinization may also attempt to identify or detect code sections relevant to finalization (or synchronization for example).
  • separate sequential (or possibly overlapping) analysis and scrutiny may be utilized to separately detect code relevant to initialization and finalization and synchronization. Any required modification to the code may also be performed in combination or separately, and furthermore, portions may be performed together while other portions are performed separately.
  • FIGS. 31-33 two laptop computers 101 and 102 are illustrated.
  • the computers 101 and 102 are not necessarily identical and indeed, one can be an IBM or IBM-clone and the other can be an APPLE computer.
  • the computers 101 and 102 have two screens 105 , 115 two keyboards 106 , 116 but a single mouse 107 .
  • the two machines 101 , 102 are interconnected by a means of a single coaxial cable or twisted pair cable 314 .
  • Two simple application programs are downloaded onto each of the machines 101 , 102 , the programs being modified as they are being loaded as described above.
  • the first application is a simple calculator program and results in the image of a calculator 108 being displayed on the screen 105 .
  • the second program is a graphics program which displays four colored blocks 109 which are of different colours and which move about at random within a rectangular box 310 . Again, after loading, the box 310 is displayed on the screen 105 .
  • Each application operates independently so that the blocks 109 are in random motion on the screen 105 whilst numerals within the calculator 108 can be selected (with the mouse 107 ) together with a mathematical operator (such as addition or multiplication) so that the calculator 108 displays the result.
  • the mouse 107 can be used to “grab” the box 310 and move same to the right across the screen 105 and onto the screen 115 so as to arrive at the situation illustrated in FIG. 32 .
  • the calculator application is being conducted on machine 101 whilst the graphics application resulting in display of box 310 is being conducted on machine 102 .
  • JAVA includes both the JAVA language and also JAVA platform and architecture.
  • the unmodified application code may either be replaced with the modified application code in whole, corresponding to the modifications being performed, or alternatively, the unmodified application code may be replaced in part or incrementally as the modifications are performed incrementally on the executing unmodified application code. Regardless of which such modification routes are used, the modifications subsequent to being performed execute in place of the unmodified application code.
  • An advantage of using a global identifier in the described embodiments is as a form of ‘meta-name’ or ‘meta-identity’ for all the similar equivalent local objects (or classes, or assets or resources or the like) on each one of the plurality of machines M 1 , . . . , Mn.
  • each machine may instead define or use a global name corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent objects on each machine (e.g., “globalname7787”), and with the understanding that each machine relates the global name to a specific local name or object (e.g., “globalname7787” corresponds to object “localobject456” on machine M 1 , and “globalname7787” corresponds to object “localobject885” on machine M 2 , and “globalname7787” corresponds to object “localobject111” on machine M 3 , and so forth).
  • a global name corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent objects on each machine e.g., “globalname7787”
  • each machine relates the global name to a specific local name or object (e.g., “globalname7787” corresponds to object “localobject456” on machine M 1 , and “globalname7787” corresponds to object “localobject885” on machine M 2 , and “globalname7787” corresponds to object “local
  • memory locations include, for example, both fields and array types.
  • the above description deals with fields and the changes required for array types are essentially the same mutatis mutandis.
  • embodiments of this disclosure are equally applicable to similar programming languages (including procedural, declarative and object orientated) to JAVA including Micrsoft.NET platform and architecture (Visual Basic, Visual C/C.sup.++, and C#) FORTRAN, C/C.sup.++, COBOL, BASIC etc.
  • the abovementioned arrangement, in which the JAVA code which updates memory locations or field values is modified, is based on the assumption that either the runtime system (say, JAVA HOTSPOT VIRTUAL MACHINE written in C and Java) or the operating system (LINUX written in C and Assembler, for example) of each machine M 1 . . . Mn will ordinarily update memory on the local machine (say M 2 ) but not on any corresponding other machines (M 1 , M 3 . . . Mn). It is possible to leave the JAVA code which updates memory locations or field values unamended and instead amend the LINUX or HOTSPOT routine which updates memory locally, so that it correspondingly updates memory on all other machines as well.
  • the term “updating propagation routine” used herein in conjunction with maintaining the memory of all machines M 1 . . . Mn essentially the same, is to be understood to include within its scope both the JAVA putfield and putstatic instructions and related operations and the “combination” of the JAVA putfield and putstatic operations and the LINUX or HOTSPOT code fragments which perform memory updating.
  • the abovementioned embodiment in which the code of the JAVA initialisation routine is modified is based upon the assumption that either the run time system (say, JAVA HOTSPOT VIRTUAL MACHINE written in C and JAVA) or the operating system (LINUX written in C and Assembler, for example) of each machine M 1 . . . Mn will call the JAVA initialisation routine. It is possible to leave the JAVA initialisation routine unamended and instead amend the LINUX or HOTSPOT routine which calls the JAVA initialisation routine, so that if the object or class is already loaded, then the JAVA initialisation routine is not called.
  • the run time system say, JAVA HOTSPOT VIRTUAL MACHINE written in C and JAVA
  • LINUX written in C and Assembler, for example
  • initialisation routine is to be understood to include within its scope both the JAVA initialisation routine and the “combination” of the JAVA initialisation routine and the LINUX or HOTSPOT code fragments which call or initiates the JAVA initialisation routine.
  • the abovementioned embodiment in which the code of the JAVA finalisation or clean up routine is modified is based upon the assumption that either the run time system (say, JAVA HOTSPOT VIRTUAL MACHINE written in C and JAVA) or the operating system (LINUX written in C and Assembler, for example) of each machine M 1 . . . Mn will call the JAVA finalisation routine. It is possible to leave the JAVA finalisation routine unamended and instead amend the LINUX or HOTSPOT routine which calls the JAVA finalisation routine, so that if the object or class is not to be deleted, then the JAVA finalisation routine is not called.
  • the run time system say, JAVA HOTSPOT VIRTUAL MACHINE written in C and JAVA
  • LINUX written in C and Assembler, for example
  • finalisation routine is to be understood to include within its scope both the JAVA finalisation routine and the “combination” of the JAVA finalisation routine and the LINUX or HOTSPOT code fragments which call or initiate the JAVA finalisation routine.
  • the abovementioned embodiment in which the code of the JAVA synchronization routine is modified is based upon the assumption that either the run time system (say, JAVA HOTSPOT VIRTUAL MACHINE written in C and JAVA) or the operating system (LINUX written in C and Assembler, for example) of each machine M 1 . . . Mn will normally acquire the lock on the local machine (say M 2 ) but not on any other machines (M 1 , M 3 . . . Mn). It is possible to leave the JAVA synchronization routine unamended and instead amend the LINUX or HOTSPOT routine which acquires the lock locally, so that it correspondingly acquires the lock on all other machines as well.
  • synchronization routine is to be understood to include within its scope both the JAVA synchronization routine and the “combination” of the JAVA synchronization routine and the LINUX or HOTSPOT code fragments which perform lock acquisition and release.
  • object and class used herein are derived from the JAVA environment and are intended to embrace similar terms derived from different environments such as dynamically linked libraries (DLL), or object code packages, or function unit or memory locations.
  • DLL dynamically linked libraries
  • any one or each of these various means may be implemented by computer program code statements, applications, or instructions (possibly including by a plurality of computer program code statements or instructions) that execute within computer logic circuits, processors, ASICs, microprocessors, microcontrollers, or other logic to modify the operation of such logic or circuits to accomplish the recited operation or function.
  • any one or each of these various means may be implemented in firmware and in other embodiments such may be implemented in hardware.
  • any one or each of these various means may be implemented by an combination of computer program software, firmware, and/or hardware.
  • any and each of the aforedescribed methods, procedures, and/or routines may advantageously be implemented as a computer program and/or computer program product stored on any tangible physical media, or existing in transitory electronic, signal, or digital form.
  • Such computer program or computer program products comprising instructions separately and/or organized as modules, programs, subroutines, or in any other way for execution in processing logic such as in a processor or microprocessor of a computer, computing machine, or information appliance; the computer program or computer program products modifying the operation of the computer on which it executes or on a computer coupled with, connected to, or otherwise in signal communications with the computer on which the computer program or computer program product is present or executing.
  • Such computer program or computer program product modifying the operation and architectural structure of the computer, computing machine, and/or information appliance to alter the technical operation of the computer and realize the technical effects described herein.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure may therefore include a computer program product comprising a set of program instructions stored in a physical storage medium, or existing electronically in any form and operable to permit a plurality of computers to carry out any of the methods, procedures, routines, or the like as described herein.
  • embodiments may include a plurality of computers interconnected via a communication network or other communications ink or path and each operable to substantially simultaneously or concurrently execute the same or a different portion of an application program code written to operate on only a single computer on a corresponding different one of computers, wherein the computers being programmed to carry out any of the methods, procedures, or routines described in the specification or set forth in any of the claims, or being loaded with a computer program product.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Multi Processors (AREA)
  • Computer And Data Communications (AREA)

Abstract

A modified computer architecture enables an applications program to be run simultaneously on a plurality of computers (M1, . . . Mn). Shared memory at each computer is updated with amendments and/or overwrites so that all memory read requests are satisfied locally. During initial program loading, for example, instructions which result in memory being re-written or manipulated are identified. Additional instructions are inserted to cause the equivalent memory locations at all computers to be updated. In addition, the initialization of JAVA language classes and objects is disclosed so that all memory locations for all computers are initialized in the same manner. The finalization of JAVA language classes and objects is also disclosed so finalization only occurs when the last class or object present on all machines is no longer required. During initial program loading, for example, instructions which result in the application program acquiring (or releasing) a lock on a particular asset (synchronization) are identified. Additional instructions are inserted to result in a modified synchronization routine with which all computers are updated.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. §120 as a Continuation application of each of the following copending U.S. non-provisional application serial numbers:
      • Ser. No. 11/259,885, filed on Oct. 25, 2005;
      • Ser. No. 12/396,446 filed on Mar. 2, 2009, which is a Continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/259,634 filed on Oct. 25, 2005, now abandoned, which is a Continuation-in-part of pending U.S. application Ser. No. 11/111,757, filed on Apr. 22, 2005, and which is a Continuation-in-part of pending U.S. application Ser. No. 10/830,042, filed on Apr. 23, 2004; and
      • Ser. No. 12/340,303, filed on Dec. 19, 2008, which is a Continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 11/259,744, filed on Oct. 25, 2005, now abandoned, which is a Continuation-in-part of pending U.S. application Ser. No. 11/111,781, filed on Apr. 22, 2005, and which is a Continuation-in-part of pending U.S. application Ser. No. 10/830,042, filed on Apr. 23, 2004.
  • Application Ser. No. 11/259,885 claims benefit under 35 U.S.C. §120 as a Continuation-in-part application to each of the following copending U.S. non-provisional applications:
  • Ser. No. 11/111,757 filed on Apr. 22, 2005, which is a Continuation-in-Part of pending U.S. application Ser. No. 10/830,042, filed on Apr. 23, 2004;
  • Ser. No. 11/111,778 filed on Apr. 22, 2005, which is a Continuation-in-Part of pending U.S. application Ser. No. 10/830,042, filed on Apr. 23, 2004;
  • Ser. No. 11/111,779 filed on Apr. 22, 2005, which is a Continuation-in-Part of pending U.S. application Ser. No. 10/830,042, filed on Apr. 23, 2004;
  • Ser. No. 11/111,781 filed on Apr. 22, 2005, which is a Continuation-in-Part of pending U.S. application Ser. No. 10/830,042, filed on Apr. 23, 2004; and
  • Ser. No. 11/111,946 filed on Apr. 22, 2005, which is a Continuation-in-Part of pending U.S. application Ser. No. 10/830,042, filed on Apr. 23, 2004.
  • Application Ser. No. 11/259,885 claims priority under 35 U.S.C. §119(a)-(d) to the following Australian provisional applications:
  • 2005 902 023, filed on Apr. 21, 2005;
  • 2005 902 024, filed on Apr. 21, 2005;
  • 2005 902 025, filed on Apr. 21, 2005;
  • 2005 902 026, filed on Apr. 21, 2005; and
  • 2005 902 027, filed on Apr. 21, 2005.
  • Application Ser. No. 11/259,885 also claims priority under 35 U.S.C. §119(a)-(d) to each of the following copending International applications filed under the PCT:
  • PCT/AU05/000578 filed on Apr. 22, 2005;
  • PCT/AU05/000579 filed on Apr. 22, 2005;
  • PCT/AU05/000580 filed on Apr. 22, 2005;
  • PCT/AU05/000581 filed on Apr. 22, 2005; and
  • PCT/AU05/000582 filed on Apr. 22, 2005.
  • This application is also related to the following U.S. non-provisional applications:
  • Ser. No. 11/259,634 filed on Oct. 25, 2005;
  • Ser. No. 11/259,744 filed on Oct. 25, 2005;
  • Ser. No. 11/259,761 filed on Oct. 25, 2005; and
  • Ser. No. 11/259,762 filed on Oct. 25, 2005.
  • The entire contents of each of these above-identified applications are incorporated herein by reference.
  • BACKGROUND
  • This disclosure relates to computers and other computing machines and information appliances, in particular, to a modified computer architecture and program structure which enables the operation of an application program concurrently or simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link using a distributed runtime and enables improved performance to be achieved.
  • Ever since the advent of computers, and computing, software for computers has been written to be operated upon a single machine. As indicated in FIG. 1, that single prior art machine 1 is made up from a central processing unit, or CPU, 2 which is connected to a memory 3 via a bus 4. Also connected to the bus 4 are various other functional units of the single machine 1 such as a screen 5, keyboard 6 and mouse 7.
  • A fundamental limit to the performance of the machine 1 is that the data to be manipulated by the CPU 2, and the results of those manipulations, must be moved by the bus 4. The bus 4 suffers from a number of problems including so called bus “queues” formed by units wishing to gain an access to the bus, contention problems, and the like. These problems can, to some extent, be alleviated by various stratagems including cache memory, however, such stratagems invariably increase the administrative overhead of the machine 1.
  • Naturally, over the years various attempts have been made to increase machine performance. One approach is to use symmetric multi-processors. This prior art approach has been used in so called “super” computers and is schematically indicated in FIG. 2. Here a plurality of CPU's 12 are connected to global memory 13. Again, a bottleneck arises in the communications between the CPU's 12 and the memory 13. This process has been termed “Single System Image”. There is only one application and one whole copy of the memory for the application which is distributed over the global memory. The single application can read from and write to, (i.e. share) any memory location completely transparently.
  • Where there are a number of such machines interconnected via a network, this is achieved by taking the single application written for a single machine and partitioning the required memory resources into parts. These parts are then distributed across a number of computers to form the global memory 13 accessible by all CPU's 12. This procedure relies on masking, or hiding, the memory partition from the single running application program. The performance degrades when one CPU on one machine must access (via a network) a memory location physically located in a different machine.
  • Although super computers have been technically successful in achieving high computational rates, they are not commercially successful in that their inherent complexity makes them extremely expensive not only to manufacture but to administer. In particular, the single system image concept has never been able to scale over “commodity” (or mass produced) computers and networks. In particular, the Single System Image concept has only found practical application on very fast (and hence very expensive) computers interconnected by very fast (and similarly expensive) networks.
  • A further possibility of increased computer power through the use of a plural number of machines arises from the prior art concept of distributed computing which is schematically illustrated in FIG. 3. In this known arrangement, a single application program (Ap) is partitioned by its author (or another programmer who has become familiar with the application program) into various discrete tasks so as to run upon, say, three machines in which case n in FIG. 3 is the integer 3. The intention here is that each of the machines M1 . . . M3 runs a different third of the entire application and the intention is that the loads applied to the various machines be approximately equal. The machines communicate via a network 14 which can be provided in various forms such as a communications link, the internet, intranets, local area networks, and the like. Typically the speed of operation of such networks 14 is an order of magnitude slower than the speed of operation of the bus 4 in each of the individual machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn.
  • Distributed computing suffers from a number of disadvantages. Firstly, it is a difficult job to partition the application and this must be done manually. Secondly, communicating data, partial results, results and the like over the network 14 is an administrative overhead. Thirdly, the need for partitioning makes it extremely difficult to scale upwardly by utilising more machines since the application having been partitioned into, say three, does not run well upon four machines. Fourthly, in the event that one of the machines should become disabled, the overall performance of the entire system is substantially degraded.
  • A further prior art arrangement is known as network computing via “clusters” as is schematically illustrated in FIG. 4. In this approach, the entire application is loaded onto each of the machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn. Each machine communicates with a common database but does not communicate directly with the other machines. Although each machine runs the same application, each machine is doing a different “job” and uses only its own memory. This is somewhat analogous to a number of windows each of which sell train tickets to the public. This approach does operate, is scalable and mainly suffers from the disadvantage that it is difficult to administer the network.
  • In computer languages such as for example JAVA and MICROSOFT.NET there are two major types of constructs with which programmers deal. In the JAVA language these are known as objects and classes. More generally they may be referred to as assets. Every time an object (or other asset) is created there is an initialization routine run known as an object initialization (e.g., “<init>”) routine. Similarly, every time a class is loaded there is a class initialization routine known as “<clinit>”. Other languages use different terms but utilize a similar concept. In either case, however, there is no equivalent “clean up” or deletion routine to delete an object or class (or other asset) once it is no longer required. Instead, this “clean up” happens unobtrusively in a background mode.
  • Furthermore, in any computer environment it is necessary to acquire and release a lock to enable the use of such objects, classes, assets, resources or structures to avoid different parts of the application program from attempting to use the same objects, classes, assets, resources or structures at the one time. In the JAVA environment this is known as synchronization. Synchronization more generally refers to the exclusive use of an object, class, resource, structure, or other asset to avoid contention between and among computers or machines. This is achieved in JAVA by the “monitor enter” and “monitor exit” instructions or routines. Other languages use different terms but utilize a similar concept.
  • Unfortunately, conventional computing systems, architectures, and operating schemes do not provide for computing environments and methods in which an application program can operate simultaneously on an arbitrary plurality of computers where the environment and operating scheme ensure that the abovementioned memory management, initialization, clean up and synchronization procedures operate in a consistent and coordinated fashion across all the computing machines.
  • SUMMARY
  • Embodiments of this disclosure are directed to a computing environment in which an application program operates simultaneously on a plurality of computers. In such an environment, it is advantageous to ensure that the abovementioned asset initialization, clean-up and synchronization procedures operate in a consistent and coordinated fashion across all the machines.
  • In accordance with a first aspect of this disclosure, a multiple computer system having at least one application program each written to operate only on a single computer but running simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected by a communications network, wherein different portions of said application program(s) execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers and for each portion a like plurality of substantially identical objects are created, each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, wherein the initial contents of each of said identically named objects is substantially the same, wherein all said identical objects are collectively deleted when each one of said plurality of computers no longer needs to refer to their corresponding object, and wherein said system includes a lock means applicable to all said computers wherein any computer wishing to utilize a named object therein acquires an authorizing lock from said lock means which permits said utilization and which prevents all the other computers from utilizing their corresponding named object until said authorizing lock is relinquished.
  • In accordance with a second aspect of this disclosure, a method of running simultaneously on a plurality of computers at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer, said computers being interconnected by means of a communications network, said method comprising the steps of: (i) executing different portions of said application program(s) on different ones of said computers and for each said portion creating a like plurality of substantially identical objects each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, (ii) creating the initial contents of each of said identically named objects substantially the same, (iii) deleting all said identical objects collectively when all of said plurality of computers no longer need to refer to their corresponding object, and (iv) requiring any of said computers wishing to utilize a named object therein to acquire an authorizing lock which permits said utilization and which prevents all the other computers from utilizing their corresponding named object until said authorizing lock is relinquished.
  • In accordance with a third aspect of this disclosure, a multiple computer system having at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer but running simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected by a communications network, wherein different portions of said application program(s) execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers, wherein each computer has an independent local memory accessible only by the corresponding portion of said application program(s) and wherein for each said portion a like plurality of substantially identical objects are created, each in the corresponding computer.
  • In accordance with a fourth aspect of this disclosure, a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link and each having an independent local memory and substantially simultaneously operating a different portion at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer, each local memory being accessible only by the corresponding portion of said application program.
  • In accordance with a fifth aspect of this disclosure, a method of running simultaneously on a plurality of computers at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer, said computers being interconnected by means of a communications network and each having an independent local memory, said method comprising the step of: (i) executing different portions of said application program(s) on different ones of said computers and for each said portion creating a like plurality of substantially identical objects each in the corresponding computer and each accessible only by the corresponding portion of said application program.
  • In accordance with a sixth aspect of this disclosure, a method of loading an application program written to operate only on a single computer onto each of a plurality of computers, the computers being interconnected via a communications link, and different portions of said application program(s) being substantially simultaneously executable on different computers with each computer having an independent local memory accessible only by the corresponding portion of said application program(s), the method comprising the step of modifying the application before, during, or after loading and before execution of the relevant portion of the application program.
  • In accordance with a seventh aspect of this disclosure, a method of operating simultaneously on a plurality of computers all interconnected via a communications link at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer, each of said computers having at least a minimum predetermined local memory capacity, different portions of said application program(s) being substantially simultaneously executed on different ones of said computers with the local memory of each computer being only accessible by the corresponding portion of said application program(s), said method comprising the steps of: (i) initially providing each local memory in substantially identical condition, (ii) satisfying all memory reads and writes generated by each said application program portion from said corresponding local memory, and (iii) communicating via said communications link all said memory writes at each said computer which take place locally to all the remainder of said plurality of computers whereby the contents of the local memory utilised by each said computer, subject to an updating data transmission delay, remains substantially identical.
  • In accordance with a eighth aspect of this disclosure, a method of compiling or modifying an application program written to operate on only a single computer but to run simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link, with different portions of said application program(s) executing substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers each of which has an independent local memory accessible only by the corresponding portion of said application program, said method comprising the steps of: (i) detecting instructions which share memory records utilizing one of said computers, (ii) listing all such shared memory records and providing a naming tag for each listed memory record, (iii) detecting those instructions which write to, or manipulate the contents of, any of said listed memory records, and (iv) activating an updating propagation routine following each said detected write or manipulate instruction, said updating propagation routine forwarding the re-written or manipulated contents and name tag of each said re-written or manipulated listed memory record to the remainder of said computers.
  • In accordance with a ninth aspect of this disclosure, a multiple thread processing computer operation in which individual threads of a single application program written to operate on only a single computer are simultaneously being processed each on a different corresponding one of a plurality of computers each having an independent local memory accessible only by the corresponding thread and each being interconnected via a communications link, the improvement comprising communicating changes in the contents of local memory physically associated with the computer processing each thread to the local memory of each other said computer via said communications link.
  • This disclosure details a computing environment in which an application program operates simultaneously on a plurality of computers. In such an environment, it is advantageous to ensure that the abovementioned initialization routines operate in a consistent fashion across all the machines. It is this goal of consistent initialization that is the genesis of the present disclosure.
  • In accordance with a tenth aspect of this disclosure, a multiple computer system having at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer but running simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected by a communications network, wherein different portions of said application program(s) execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers and for each said portion a like plurality of substantially identical objects are created, each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, and wherein the initial contents of each of said identically named objects is substantially the same.
  • In accordance with a eleventh aspect of this disclosure, a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link and simultaneously operating at least one application program each written to operation on only a single computer wherein each said computer substantially simultaneously executes a different portion of said application program(s), each said computer in operating its application program portion creates objects only in local memory physically located in each said computer, the contents of the local memory utilized by each said computer are fundamentally similar but not, at each instant, identical, and every one of said computers has distribution update means to distribute to all other said computers objects created by said one computer.
  • In accordance with a twelfth aspect of this disclosure, a method of running simultaneously on a plurality of computers at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer, said computers being interconnected by means of a communications network, said method comprising the steps of: (i) executing different portions of said application program(s) on different ones of said computers and for each said portion creating a like plurality of substantially identical objects each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, and (ii) creating the initial contents of each of said identically named objects substantially the same.
  • In accordance with a thirteenth aspect of this disclosure, a method of compiling or modifying an application program written to operate on only a single computer to have different portions thereof to execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link, said method comprising the steps of: (i) detecting instructions which create objects utilizing one of said computers, (ii) activating an initialization routine following each said detected object creation instruction, said initialization routine forwarding each created object to the remainder of said computers.
  • In accordance with a fourteenth aspect of this disclosure, a multiple thread processing computer operation in which individual threads of a single application program written to operate on only a single computer are simultaneously being processed each on a different corresponding one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link, the improvement comprising communicating objects created in local memory physically associated with the computer processing each thread to the local memory of each other said computer via said communications link.
  • In accordance with a fifteenth aspect of this disclosure, a method of ensuring consistent initialization of an application program written to operate on only a single computer but different portions of which are to be executed simultaneously each on a different one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications network, said method comprising the steps of: (i) scrutinizing or analysing said application program at, or prior to, or after loading to detect each program step defining an initialization routine, and (ii) modifying said initialization routine to ensure consistent operation of all said computers.
  • This disclosure is further directed to a computing environment in which an application program operates simultaneously on a plurality of computers. In such an environment it is advantageous to ensure that the “clean up” (or deletion or finalisation) operates in a consistent fashion across all the machines. It is this goal of consistent finalization that is the genesis of various aspects of this disclosure.
  • In accordance with a sixteenth aspect of this disclosure, a multiple computer system having at least one application program each written to operate only on a single computer but running simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected by a communications network, wherein different portions of said application program(s) execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers and for each said portion a like plurality of substantially identical objects are created, each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, and wherein all said identical objects are collectively deleted when each one of said plurality of computers no longer needs to refer to their corresponding object.
  • In accordance with a seventeenth aspect of this disclosure, a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link and operating simultaneously at least one application program each written to operate only on a single computer, wherein each said computer substantially simultaneously executes a different portion of said application program(s), each said computer in operating its application program portion needs, or no longer needs to refer to an object only in local memory physically located in each said computer, the contents of the local memory utilized by each said computer is fundamentally similar but not, at each instant, identical, and every one of said computers has a finalization routine which deletes a non-referenced object only if each one of said plurality of computers no longer needs to refer to their corresponding object.
  • In accordance with a eighteenth aspect of this disclosure, a method of running simultaneously on a plurality of computers at least one application program each written to operate only on a single computer, said computers being interconnected by means of a communications network, said method comprising the steps of: (i) executing different portions of said application program(s) on different ones of said computers and for each said portion creating a like plurality of substantially identical objects each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, and (ii) deleting all said identical objects collectively when all of said plurality of computers no longer need to refer to their corresponding object.
  • In accordance with a nineteenth aspect of this disclosure, a method of ensuring consistent finalization of an application program written to operate only on a single computer but different portions of which are to be executed substantially simultaneously each on a different one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications network, said method comprising the steps of: (i) scrutinizing said application program at, or prior to, or after loading to detect each program step defining an finalization routine, and (ii) modifying said finalization routine to ensure collective deletion of corresponding objects in all said computers only when each one of said computers no longer needs to refer to their corresponding object.
  • In accordance with a twentieth aspect of this disclosure, a method a multiple thread processing computer operation in which individual threads of a single application program written to operate only on a single computer are simultaneously being processed each on a corresponding different one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link, and in which objects in local memory physically associated with the computer processing each thread have corresponding objects in the local memory of each other said computer, the improvement comprising collectively deleting all said corresponding objects when each one of said plurality of computers no longer needs to refer to their corresponding object.
  • In accordance with a twenty-first aspect of this disclosure, a multiple computer system having at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer but running simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected by a communications network, wherein different portions of said application program(s) execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers and for each portion a like plurality of substantially identical objects are created, each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, and said system including a lock mechanism or lock means applicable to all said computers wherein any computer wishing to utilize a named object therein acquires an authorizing lock from said lock means which permits said utilization and which prevents all the other computers from utilizing their corresponding named object until said authorizing lock is relinquished.
  • In accordance with a twenty-second aspect of this disclosure, a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link and operating simultaneously at least one application program each written to operate on only a single computer, wherein each said computer substantially simultaneously executes a different portion of said application program(s), each said computer in operating its application program portion utilizes an object only in local memory physically located in each said computer, the contents of the local memory utilized by each said computer is fundamentally similar but not, at each instant, identical, and every one of said computers has an acquire lock routine and a release lock routine which permit utilization of the local object only by one computer and each of the remainder of said plurality of computers is locked out of utilization of their corresponding object.
  • In accordance with a twenty-third aspect of this disclosure, a method of running simultaneously on a plurality of computers at least one application program each written to operate only on a single computer, said computers being interconnected by means of a communications network, said method comprising the steps of: (i) executing different portions of said application program(s) on different ones of said computers and for each said portion creating a like plurality of substantially identical objects each in the corresponding computer and each having a substantially identical name, and (ii) requiring any of said computers wishing to utilize a named object therein to acquire an authorizing lock which permits said utilization and which prevents all the other computers from utilizing their corresponding named object until said authorizing lock is relinquished.
  • In accordance with a twenty-fourth aspect of this disclosure, a method of ensuring consistent synchronization of an application program written to operate only on a single computer but different portions of which are to be executed substantially simultaneously each on a different one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications network, said method comprising the steps of: (i) scrutinizing said application program at, or prior to, or after loading to detect each program step defining an synchronization routine, and (ii) modifying said synchronization routine to ensure utilization of an object by only one computer and preventing all the remaining computers from simultaneously utilizing their corresponding objects.
  • In accordance with a twenty-fifth aspect of this disclosure, a multiple thread processing computer operation in which individual threads of a single application program written to operate only on a single computer are simultaneously being processed each on a corresponding different one of a plurality of computers interconnected via a communications link, and in which objects in local memory physically associated with the computer processing each thread have corresponding objects in the local memory of each other said computer, the improvement comprising permitting only one of said computers to utilize an object and preventing all the remaining computers from simultaneously utilizing their corresponding object.
  • In accordance with a twenty-sixth aspect of this disclosure, a computer program product comprises a set of program instructions stored in a storage medium and operable to permit a plurality of computers to carry out the abovementioned methods.
  • In accordance with a twenty-seventh aspect of this disclosure, a distributed run time and distributed run time system adapted to enable communications between a plurality of computers, computing machines, or information appliances.
  • In accordance with a twenty-eighth aspect of this disclosure, a modifier, modifier means, and modifier routine for modifying an application program written to execute on a single computer or computing machine at a time to execute simultaneously on a plurality of networked computers or computing machines. distributed run time and distributed run time system adapted to enable communications between a plurality of computers, computing machines, or information appliances.
  • In accordance with a twenty-ninth aspect of this disclosure, a computer program and computer program product written to operate on only a single computer but product comprising a set of program instructions stored in a storage medium and operable to permit a plurality of computers to carry out the abovementioned procedures, routines, and methods.
  • BRIEF DISCUSSION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure are now described with reference to the drawings in which:
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view of the internal architecture of a conventional computer;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration showing the internal architecture of known symmetric multiple processors;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic representation of conventional distributed computing;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic representation of conventional network computing using clusters;
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic block diagram of a plurality of machines operating the same application program in accordance with an embodiment;
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic illustration of a prior art computer arranged to operate JAVA code and thereby constitute a JAVA virtual machine;
  • FIG. 7 is a drawing similar to FIG. 6 but illustrating the initial loading of code in accordance with the preferred embodiment;
  • FIG. 8 is a drawing similar to FIG. 5 but illustrating the interconnection of a plurality of computers each operating JAVA code in the manner illustrated in FIG. 7;
  • FIG. 9 is a flow chart of an exemplary procedure followed during loading of the same application on each machine in the network;
  • FIG. 10 is a flow chart showing a modified procedure related to that of FIG. 9;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic representation of multiple thread processing carried out on the machines of FIG. 8 utilizing a first embodiment of memory updating;
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic representation similar to FIG. 11 but illustrating an alternative embodiment;
  • FIG. 13 illustrates exemplary multi-thread memory updating for the computers of FIG. 8;
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic illustration of a computer arranged to operate in JAVA code and thereby constitute a JAVA virtual machine;
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic representation of n machines running the application program and serviced by an additional server machine X;
  • FIG. 16 is a flow chart of illustrating the modification of initialization routines;
  • FIG. 17 is a flow chart illustrating the continuation or abortion of initialization routines;
  • FIG. 18 is a flow chart illustrating the enquiry sent to the server machine X;
  • FIG. 19 is a flow chart of the response of the server machine X to the request of FIG. 18;
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart illustrating a modified initialization routine for the class initialisation asset type <clinit> instruction;
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart illustrating a modified initialization routine for the object initialization asset type <init> instruction;
  • FIG. 22 is a flow chart of illustrating the modification of “clean up” or finalization routines;
  • FIG. 23 is a flow chart illustrating the continuation or abortion of finalization routines;
  • FIG. 24 is a flow chart illustrating the enquiry sent to the server machine X;
  • FIG. 25 is a flow chart of the response of the server machine X to the request of FIG. 24;
  • FIG. 26 is a flow chart of illustrating the modification of the monitor enter and exit routines;
  • FIG. 27 is a flow chart illustrating the process followed by processing machine in requesting the acquisition of a lock;
  • FIG. 28 is a flow chart illustrating the requesting of the release of a lock;
  • FIG. 29 is a flow chart of the response of the server machine X to the request of FIG. 27;
  • FIG. 30 is a flow chart illustrating the response of the server machine X to the request of FIG. 28;
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic representation of two laptop computers interconnected to simultaneously run a plurality of applications; with both applications running on a single computer;
  • FIG. 32 is a view similar to FIG. 31 but showing the FIG. 31 apparatus with one application operating on each computer; and
  • FIG. 33 is a view similar to FIG. 31 and FIG. 32 but showing the FIG. 31 apparatus with both applications operating simultaneously on both computers.
  • REFERENCE TO ANNEXES
  • Although the specification provides a complete and detailed description of the several embodiments of this disclosure such that the inventive concept may be understood and implemented without reference to other materials, the specification does includes Annexures A, B, C and D which provide exemplary actual program or code fragments which implement various aspects of the described embodiments. Although aspects of this disclosure are described throughout the specification including the Annexes, drawings, and claims, it may be appreciated that Annexure A relates primarily to fields, Annexure B relates primarily to initialization, Annexure C relates primarily to finalization, and Annexure D relates primarily to synchronization. More particularly, the accompanying Annexures are provided in which:
  • Annexures A1-A10 illustrate exemplary code to illustrate various embodiments of this disclosure in relation to fields.
  • Annexure B1 is an exemplary typical code fragment from an unmodified class initialization <clinit> instruction, Annexure B2 is an equivalent in respect of a modified class initialization <clinit> instruction. Annexure B3 is a typical code fragment from an unmodified object initialization <init> instruction. Annexure B4 is an equivalent in respect of a modified object initialization <init> instruction. In addition, Annexure B5 is an alternative to the code of Annexure B2 for an unmodified class initialization instruction, and Annexure B6 is an alternative to the code of Annexure B4 for a modified object initialization <init> instruction. Furthermore, Annexure B7 is exemplary computer program source-code of InitClient, which queries an “initialization server” for the initialization status of the relevant class or object Annexure B8 is the computer program source-code of InitServer, which receives an initialization status query by InitClient and in response returns the corresponding status. Similarly, Annexure B9 is the computer program source-code of the example application used in the before/after examples of Annexure B1-B6.
  • It will be appreciated in light of the description provided here that the categorization of the Annexures as well as the use of other headings and subheadings in this description is intended as an aid to the reader and is not to be used to limit the scope of the inventive concept in any way.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • This disclosure provides a modified computer architecture which enables an applications program to be run simultaneously on a plurality of computers in a manner that overcomes the limitations of the aforedescribed conventional architectures, systems, methods, and computer programs.
  • In one aspect, shared memory at each computer may be updated with amendments and/or overwrites so that all memory read requests are satisfied locally. Before, during or after program loading, but before execution of relevant portions of the program code are executed, or similar, instructions which result in memory being re-written or manipulated are identified. Additional instructions are inserted into the program code (or other modification made) to cause the equivalent memory locations at all computers to be updated. While embodiments of this disclosure are not limited to JAVA language or virtual machines, exemplary embodiments are described relative to the JAVA language and standards. In another aspect, the initialization of JAVA language classes and objects (or other assets) are provided for so all memory locations for all computers are initialized in the same manner. In another aspect, the finalization of JAVA language classes and objects is also provide so finalization only occurs when the last class or object present on all machines is no longer required. In still another aspect, synchronization is provided such that instructions which result in the application program acquiring (or releasing) a lock on a particular asset (synchronization) are identified. Additional instructions are inserted (or other code modifications performed) to result in a modified synchronization routine with which all computers are updated.
  • This disclosure also provides a computing environment and computing method in which an application program operates simultaneously on a plurality of computers. In such an environment it is advantageous to ensure that the abovementioned initialization, clean-up and synchronization procedures operate in a consistent and coordinated fashion across all the machines. These memory replication, object or other asset initialization, finalization, and synchronization may be used and applied separately in a variety of computing and information processing environments. Furthermore, they may advantageously be implemented and applied in any combination so as to provide synergistic effects for multi-computer processing, such as network based distributed computing.
  • As each of the architectural, system, procedural, method and computer program aspects of this disclosure (e.g., memory management and replication, initialization, finalization, and synchronization) may be applied separately, they are thus first described without specific reference to the other aspects. It will however be appreciated in light of the descriptions provided that the object, class, or other asset creation or initialization may generally precede finalization of such objects, classes, or other assets.
  • As will become more apparent in light of the further description provided herein, one of the features of this disclosure is to make it appear that one common application program or application code and its executable version (with likely modification) is simultaneously or concurrently executing across a plurality of computers or machines M1, . . . , Mn. As will be described in considerable detail hereinafter, embodiments of this disclosure achieve this by running the same application program (for example, Microsoft Word or Adobe Photoshop CS2) on each machine, but modifying the executable code of that application program on each machine as necessary such that each executing instance (‘copy’) on each machine coordinates its local operations on any particular machine with the operations of the respective instances on the other machines such that they all function together in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner and give the appearance of being one global instance of the application (i.e., a “meta-application”).
  • In accordance with various embodiments, a single application code 50 (sometimes more informally referred to as the application or the application program) can be operated simultaneously on a number of machines M1, M2 . . . Mn interconnected via a communications network or other communications link or path 53. The communications network or path may be any electronic signaling, data, or digital communications network or path and may advantageously be a relatively slow speed communications path, such as a network connection over the Internet or any common networking configurations known or available as of the date or this applications, and extensions and improvements, thereto.
  • By way of example but not limitation, one application code or program 50 may be a single application on the machines, such as Microsoft Word, as opposed to different applications on each machine, such as Microsoft Word on machine M1, and Microsoft PowerPoint on machine M2, and Netscape Navigator on machine M3 and so forth. Therefore the terminology “one” application code or program and a “common” application code or program is used to try and capture this situation where all machines M1, . . . , Mn are operating or executing the same program or code and not different (and unrelated) programs. In other words copies or replicas of same or substantially the same application code is loaded onto each of the interoperating and connected machines or computers. As the characteristics of each machine or computer may differ, the application code 50 may be modified before loading, during the loading process, and with some restrictions after the loading process to provide a customization or modification of the code on each machine. Some dissimilarity between the programs may be permitted so long as the other requirements for interoperability, consistency, and coherency as described herein can be maintain. As it will become apparent hereafter, each of the machines M1, M2 . . . Mn operates with the same application code 50 on each machine M1, M2 . . . Mn and thus all of the machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn have the same or substantially the same application code 50 usually with a modification that may be machine specific.
  • Similarly, each of the machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn operates with the same (or substantially the same or similar) modifier 51 (in some embodiments implemented as a distributed run time or DRT 71) on each machine M1, M2, . . . , Mn and thus all of the machines M1, M2 . . . Mn have the same (or substantially the same or similar) modifier 51 for each modification required. Different modification for example may be required for memory management and replication, initialization, finalization, and/or synchronization (though not all of these modification types may be required for all embodiments).
  • In addition, during the loading of, or at any time preceding the execution of, the application code 50 (or relevant portion thereof) on each machine M1, M2 . . . Mn, each application code 50 has been modified by the corresponding modifier 51 according to the same rules (or substantially the same rules since minor optimizing changes are permitted within each modifier 51/1, 51/2, . . . , 51/n). Where separate modifications are required on any particular machine, such as to machine M2, to effect the memory management, initialization, finalization, and/or synchronization for that machine, then each machine may in fact have and be modified according to a plurality of separate modifiers (such as 51/2-M (e.g., M2 memory management modifier), 51/2-I (e.g., M2 initialization modifier), 51/2-F (e.g., M2 finalization modifier), and/or 51/2-S (e.g., M2 synchronization modifier); or alternatively any one or more of these modifiers may be combined into a combined modifier for that computer or machine. In at least some embodiments, efficiencies will result from performing the steps required to identify the modification required, in performing the actual modification, and in coordinating the operation of the plurality or constellation of computers or machines in an organized, consistent, and coherent manner. These modification may be performed in accordance with aspects of the disclosure by the distributed run time means 71 described in greater detail hereinafter. In analogous manner those workers having ordinary skill in the art in light of the description provided herein will appreciate that the structural and methodological aspects of the distributed run time, distributed run time system, and distributed run time means as they are described herein specifically to memory management, initialization, finalization, and/or synchronization may be combined so any of the modifications required to an application program or code may be made separately or in combination to achieve any required memory management, initialization, finalization, and/or synchronization on any particular machine and across the plurality of machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn.
  • With specific reference to any memory management modifier that may be provided, such memory management modifier 51-M or DRT 71-M or other code modifying means component of the overall modifier or distributed run time means is responsible for creating or replicating a memory structure and contents on each of the individual machines M1, M2 . . . Mn that permits the plurality of machines to interoperate. In some embodiments this replicated memory structure will be identical, in other embodiments this memory structure will have portions that are identical and other portions that are not, and in still other embodiments the memory structures are or may not be identical.
  • With reference to any initialisation modifier that may be present, such initialisation modifier 51-I or DRT 71-I or other code modifying means component of the overall modifier or distributed run time means is responsible for modifying the application code 50 so that it may execute initialisation routines or other initialization operations, such as for example class and object initialization methods or routines in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment, in a coordinated, coherent, and consistent manner across the plurality of individual machines M1, M2 . . . Mn
  • With reference to the finalization modifier that may be present, such finalization modifier 51-F or DRT 71-F or other code modifying means is responsible for modifying the application code 50 so that the code may execute finalization clean-up, or other memory reclamation, recycling, deletion or finalization operations, such as for example finalization methods in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment, in a coordinated, coherent and consistent manner across the plurality of individual machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn.
  • Furthermore, with reference to any synchronization modifier that may be present, such synchronization modifier 51-S or DRT 71-S or other code modifying means is responsible for ensuring that when a part (such as a thread or process) of the modified application program 50 running on one or more of the machines exclusively utilizes (e.g., by means of a synchronization routine or similar or equivalent mutual exclusion operator or operation) a particular local asset, such as an objects 50X-50Z or class 50A, no other different and potentially concurrently executing part on machines M2 . . . Mn exclusively utilizes the similar equivalent corresponding asset in its local memory at once or at the same time.
  • These structures and procedures when applied in combination when required, maintain a computing environment where memory locations, address ranges, objects, classes, assets, resources, or any other procedural or structural aspect of a computer or computing environment are where required created, maintained, operated, and deactivated or deleted in a coordinated, coherent, and consistent manner across the plurality of individual machines M1, M2 . . . Mn.
  • Attention is now directed to the particulars of several aspects of this disclosure that may be utilised alone or in any combination.
  • Memory Management and Replication
  • In connection with FIG. 5, in accordance with an embodiment of this disclosure, a single application code 50 (sometimes more informally referred to as the application or the application program) can be operated simultaneously on a number of machines M1, M2 . . . Mn interconnected via a communications network or other communications link or path 53. By way of example but not limitation, one application code or program 50 would be a single common application program on the machines, such as Microsoft Word, as opposed to different applications on each machine, such as Microsoft Word on machine M1, and Microsoft PowerPoint on machine M2, and Netscape Navigator on machine M3 and so forth. Therefore the terminology “one”, “single”, and “common” application code or program is used to try and capture this situation where all machines M1, . . . , Mn are operating or executing the same program or code and not different (and unrelated) programs. In other words copies or replicas of same or substantially the same application code is loaded onto each of the interoperating and connected machines or computers. As the characteristics of each machine or computer may differ, the application code 50 may be modified before loading, during the loading process, or after the loading process to provide a customization or modification of the code on each machine. Some dissimilarity between the programs may be permitted so long as the other requirements for interoperability, consistency, and coherency as described herein can be maintain. As it will become apparent hereafter, each of the machines M1, M2 . . . Mn operates with the same application code 50 on each machine M1, M2 . . . Mn and thus all of the machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn have the same or substantially the same application code 50 usually with a modification that may be machine specific.
  • Similarly, each of the machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn operates with the same (or substantially the same or similar) modifier 51 on each machine M1, M2, . . . , Mn and thus all of the machines M1, M2 . . . Mn have the same (or substantially the same or similar) modifier 51 with the modifier of machine M1 being designated 51/1 and the modifier of machine M2 being designated 51/2, etc. In addition, before or during the loading of, or preceding the execution of, or even after execution has commenced, the application code 50 on each machine M1, M2 . . . Mn is modified by the corresponding modifier 51 according to the same rules (or substantially the same rules since minor optimizing changes are permitted within each modifier 51/1, 51/2, . . . , 51/n).
  • As will become more apparent in light of the further description provided herein, one of the features of this disclosure is to make it appear that one application program instance of application code 50 is executing simultaneously across all of the plurality of machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn. As will be described in considerable detail hereinafter, aspects of this disclosure achieve this by running the same application program code (for example, Microsoft Word or Adobe Photoshop CS2) on each machine, but modifying the executable code of that application program on each machine such that each executing occurrence (or ‘local instance’) on each one of the machines M1 . . . Mn coordinates its local operations with the operations of the respective occurrences on each one of the other machines such that each occurrence on each one of the plurality of machines function together in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner so as to give the appearance of being one global instance (or occurrence) of the application program and program code (i.e., a “meta-application”).
  • As a consequence of the above described arrangement, if each of the machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn has, say, an internal memory capability of 10 MB, then the total memory available to each application code 50 is not necessarily, as one might expect the number of machines (n) times 10 MB, or alternatively the additive combination of the internal memory capability of all n machines, but rather or still may only be 10 MB. In the situation where the internal memory capacities of the machines are different, which is permissible, then in the case where the internal memory in one machine is smaller than the internal memory capability of at least one other of the machines, then the size of the smallest memory of any of the machines may be used as the maximum memory capacity of the machines when such memory (or a portion thereof) is to be treated as a ‘common’ memory (i.e. similar equivalent memory on each of the machines M1 . . . Mn) or otherwise used to execute the common application code.
  • However, even though the manner that the internal memory of each machine is treated may initially appear to be a possible constraint on performance, how this results in improved operation and performance will become apparent hereafter. Naturally, each machine M1, M2 . . . Mn has an private (i.e. ‘non-common’) internal memory capability. The private internal memory capability of the machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn are normally approximately equal but need not be. It may also be advantageous to select the amounts of internal memory in each machine to achieve a desired performance level in each machine and across a constellation or network of connected or coupled plurality of machines, computers, or information appliances M1, M2, . . . , Mn. Having described these internal and common memory considerations, it will be apparent in light of the description provided herein that the amount of memory that can be common between machines is not a limitation of the embodiments of this disclosure.
  • It is known from the prior art to operate a single computer or machine (produced by one of various manufacturers and having an operating system operating in one of various different languages) in a particular language of the application, by creating a virtual machine as schematically illustrated in FIG. 6. The code and data and virtual machine configuration or arrangement of FIG. 6 takes the form of the application code 50 written in the Java language and executing within a Java Virtual Machine 61. Thus, where the intended language of the application is the language JAVA, a JAVA virtual machine is used which is able to operate code in JAVA irrespective of the machine manufacturer and internal details of the machine. For further details see “The JAVA Virtual Machine Specification” 2.sup.nd Edition by T. Lindholm & F. Yellin of Sun Microsystems Inc. of the USA, which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • This conventional art arrangement of FIG. 6 is modified in accordance with embodiments of this disclosure by the provision of an additional facility which is conveniently termed “distributed run time” or “distributed run time system” DRT 71 and as seen in FIG. 7.
  • In FIG. 7, the application code 50 is loaded onto the Java Virtual Machine 72 in cooperation with the distributed runtime system 71, through the loading procedure indicated by arrow 75. As used herein the terms distributed runtime and the distributed run time system are essentially synonymous, and by means of illustration but not limitation are generally understood to include library code and processes which support software written in a particular language running on a particular platform. Additionally, a distributed runtime system may also include library code and processes which support software written in a particular language running within a particular distributed computing environment. The runtime system typically deals with the details of the interface between the program and the operation system such as system calls, program start-up and termination, and memory management. For purposes of background, a conventional Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) that does not provide the capabilities of the inventive distributed run time or distributed run time system 71 of embodiments of this disclosure is available from the Open Software Foundation. This Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) performs a form of computer-to-computer communication for software running on the machines, but among its many limitations, it is not able to implement the modification or communication operations of embodiments of this disclosure. Among its functions and operations, the novel DRT 71 coordinates the particular communications between the plurality of machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn. Moreover, the novel distributed runtime 71 comes into operation during the loading procedure indicated by arrow 75 of the JAVA application 50 on each JAVA virtual machine 72 of machines JVM# 1, JVM# 2, . . . JVM#n. The sequence of operations during loading will be described hereafter in relation to FIG. 9. It will be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that although many examples and descriptions are provided relative to the JAVA language and JAVA virtual machines so that the reader may get the benefit of specific examples, embodiments of this disclosure are not restricted to either the JAVA language or JAVA virtual machines, or to any other language, virtual machine, machine, or operating environment.
  • FIG. 8 shows in modified form the arrangement of FIG. 5 utilising JAVA virtual machines, each as illustrated in FIG. 7. It will be apparent that again the same application code 50 is loaded onto each machine M1, M2 . . . Mn. However, the communications between each machine M1, M2, . . . , Mn, and indicated by arrows 83, although physically routed through the machine hardware, are advantageously controlled by the individual DRT's 71/1 . . . 71/n within each machine. Thus, in practice this may be conceptualized as the DRT's 71/1, . . . , 71/n communicating with each other via the network or other communications link 73 rather than the machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn communicating directly with themselves or each other. Actually, this disclosure contemplates and includes either this direct communication between machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn or DRTs 71/1, 71/2, . . . , 71/n or a combination of such communications. The novel DRT 71 provides communication that is transport, protocol, and link independent.
  • It will be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that there are alternative implementations of the modifier 51 and the distributed run time 71. For example, the modifier 51 may be implemented as a component of or within the distributed run time 71, and therefore the DRT 71 may implement the functions and operations of the modifier 51. Alternatively, the function and operation of the modifier 51 may be implemented outside of the structure, software, firmware, or other means used to implement the DRT 71. In one embodiment, the modifier 51 and DRT 71 are implemented or written in a single piece of computer program code that provides the functions of the DRT and modifier. The modifier function and structure therefore maybe subsumed into the DRT and considered to be an optional component. Independent of how implemented, the modifier function and structure is responsible for modifying the executable code of the application code program, and the distributed run time function and structure is responsible for implementing communications between and among the computers or machines. The communications functionality in one embodiment is implemented via an intermediary protocol layer within the computer program code of the DRT on each machine. The DRT may for example implement a communications stack in the JAVA language and use the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to provide for communications or talking between the machines. Exactly how these functions or operations are implemented or divided between structural and/or procedural elements, or between computer program code or data structures within embodiments of this disclosure are less important than the fact that they are provided.
  • However, in the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8, (and also in FIGS. 31-32), a plurality of individual computers or machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn are provided, each of which are interconnected via a communications network 53 or other communications link and each of which individual computers or machines provided with a modifier 51 (See in FIG. 5) and realised by or in for example the distributed run time (DRT) 71 (See FIG. 8) and loaded with a common application code 50. The term common application program is to be understood to mean an application program or application program code written to operate on a single machine, and loaded and/or executed in whole or in part on each one of the plurality of computers or machines M1, M2 . . . Mn, or optionally on each one of some subset of the plurality of computers or machines M1,M2 . . . Mn. Put somewhat differently, there is a common application program represented in application code 50, and this single copy or perhaps a plurality of identical copies are modified to generate a modified copy or version of the application program or program code, each copy or instance prepared for execution on the plurality of machines. At the point after they are modified they are common in the sense that they perform similar operations and operate consistently and coherently with each other. It will be appreciated that a plurality of computers, machines, information appliances, or the like implementing the features of embodiments of this disclosure may optionally be connected to or coupled with other computers, machines, information appliances, or the like that do not implement the features of embodiments of this disclosure.
  • Essentially, in at least one embodiment, the modifier 51 or DRT 71 or other code modifying means is responsible for modifying the application code 50 so that it may execute memory manipulation operations, such as memory putstatic and putfield instructions in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment, in a coordinated, consistent, and coherent manner across and between the plurality of individual machines M1 . . . Mn. It follows therefore that in such a computing environment it is necessary to ensure that each of memory location is manipulated in a consistent fashion (with respect to the others).
  • In some embodiments, some or all of the plurality of individual computers or machines may be contained within a single housing or chassis (such as so-called “blade servers” manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others) or implemented on a single printed circuit board or even within a single chip or chip set.
  • A machine (produced by any one of various manufacturers and having an operating system operating in any one of various different languages) can operate in the particular language of the application program code 50, in this instance the JAVA language. That is, a JAVA virtual machine 72 is able to operate application code 50 in the JAVA language, and utilize the JAVA architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • When implemented in a non-JAVA language or application code environment, the generalized platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system is able to operate application code 50 in the language(s) (possibly including for example, but not limited to any one or more of source-code languages, intermediate-code languages, object-code languages, machine-code languages, and any other code languages) of that platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system environment, and utilize the platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system and/or language architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine. It will also be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that platform and/or runtime system may include virtual machine and non-virtual machine software and/or firmware architectures, as well as hardware and direct hardware coded applications and implementations.
  • For a more general set of virtual machine or abstract machine environments, and for current and future computers and/or computing machines and/or information appliances or processing systems, and that may not utilize or require utilization of either classes and/or objects, the novel structure, method, and computer program and computer program product are still applicable. Examples of computers and/or computing machines that do not utilize either classes and/or objects include for example, the x86 computer architecture manufactured by Intel Corporation and others, the SPARC computer architecture manufactured by Sun Microsystems, Inc and others, the PowerPC computer architecture manufactured by International Business Machines Corporation and others, and the personal computer products made by Apple Computer, Inc., and others. For these types of computers, computing machines, information appliances, and the virtual machine or virtual computing environments implemented thereon that do not utilize the idea of classes or objects, it may be generalized, for example, to include primitive data types (such as integer data types, floating point data types, long data types, double data types, string data types, character data types and Boolean data types), structured data types (such as arrays and records) derived types, or other code or data structures of procedural languages or other languages and environments such as functions, pointers, components, modules, structures, references and unions.
  • Turning now to FIGS. 7 and 9, during the loading procedure 75, the application code 50 being loaded onto or into each JAVA virtual machine 72 is modified by DRT 71. This modification commences at Step 90 in FIG. 9 and involves the initial step 91 of preferably scrutinizing or analysing the code and detecting all memory locations addressable by the application code 50, or optionally some subset of all memory locations addressable by the application code 50; such as for example named and unnamed memory locations, variables (such as local variables, global variables, and formal arguments to subroutines or functions), fields, registers, or any other address space or range of addresses which application code 50 may access. Such memory locations in some instances need to be identified for subsequent processing at steps 92 and 93. In some embodiments, where a list of detected memory locations is required for further processing, the DRT 71 during the loading procedure 75 creates a list of all the memory locations thus identified. In one embodiment, the memory locations in the form of JAVA fields are listed by object and class, however, the memory locations, fields, or the like may be listed or organized in any manner so long as they comport with the architectural and programming requirements of the system on which the program is to be used and the principles of the inventive concept described herein. This detection is optional and not required in all embodiments of this disclosure. It may be noted that the DRT is at least in part fulfilling the roll of the modifier 51.
  • The next phase (designated Step 92 in FIG. 9) [Step 92] of the modification procedure is to search through the application code 50 in order to locate processing activity or activities that manipulate or change values or contents of any listed memory location (for example, but not limited to JAVA fields) corresponding to the list generated at step 91 when required. Preferably, all processing activities that manipulate or change any one or more values or contents of any one or more listed memory locations, are located.
  • When such a processing activity or operation (typically “putstatic” or “putfield” in the JAVA language, or for example, a memory assignment operation, or a memory write operation, or a memory manipulation operation, or more generally operations that otherwise manipulate or change value(s) or content(s) of memory or other addressable areas), is detected which changes the value or content of a listed or detected memory location, then an “updating propagation routine” is inserted by step 93 in the application code 50 corresponding to the detected memory manipulation operation, to communicate with all other machines in order to notify all other machines of the identity of the manipulated memory location, and the updated, manipulated or changed value(s) or content(s) of the manipulated memory location. The inserted “updating propagation routine” preferably takes the form of a method, function, procedure, or similar subroutine call or operation to a network communications library of DRT 71. Alternatively, the “updating propagation routine” may take the optional form of a code-block (or other inline code form) inserted into the application code instruction stream at, after, before, or otherwise corresponding to the detected manipulation instruction or operation. And preferably, in a multi-tasking or parallel processing machine environment (and in some embodiments inclusive or exclusive of operating system), such as a machine environment capable of potentially simultaneous or concurrent execution of multiple or different threads or processes, the “updating propagation routine” may execute on the same thread or process or processor as the detected memory manipulation operation of step 92. Thereafter, the loading procedure continues, by loading the modified application code 50 on the machine 72 in place of the unmodified application code 50, as indicated by step 94 in FIG. 9.
  • An alternative form of modification during loading is illustrated in the illustration of FIG. 10. Here the start and listing steps 90 and 91 and the searching step 92 are the same as in FIG. 9. However, rather than insert the “updating propagation routine” into the application code 50 corresponding to the detected memory manipulation operation identified in step 92, as is indicated in step 93, in which the application code 50, or network communications library code 71 of the DRT executing on the same thread or process or processor as the detected memory manipulation operation, carries out the updating, instead an “alert routine” is inserted corresponding to the detected memory manipulation operation, at step 103. The “alert routine” instructs, notifies or otherwise requests a different and potentially simultaneously or concurrently executing thread or process or processor not used to perform the memory manipulation operation (that is, a different thread or process or processor than the thread or process or processor which manipulated the memory location), such as a different thread or process allocated to the DRT 71, to carry out the notification, propagation, or communication of all other machines of the identity of the manipulated memory location, and the updated, manipulated or changed value(s) or content(s) of the manipulated memory location.
  • Once this modification during the loading procedure has taken place and execution begins of the modified application code 50, then either the steps of FIG. 11 or FIG. 12 take place. FIG. 11 (and the steps 112, 113, 114, and 115 therein) correspond to the execution and operation of the modified application code 50 when modified in accordance with the procedures set forth in and described relative to FIG. 9. FIG. 12 on the other hand (and the steps 112, 113, 125, 127, and 115 therein) set forth therein correspond to the execution and operation of the modified application code 50 when modified in accordance with FIG. 10.
  • This analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 can may take place either prior to loading the application program code 50, or during the application program code 50 loading procedure, or even after the application program code 50 loading procedure. It may be likened to an instrumentation, program transformation, translation, or compilation procedure in that the application code may be instrumented with additional instructions, and/or otherwise modified by meaning-preserving program manipulations, and/or optionally translated from an input code language to a different code language (such as for example from source-code language or intermediate-code language to object-code language or machine-code language), and with the understanding that the term compilation normally or conventionally involves a change in code or language, for example, from source code to object code or from one language to another language. However, in the present instance the term “compilation” (and its grammatical equivalents) is not so restricted and can also include or embrace modifications within the same code or language. For example, the compilation and its equivalents are understood to encompass both ordinary compilation (such as for example by way of illustration but not limitation, from source-code to object-code), and compilation from source-code to source-code, as well as compilation from object-code to object-code, and any altered combinations therein. It is also inclusive of so-called “intermediary-code languages” which are a form of “pseudo object-code”.
  • By way of illustration and not limitation, in one embodiment, the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place during the loading of the application program code such as by the operating system reading the application code from the hard disk or other storage device or source and copying it into memory and preparing to begin execution of the application program code. In another embodiment, in a JAVA virtual machine, the analysis or scrutiny may take place during the class loading procedure of the java.lang.ClassLoader loadClass method (e.g., “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )”).
  • Alternatively, the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place even after the application program code loading procedure, such as after the operating system has loaded the application code into memory, or optionally even after execution of the relevant corresponding portion of the application program code has started, such as for example after the JAVA virtual machine has loaded the application code into the virtual machine via the “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )” method and optionally commenced execution.
  • As seen in FIG. 11, a multiple thread processing machine environment 110, on each one of the machines M1, . . . , Mn and consisting of threads 111/1 . . . 111/4 exists. The processing and execution of the second thread 111/2 (in this example) results in that thread 111/2 manipulating a memory location at step 113, by writing to a listed memory location. In accordance with the modifications made to the application code 50 in the steps 90-94 of FIG. 9, the application code 50 is modified at a point corresponding to the write to the memory location of step 113, so that it propagates, notifies, or communicates the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113 to the other machines M2, . . . , Mn via network 53 or other communication link or path, as indicated at step 114. At this stage the processing of the application code 50 of that thread 111/2 is or may be altered and in some instances interrupted at step 114 by the executing of the inserted “updating propagation routine”, and the same thread 111/2 notifies, or propagates, or communicates to all other machines M2, . . . , Mn via the network 53 or other communications link or path of the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113. At the end of that notification, or propagation, or communication procedure 114, the thread 111/2 then resumes or continues the processing or the execution of the modified application code 50 at step 115.
  • In the alternative arrangement illustrated in FIG. 12, a multiple thread processing machine environment 110 comprising or consisting of threads 111/1, . . . , 111/3, and a simultaneously or concurrently executing DRT processing environment 120 consisting of the thread 121/1 as illustrated, or optionally a plurality of threads, is executing on each one of the machines M1, . . . Mn. The processing and execution of the modified application code 50 on thread 111/2 results in a memory manipulation operation of step 113, which in this instance is a write to a listed memory location. In accordance with the modifications made to the application code 50 in the steps 90, 91, 92, 103, and 94 of FIG. 9, the application code 50 is modified at a point corresponding to the write to the memory location of step 113, so that it requests or otherwise notifies the threads of the DRT processing environment 120 to notify, or propagate, or communicate to the other machines M2, . . . , Mn of the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113, as indicated at steps 125 and 128 and arrow 127. In accordance with this modification, the thread 111/2 processing and executing the modified application code 50 requests a different and potentially simultaneously or concurrently executing thread or process (such as thread 121/1) of the DRT processing environment 120 to notify the machines M2, . . . , Mn via network 53 or other communications link or path of the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113, as indicated in step 125 and arrow 127. In response to this request of step 125 and arrow 127, a different and potentially simultaneously or concurrently executing thread or process 121/1 of the DRT processing environment 120 notifies the machines M2, . . . , Mn via network 53 or other communications link or path of the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113, as requested of it by the modified application code 50 executing on thread 111/2 of step 125 and arrow 127.
  • When compared to the earlier described step 114 of thread 111/2 of FIG. 11, step 125 of thread 111/2 of FIG. 12 can be carried out quickly, because step 114 of thread 111/2 must notify and communicate with machines M2, . . . , Mn via the relatively slow network 53 (relatively slow for example when compared to the internal memory bus 4 of FIG. 1 or the global memory 13 of FIG. 2) of the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113, whereas step 125 of thread 111/2 does not communicate with machines M2, . . . , Mn via the relatively slow network 53. Instead, step 125 of thread 111/2 requests or otherwise notifies a different and potentially simultaneously or concurrently executing thread 121/1 of the DRT processing environment 120 to perform the notification and communication with machines M2, . . . , Mn via the relatively slow network 53 of the identify and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113, as indicated by arrow 127. Thus thread 111/2 carrying out step 125 is only interrupted momentarily before the thread 111/2 resumes or continues processing or execution of modified application code in step 115. The other thread 121/1 of the DRT processing environment 120 then communicates the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113 to machines M2, . . . , Mn via the relatively slow network 53 or other relatively slow communications link or path.
  • This second arrangement of FIG. 12 makes better utilisation of the processing power of the various threads 111/1 . . . 111/3 and 121/1 (which are not, in general, subject to equal demands). Irrespective of which arrangement is used, the identity and change value of the manipulated memory location(s) of step 113 is (are) propagated to all the other machines M2 . . . Mn on the network 53 or other communications link or path.
  • This is illustrated in FIG. 13 where step 114 of FIG. 11, or the DRT 71/1 (corresponding to the DRT processing environment 120 of FIG. 12) and its thread 121/1 of FIG. 12 (represented by step 128 in FIG. 13), send, via the network 53 or other communications link or path, the identity and changed value of the manipulated memory location of step 113 of FIGS. 11 and 12, to each of the other machines M2, . . . , Mn.
  • With reference to FIG. 13, each of the other machines M2, . . . , Mn carries out the action of receiving from the network 53 the identity and changed value of, for example, the manipulated memory location of step 113 from machine M1, indicated by step 135, and writes the value received at step 135 to the local memory location corresponding to the identified memory location received at step 135, indicated by step 136.
  • In the conventional arrangement in FIG. 3 utilising distributed software, memory access from one machine's software to memory physically located on another machine is permitted by the network interconnecting the machines. However, because the read and/or write memory access to memory physically located on another computer require the use of the slow network 14, in these configurations such memory accesses can result in substantial delays in memory read/write processing operation, potentially of the order of 10.sup.6-10.sup.7 cycles of the central processing unit of the machine, but ultimately being dependent upon numerous factors, such as for example, the speed, bandwidth, and/or latency of the network 14. This in large part accounts for the diminished performance of the multiple interconnected machines in the prior art arrangement of FIG. 3.
  • However, in the present arrangement as described above in connection with FIG. 8, it will be appreciated that all reading of memory locations or data is satisfied locally because a current value of all (or some subset of all) memory locations is stored on the machine carrying out the processing which generates the demand to read memory.
  • Similarly, in the present arrangement as described above in connection with FIG. 8, it will be appreciated that all writing of memory locations or data may be satisfied locally because a current value of all (or some subset of all) memory locations is stored on the machine carrying out the processing which generates the demand to write to memory.
  • Such local memory read and write processing operation as performed according to the aspects of various embodiments can typically be satisfied within 102-103 cycles of the central processing unit. Thus, in practice, there is substantially less waiting for memory accesses which involves reads than the arrangement shown and described relative to FIG. 3. Additionally, in practice, there may be less waiting for memory accesses which involve writes than the arrangement shown and described relative to FIG. 3.
  • It may be appreciated that most application software reads memory frequently but writes to memory relatively infrequently. As a consequence, the rate at which memory is being written or re-written is relatively slow compared to the rate at which memory is being read. Because of this slow demand for writing or re-writing of memory, the memory locations or fields can be continually updated at a relatively low speed via the possibly relatively slow and inexpensive commodity network 53, yet this possibly relatively slow speed is sufficient to meet the application program's demand for writing to memory. The result is that the performance of the FIG. 8 arrangement is superior to that of FIG. 3. It may be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that while a relatively slow network communication link or path 53 may advantageously be used because it provides the desired performance and low cost, the inventive concept is not limited to a relatively low speed network connection and may be used with any communication link or path. Embodiments of this disclosure are transport, network, and communications path independent, and do not depend on how the communication between machines or DRTs takes place. In one embodiment, even electronic mail (email) exchanges between machines or DRTs may suffice for the communications.
  • In a further optional modification in relation to the above, the identity and changed value pair of a manipulated memory location sent over network 53, each pair typically sent as the sole contents of a single packet, frame or cell for example, can be grouped into batches of multiple pairs of identities and changed values corresponding to multiple manipulated memory locations, and sent together over network 53 or other communications link or path in a single packet, frame, or cell. This further modification further reduces the demands on the communication speed of the network 53 or other communications link or path interconnecting the various machines, as each packet, cell or frame may contain multiple identity and changed value pairs, and therefore fewer packets, frames, or cells require to be sent.
  • It may be apparent that in an environment where the application program code writes repeatedly to a single memory location, the embodiment illustrated of FIG. 11 of step 114 sends an updating and propagation message to all machines corresponding to every performed memory manipulation operation. In a still further optimal modification in relation to the above, the DRT thread 121/1 of FIG. 12 does not need to perform an updating and propagation operation corresponding to every local memory manipulation operation, but instead may send fewer updating and propagation messages than memory manipulation operations, each message containing the last or latest changed value or content of the manipulated memory location, or optionally may only send a single updating and propagation message corresponding to the last memory manipulation operation. This further improvement reduces the demands on the network 53 or other communications link or path, as fewer packets, frames, or cells require to be sent.
  • It will also be apparent to those skilled in the art in light of the detailed description provided herein that in a table or list or other data structure created by each DRT 71 when initially recording or creating the list of all, or some subset of all, memory locations (or fields), for each such recorded memory location on each machine M1, . . . , Mn there is a name or identity which is common or similar on each of the machines M1, . . . , Mn. However, in the individual machines the local memory location corresponding to a given name or identity (listed for example, during step 91 of FIG. 9) will or may vary over time since each machine may and generally will store changed memory values or contents at different memory locations according to its own internal processes. Thus the table, or list, or other data structure in each of the DRTs will have, in general, different local memory locations corresponding to a single memory name or identity, but each global “memory name” or identity will have the same “memory value” stored in the different local memory locations.
  • It will also be apparent to those skilled in the art in light of the description provided herein that the abovementioned modification of the application program code 50 during loading can be accomplished in many ways or by a variety of means. These ways or means include, but are not limited to at least the following five ways and variations or combinations of these five, including by:
  • (i) re-compilation at loading,
  • (ii) by a pre-compilation procedure prior to loading,
  • (iii) compilation prior to loading,
  • (iv) a “just-in-time” compilation, or
  • (v) re-compilation after loading (but, or for example, before execution of the relevant or corresponding application code in a distributed environment).
  • Traditionally the term “compilation” implies a change in code or language, for example, from source to object code or one language to another. Clearly the use of the term “compilation” (and its grammatical equivalents) in the present specification is not so restricted and can also include or embrace modifications within the same code or language.
  • Given the fundamental concept of modifying memory manipulation operations to coordinate operation between and amongst a plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, there are several different ways or embodiments in which this coordinated, coherent and consistent memory state and manipulation operation concept, method, and procedure may be carried out or implemented.
  • In the first embodiment, a particular machine, say machine M2, loads the asset (such as class or object) inclusive of memory manipulation operation(s), modifies it, and then loads each of the other machines M1, M3, . . . , Mn (either sequentially or simultaneously or according to any other order, routine or procedure) with the modified object (or class or other asset or resource) inclusive of the new modified memory manipulation operation. Note that there may be one or a plurality of memory manipulation operations corresponding to only one object in the application code, or there may be a plurality of memory manipulation operations corresponding to a plurality of objects in the application code. Note that in one embodiment, the memory manipulation operation(s) that is (are) loaded is binary executable object code. Alternatively, the memory manipulation operation(s) that is (are) loaded is executable intermediary code.
  • In this arrangement, which may be termed “master/slave” each of the slave (or secondary) machines M1, M3, . . . , Mn loads the modified object (or class), and inclusive of the new modified memory manipulation operation(s), that was sent to it over the computer communications network or other communications link or path by the master (or primary) machine, such as machine M2, or some other machine such as a machine X of FIG. 15. In a slight variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement, the computer communications network can be replaced by a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database.
  • Note that the modification performed on each machine or computer need not and frequently will not be the same or identical. What is required is that they are modified in a similar enough way that in accordance with the novel principles described herein, each of the plurality of machines behaves consistently and coherently relative to the other machines to accomplish the operations and objectives described herein. Furthermore, it will be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that there are a myriad of ways to implement the modifications that may for example depend on the particular hardware, architecture, operating system, application program code, or the like or different factors. It will also be appreciated that embodiments of this disclosure may be implemented within an operating system, outside of or without the benefit of any operating system, inside the virtual machine, in an EPROM, in software, in firmware, or in any combination of these.
  • In a still further embodiment, each machine M1, . . . , Mn receives the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of one or more memory manipulation operation(s), but modifies the operations and then loads the asset (such as class or object) consisting of the now modified operations. Although one machine, such as the master or primary machine may customize or perform a different modification to the memory manipulation operation(s) sent to each machine, this embodiment more readily enables the modification carried out by each machine to be slightly different and to be enhanced, customized, and/or optimized based upon its particular machine architecture, hardware, processor, memory, configuration, operating system, or other factors, yet still similar, coherent and consistent with other machines with all other similar modifications and characteristics that may not need to be similar or identical.
  • In all of the described instances or embodiments, the supply or the communication of the asset code (such as class code or object code) to the machines M1, . . . , Mn, and optionally inclusive of a machine X of FIG. 15, can be branched, distributed or communicated among and between the different machines in any combination or permutation; such as by providing direct machine to machine communication (for example, M2 supplies each of M1, M3, M4, etc. directly), or by providing or using cascaded or sequential communication (for example, M2 supplies M1 which then supplies M3 which then supplies M4, and so on), or a combination of the direct and cascaded and/or sequential.
  • Reference is made to the accompanying Annexure A in which: Annexure A5 is a typical code fragment from a memory manipulation operation prior to modification (e.g., an exemplary unmodified routine with a memory manipulation operation), and Annexure A6 is the same routine with a memory manipulation operation after modification (e.g., an exemplary modified routine with a memory manipulation operation). These code fragments are exemplary only and identify one software code means for performing the modification in an exemplary language. It will be appreciated that other software/firmware or computer program code may be used to accomplish the same or analogous function or operation without departing from the inventive concept.
  • Annexures A5 and A6 (also reproduced in part in Table VI and Table VII below) are exemplary code listings that set forth the conventional or unmodified computer program software code (such as may be used in a single machine or computer environment) of a routine with a memory manipulation operation of application program code 50 and a post-modification excerpt of the same routine such as may be used in embodiments having multiple machines. The modified code that is added to the routine is highlighted in bold text.
  • TABLE I
    Summary Listing of Contents of Annexure A
    Annexure A includes exemplary program listings in the JAVA language to further illustrate
    features, aspects, methods, and procedures of described in the detailed description
    A1. This first excerpt is part of an illustration of the modification code of the modifier 51 in
    accordance with steps 92 and 103 of FIG. 10. It searches through the code array of the
    application program code 50, and when it detects a memory manipulation instruction (i.e. a
    putstatic instruction (opcode 178) in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment) it
    modifies the application program code by the insertion of an “alert” routine.
    A2. This second excerpt is part of the DRT.alert( ) method and implements the step of 125
    and arrow of 127 of FIG. 12. This DRT.alert( ) method requests one or more threads of the
    DRT processing environment of FIG. 12 to update and propagate the value and identity of the
    changed memory location corresponding to the operation of Annexure A1.
    A3. This third excerpt is part of the DRT 71, and corresponds to step 128 of FIG. 12. This
    code fragment shows the DRT in a separate thread, such as thread 121/1 of FIG. 12, after being
    notified or requested by step 125 and array 127, and sending the changed value and changed
    value location/identity across the network 53 to the other of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn.
    A4. The fourth excerpt is part of the DRT 71, and corresponds to steps 135 and 136 of FIG.
    13. This is a fragment of code to receive a propagated identity and value pair sent by another
    DRT 71 over the network, and write the changed value to the identified memory location.
    A5. The fifth excerpt is an disassembled compiled form of the example.java application of
    Annexure A7, which performs a memory manipulation operation (putstatic and putfield).
    A6. The sixth excerpt is the disassembled compiled form of the same example application in
    Annexure A5 after modification has been performed by FieldLoader.java of Annexure A11, in
    accordance with FIG. 9 of this disclosure. The modifications are highlighted in bold.
    A7. The seventh excerpt is the source-code of the example.java application used in excerpt
    A5 and A6. This example application has two memory locations (staticValue and
    instanceValue) and performs two memory manipulation operations.
    A8. The eighth excerpt is the source-code of FieldAlert.java which corresponds to step 125
    and arrow 127 of FIG. 12, and which requests a thread 121/1 executing FieldSend.java of the
    “distributed run-time” 71 to propagate a changed value and identity pair to the other machines
    M1 . . . Mn.
    A9. The ninth excerpt is the source-code of FieldSend.java which corresponds to step 128 of
    FIG. 12, and waits for a request/notification generated by FieldAlert.java of A8 corresponding
    to step 125 and arrow 127, and which propagates a changed value/identity pair requested of it
    by FieldAlert.java, via network 53.
    A10. The tenth excerpt is the source-code of FieldReceive.java, which corresponds to steps
    135 and 136 of FIG. 13, and which receives a propagated changed value and identity pair sent
    to it over the network 53 via FieldSend.java of annexure A9.
    A11. FieldLoader.java. This excerpt is the source-code of FieldLoader.java, which modifies an
    application program code, such as the example.java application code of Annexure A7, as it is
    being loaded into a JAVA virtual machine in accordance with steps 90, 91, 92, 103, and 94 of
    FIG. 10. FieldLoader.java makes use of the convenience classes of Annexures A12 through to
    A36 during the modification of a compiled JAVA
    A12. Attribute_info.java
    Convience class for representing attribute_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A13. ClassFile.java
    Convience class for representing ClassFile structures.
    A14. Code_attribute.java
    Convience class for representing Code_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
    A15. CONSTANT_Class_info.java
    Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Class_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A16. CONSTANT_Double_info.java
    Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Double_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A17. CONSTANT_Fieldref_info.java
    Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Fieldref_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A18. CONSTANT_Float_info.java
    Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Float_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A19. CONSTANT_Integer_info.java
    Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Integer_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A20. CONSTANT_InterfaceMethodref_info.java
    Convience class for representing CONSTANT_InterfaceMethodref_info structures within
    ClassFiles.
    A21. CONSTANT_Long_info.java
    Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Long_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A22. CONSTANT_Methodref_info.java
    Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Methodref_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A23. CONSTANT_NameAndType_info.java
    Convience class for representing CONSTANT_NameAndType_info structures within
    ClassFiles.
    A24. CONSTANT_String_info.java
    Convience class for representing CONSTANT_String_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A25. CONSTANT_Utf8_info.java
    Convience class for representing CONSTANT_Utf8_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A26. ConstantValue_attribute.java
    Convience class for representing ConstantValue_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
    A27. cp_info.java
    Convience class for representing cp_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A28. Deprecated_attribute.java
    Convience class for representing Deprecated_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
    A29. Exceptions_attribute.java
    Convience class for representing Exceptions_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
    A30. field_info.java
    Convience class for representing field_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A31. InnerClasses_attribute.java
    Convience class for representing InnerClasses_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
    A32. LineNumberTable_attribute.java
    Convience class for representing LineNumberTable_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
    A33. LocalVariableTable_attribute.java
    Convience class for representing LocalVariableTable_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
    A34. method_info.java
    Convience class for representing method_info structures within ClassFiles.
    A35. SourceFile_attribute.java
    Convience class for representing SourceFile_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
    A36. Synthetic_attribute.java
    Convience class for representing Synthetic_attribute structures within ClassFiles.
  • TABLE II
    Exemplary code listing showing embodiment of modified code.
    A1. This first excerpt is part of an illustration of the modification
    code of the modifier 51 in accordance with steps 92 and 103 of
    FIG. 10. It searches through the code array of the application
    program code
    50, and when it detects a memory manipulation
    instruction (i.e. a putstatic instruction (opcode 178) in the JAVA
    language and virtual machine environment) it modifies the
    application program code by the insertion of an “alert” routine.
    // START
    byte[ ] code = Code_attribute.code; // Bytecode of a given method
    // in a given classfile.
    int code_length = Code_attribute.code_length;
    int DRT = 99; // Location of the CONSTANT_Methodref_info for the
    // DRT.alert( ) method.
    for (int i=0; i<code_length; i++){
      if ((code[i] & 0xff) == 179){ // Putstatic instruction.
        System.arraycopy(code, i+3, code, i+6, code_length-(i+3));
        code[i+3] = (byte) 184; // Invokestatic instruction for the
    // DRT.alert( ) method.
        code[i+4] = (byte) ((DRT >>> 8) & 0xff);
        code[i+5] = (byte) (DRT & 0xff);
      }
    }
    // END
  • TABLE III
    Exemplary code listing showing embodiment of code for alert method
    A2. This second excerpt is part of the DRT.alert( ) method and
    implements the step of 125 and arrow of 127 of FIG. 12. This DRT.alert( )
    method requests one or more threads of the DRT processing environment
    of FIG. 12 to update and propagate the value and identity of the changed
    memory location corresponding to the operation of Annexure A1.
    // START
    public static void alert( ){
      synchronized (ALERT_LOCK){
        ALERT_LOCK.notify( ); // Alerts a waiting DRT thread
        in the background.
      }
    }
    // END
  • TABLE IV
    Exemplary code listing showing embodiment of code for DRT
    A3. This third excerpt is part of the DRT 71, and corresponds to step 128 of FIG. 12.
    This code fragment shows the DRT in a separate thread, such as thread 121/1 of
    FIG. 12, after being notified or requested by step 125 and array 127, and sending the
    changed value and changed value location/identity across the network 53 to the other
    of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn.
    // START
    MulticastSocket ms = DRT.getMulticastSocket( ); // The multicast socket
    // used by the DRT for
    // communication.
    byte nameTag = 33; // This is the “name tag” on the network for this
    // field.
    Field field = modifiedClass.getDeclaredField(“myField1”); // Stores
    // the field
    // from the
    // modified
    // class.
    // In this example, the field is a byte field.
    while (DRT.isRunning( )){
      synchronized (ALERT_LOCK){
        ALERT_LOCK.wait( ); // The DRT thread is waiting for the alert
    // method to be called.
        byte[ ] b = new byte[ ]{nameTag, field.getByte(null)}; // Stores
    // the
    // nameTag
    // and the
    // value
    // of the
    // field from
    // the modified
    // class in a
    // buffer.
        DatagramPacket dp = new DatagramPacket(b, 0, b.length);
        ms.send(dp); // Send the buffer out across the network.
      }
    }
    // END
  • TABLE V
    Exemplary code listing showing embodiment of code for DRT receiving.
    A4. The fourth excerpt is part of the DRT 71, and corresponds to steps 135 and
    136 of FIG. 13. This is a fragment of code to receive a propagated identity and
    value pair sent by another DRT 71 over the network, and write the changed
    value to the identified memory location.
    // START
    MulticastSocket ms = DRT.getMulticastSocket( ); // The multicast socket
    // used by the DRT for
    // communication.
    DatagramPacket dp = new DatagramPacket(new byte[2], 0, 2);
    byte nameTag = 33; // This is the “name tag” on the network for this
    // field.
    Field field = modifiedClass.getDeclaredField(“myField1”); // Stores the
    // field from
    // the modified
    // class.
    // In this example, the field is a byte field.
    while (DRT.isRunning){
      ms.receive(dp);  // Receive the previously sent buffer from the network.
      byte[ ] b = dp.getData( );
      if (b[0] == nameTag){  // Check the nametags match.
        field.setByte(null, b[1]); // Write the value from the network packet
    // into the field location in memory.
      }
    }
    // END
  • TABLE VI
    Exemplary code listing showing embodiment
    of application before modification is made.
    A5. The fifth excerpt is an disassembled compiled form of the
    example.java application of Annexure A7, which performs a
    memory manipulation operation (putstatic and putfield).
    Method void setValues(int, int)
    0 iload_1
    1 putstatic #3 <Field int staticValue>
    4 aload_0
    5 iload_2
    6 putfield #2 <Field int instanceValue>
    9 return
  • TABLE VII
    Exemplary code listing showing embodiment
    of application after modification is made.
    A6. The sixth excerpt is the disassembled compiled form of the same
    example application in Annexure A5 after modification has been
    performed by FieldLoader.java of Annexure A11, in accordance with FIG.
    9 of this disclosure. The modifications are highlighted in bold.
    Method void setValues(int, int)
     0 iload_1
     1 putstatic #3 <Field int staticValue>
     4 ldc #4 <String “example”>
     6 iconst_0
     7 invokestatic #5 <Method void alert(java.lang.Object, int)>
    10 aload_0
    11 iload_2
    12 putfield #2 <Field int instanceValue>
    15 aload_0
    16 iconst_1
    17 invokestatic #5 <Method void alert(java.lang.Object, int)>
    20 return
  • TABLE VIII
    Exemplary code listing showing embodiment of source-code of the
    example application.
    A7. The seventh excerpt is the source-code of the example.java
    application used in excerpt A5 and A6. This example application has
    two memory locations (staticValue and instanceValue) and performs
    two memory manipulation operations.
    import java.lang.*;
    public class example{
      /** Shared static field. */
      public static int staticValue = 0;
      /** Shared instance field. */
      public int instanceValue = 0;
      /** Example method that writes to memory (instance field). */
      public void setValues(int a, int b){
        staticValue = a;
        instanceValue = b;
      }
    }
  • TABLE IX
    Exemplary code listing showing embodiment of the source-code of
    FieldAlert.
    A8. The eighth excerpt is the source-code of FieldAlert.java which
    corresponds to step 125 and arrow 127 of FIG. 12, and which requests
    a thread 121/1 executing FieldSend.java of the “distributed run-time”
    71 to propagate a changed value and identity pair to the other machines
    M1 . . . Mn.
    import java.lang.*;
    import java.util.*;
    import java.net.*;
    import java.io.*;
    public class FieldAlert{
      /** Table of alerts. */
      public final static Hashtable alerts = new Hashtable( );
      /** Object handle. */
      public Object reference = null;
      /** Table of field alerts for this object. */
      public boolean[ ] fieldAlerts = null;
      /** Constructor. */
      public FieldAlert(Object o, int initialFieldCount){
        reference = o;
        fieldAlerts = new boolean[initialFieldCount];
      }
      /** Called when an application modifies a value. (Both objects and
        classes) */
      public static void alert(Object o, int fieldID){
        // Lock the alerts table.
        synchronized (alerts){
          FieldAlert alert = (FieldAlert) alerts.get(o);
          if (alert == null){ // This object hasn't been alerted
    // already, so add to alerts table.
            alert = new FieldAlert(o, fieldID + 1);
            alerts.put(o, alert);
          }
          if (fieldID >= alert.fieldAlerts.length){
            // Ok, enlarge fieldAlerts array.
            boolean[ ] b = new boolean[fieldID+1];
            System.arraycopy(alert.fieldAlerts, 0, b, 0,
              alert.fieldAlerts.length);
            alert.fieldAlerts = b;
          }
          // Record the alert.
          alert.fieldAlerts[fieldID] = true;
          // Mark as pending.
          FieldSend.pending = true; // Signal that there is one or
    // more propagations waiting.
          // Finally, notify the waiting FieldSend thread(s)
          if (FieldSend.waiting){
            FieldSend.waiting = false;
            alerts.notify( );
          }
        }
      }
    }
  • It is noted that the compiled code in the annexure and portion repeated in the table is taken from the source-code of the file “example.java” which is included in the Annexure A7 (Table VIII). In the procedure of Annexure A5 and Table VI, the procedure name “Method void setValues(int, int)” of Step 001 is the name of the displayed disassembled output of the setValues method of the compiled application code of “example.java”. The name “Method void setValues(int, int)” is arbitrary and selected for this example to indicate a typical JAVA method inclusive of a memory manipulation operation. Overall the method is responsible for writing two values to two different memory locations through the use of an memory manipulation assignment statement (being “putstatic” and “putfield” in this example) and the steps to accomplish this are described in turn.
  • First (Step 002), the Java Virtual Machine instruction “iload.sub.-1” causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the integer value in the local variable array at index 1 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the integer value passed to this method as the first argument and stored in the local variable array at index 1 being pushed onto the stack.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “putstatic #3 <Field int staticValue>” (Step 003) causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the topmost value off the stack of the current method frame and store the value in the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 3.sup.rd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example setValues( ) method and results in the topmost integer value of the stack of the current method frame being stored in the integer field named “staticValue”.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “aload.sub.-0” (Step 004) causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the item in the local variable array at index 0 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the ‘this’ object reference stored in the local variable array at index 0 being pushed onto the stack.
  • First (Step 005), the Java Virtual Machine instruction “iload.sub.-2” causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the integer value in the local variable array at index 2 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the integer value passed to this method as the first argument and stored in the local variable array at index 2 being pushed onto the stack.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “putfield #2 <Field int instanceValue>” (Step 006) causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the two topmost values off the stack of the current method frame and store the topmost value in the object instance field of the second popped value, indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 2.sup.nd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example setValues method and results in the integer value on the top of the stack of the current method frame being stored in the instance field named “instanceValue” of the object reference below the integer value on the stack.
  • Finally, the JAVA virtual machine instruction “return” (Step 007) causes the JAVA virtual machine to cease executing this setValues( ) method by returning control to the previous method frame and results in termination of execution of this setValues( ) method.
  • As a result of these steps operating on a single machine of the conventional configurations in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the JAVA virtual machine manipulates (i.e. writes to) the staticValue and instanceValue memory locations, and in executing the setvalues( ) method containing the memory manipulation operation(s) is able to ensure that memory is and remains consistent between multiple threads of a single application instance, and therefore ensure that unwanted behavior, such as for example inconsistent or incoherent memory between multiple threads of a single application instance (such inconsistent or incoherent memory being for example incorrect or different values or contents with respect to a single memory location) does not occur. Were these steps to be carried out on the plurality of machines of the configurations of FIG. 5 and FIG. 8 by concurrently executing the application program code 50 on each one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, the memory manipulation operations of each concurrently executing application program occurrence on each one of the machines would be performed without coordination between any other machine(s), such coordination being for example updating of corresponding memory locations on each machine such that they each report a same content or value. Given the goal of consistent, coordinated and coherent memory state and manipulation and updating operation across a plurality of a machines, this prior art arrangement would fail to perform such consistent, coherent, and coordinated memory state and manipulation and updating operation across the plurality of machines, as each machine performs memory manipulation only locally and without any attempt to coordinate or update their local memory state and manipulation operation with any other similar memory state on any one or more other machines. Such an arrangement would therefore be susceptible to inconsistent and incoherent memory state amongst machines M1 . . . Mn due to uncoordinated, inconsistent and/or incoherent memory manipulation and updating operation. Therefore it is the goal of the present disclosure to overcome this limitation of conventional arrangements.
  • In the exemplary code in Table VII (Annexure A6), the code has been modified so that it solves the problem of consistent, coordinated memory manipulation and updating operation for a plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, that was not solved in the code example from Table VI (Annexure A5). In this modified setValues( ) method code, an “Idc #4 <String “example”>” instruction is inserted after the “putstatic #3” instruction in order to be the first instruction following the execution of the “putstatic #3” instruction. This causes the JAVA virtual machine to load the String value “example” onto the stack of the current method frame and results in the String value of “example” loaded onto the top of the stack of the current method frame. This change is significant because it modifies the setValues( ) method to load a String identifier corresponding to the classname of the class containing the static field location written to by the “putstatic #3” instruction onto the stack.
  • Furthermore, the JAVA virtual machine instruction “iconst.sub.-0” is inserted after the “Idc #4” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine loads an integer value of “0” onto the stack of the current method frame and results in the integer value of “0” loaded onto the top of the stack of the current method frame. This change is significant because it modifies the setValues( ) method to load an integer value, which in this example is “0”, which represents the identity of the memory location (field) manipulated by the preceding “putstatic #3” operation. It is to be noted that the choice or particular form of the memory identifier used for the implementation of embodiments of this disclosure is for illustration purposes only. In this example, the integer value of “0” is the identifier used of the manipulated memory location, and corresponds to the “staticValue” field as the first field of the “example.java” application, as shown in Annexure A7. Therefore, corresponding to the “putstatic #3” instruction, the “iconst.sub.-0” instruction loads the integer value “0” corresponding to the index of the manipulated field of the “putstatic #3” instruction, and which in this case is the first field of “example.java” hence the “0” integer index value, onto the stack.
  • Additionally, the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #5 <Method boolean alert(java.lang.Object, int)>” is inserted after the “iconst.sub.-0” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine pops the two topmost items off the stack of the current method frame (which in accordance with the preceding “Idc #4” instruction is a reference to the String object with the value “example” corresponding to the name of the class to which manipulated field belongs, and the integer “0” corresponding to the index of the manipulated field in the example.java application) and invokes the “alert” method, passing the two topmost items popped off the stack to the new method frame as its first two arguments. This change is significant because it modifies the setvalues( ) method to execute the “alert” method and associated operations, corresponding to the preceding memory manipulation operation (that is, the “putstatic #3” instruction) of the setValues( ) method.
  • Likewise, in this modified setValues( ) method code, an “aload.sub.-0” instruction is inserted after the “putfield #2” instruction in order to be the first instruction following the execution of the “putfield #2” instruction. This causes the JAVA virtual machine to load the instance object of the example class to which the manipulated field of the preceding “putfield #2” instruction belongs, onto the stack of the current method frame and results in the object reference corresponding to the instance field written to by the “putfield #2” instruction, loaded onto the top of the stack of the current method frame. This change is significant because it modifies the setValues( ) method to load a reference to the object corresponding to the manipulated field onto the stack.
  • Furthermore, the JAVA virtual machine instruction “iconst.sub.-1” is inserted after the “aload.sub.-0” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine loads an integer value of “1” onto the stack of the current method frame and results in the integer value of “1” loaded onto the top of the stack of the current method frame. This change is significant because it modifies the setValues( ) method to load an integer value, which in this example is “1”, which represents the identity of the memory location (field) manipulated by the preceding “putfield #2” operation. It is to be noted that the choice or particular form of the identifier used for the implementation of embodiments of this disclosure is for illustration purposes only. In this example, the integer value of “1” corresponds to the “instanceValue” field as the second field of the “example.java” application, as shown in Annexure A7. Therefore, corresponding to the “putfield #2” instruction, the “iconst.sub.-1” instruction loads the integer value “1” corresponding to the index of the manipulated field of the “putfield #2” instruction, and which in this case is the second field of “example.java” hence the “1” integer index value, onto the stack.
  • Additionally, the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #5 <Method boolean alert(java.lang.Object, int)>” is inserted after the “iconst.sub.-1” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine pops the two topmost item off the stack of the current method frame (which in accordance with the preceding “aload.sub.-0” instruction is a reference to the object corresponding to the object to which the manipulated instance field belongs, and the integer “1” corresponding to the index of the manipulated field in the example.java application) and invokes the “alert” method, passing the two topmost items popped off the stack to the new method frame as its first two arguments. This change is significant because it modifies the setValues( ) method to execute the “alert” method and associated operations, corresponding to the preceding memory manipulation operation (that is, the “putfield #2” instruction) of the setValues( ) method.
  • The method void alert(java.lang.Object, int), part of the FieldAlert code of Annexure A8 and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71, requests or otherwise notifies a DRT thread 121/1 executing the FieldSend.java code of Annexure A9 to update and propagate the changed identity and value of the manipulated memory location to the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn.
  • It will be appreciated that the modified code permits, in a distributed computing environment having a plurality of computers or computing machines, the coordinated operation of memory manipulation operations so that the problems associated with the operation of the unmodified code or procedure on a plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn (such as for example inconsistent and incoherent memory state and manipulation and updating operation) does not occur when applying the modified code or procedure.
  • Initialization
  • Returning again to FIG. 14, there is illustrated a schematic representation of a single conventional computer operated as a JAVA virtual machine. In this way, a machine (produced by any one of various manufacturers and having an operating system operating in any one of various different languages) can operate in the particular language of the application program code 50, in this instance the JAVA language. That is, a JAVA virtual machine 72 is able to operate application code 50 in the JAVA language, and utilize the JAVA architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • When implemented in a non-JAVA language or application code environment, the generalized platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system is able to operate application code 50 in the language(s) (possibly including for example, but not limited to any one or more of source-code languages, intermediate-code languages, object-code languages, machine-code languages, and any other code languages) of that platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system environment, and utilize the platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system and/or language architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine. It will also be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that the platform and/or runtime system may include virtual machine and non-virtual machine software and/or firmware architectures, as well as hardware and direct hardware coded applications and implementations.
  • Returning to the example of the JAVA language virtual machine environment, in the JAVA language, the class initialization routine <clinit> happens only once when a given class file 50A is loaded. However, the object initialization routine <init> typically happens frequently, for example the object initialization routine may usually occur every time a new object (such as an object 50X, 50Y or 50Z) is created. In addition, within the JAVA environment and other machine or other runtime system environments using classes and object constructs, classes (generally being a broader category than objects) are loaded prior to objects (which are the narrower category and wherein the objects belong to or are identified with a particular class) so that in the application code 50 illustrated in FIG. 14, having a single class 50A and three objects 50X, 50Y, and 50Z, the first class 50A is loaded first, then first object 50X is loaded, then second object 50Y is loaded and finally third object 50Z is loaded.
  • Where, as in the embodiment illustrated relative to FIG. 14, there is only a single computer or machine 72 (and not a plurality of connected or coupled computers or machines), then no conflict or inconsistency arises in the running of the initialization routines (such as class and object initialization routines) intended to operate during the loading procedure because for conventional operation each initialization routine is executed only once by the single virtual machine or machine or runtime system or language environment as needed for each of the one or more classes and one or more objects belonging to or identified with the classes, or equivalent where the terms classes and object are not used.
  • For a more general set of virtual machine or abstract machine environments, and for current and future computers and/or computing machines and/or information appliances or processing systems, and that may not utilize or require utilization of either classes and/or objects, the novel structure, method, and computer program and computer program product are still applicable. Examples of computers and/or computing machines that do not utilize either classes and/or objects include for example, the x86 computer architecture manufactured by Intel Corporation and others, the SPARC computer architecture manufactured by Sun Microsystems, Inc and others, the PowerPC computer architecture manufactured by International Business Machines Corporation and others, and the personal computer products made by Apple Computer, Inc., and others. For these types of computers, computing machines, information appliances, and the virtual machine or virtual computing environments implemented thereon that do not utilize the idea of classes or objects, the terms ‘class’ and ‘object’ may be generalized for example to include primitive data types (such as integer data types, floating point data types, long data types, double data types, string data types, character data types and boolean data types), structured data types (such as arrays and records) derived types, or other code or data structures of procedural languages or other languages and environments such as functions, pointers, components, modules, structures, references and unions.
  • Returning to the example of the JAVA language virtual machine environment, in the JAVA language, the class initialization routine <clinit> happens only once when a given class file 50A is loaded. However, the object initialization routine <init> typically happens frequently, for example the object initialisation routine will occur every time a new object (such as an object 50X, 50Y and 50Z) is created. In addition, within the JAVA environment and other machine or other runtime system environments using classes and object constructures, classes (being the broader category) are loaded prior to objects (which are the narrower category and wherein the objects belong to or are identified with a particular class) so that in the application code 50 illustrated in FIG. 14, having a single class 50A and three objects 50X-50Z, the first class 50A is loaded first, then the first object 50X is loaded, then second object 50Y is loaded and finally third object 50Z is loaded.
  • Where, as in the embodiment illustrated relative to FIG. 14, there is only a single computer or machine 72 (not a plurality of connected or coupled machines), then no conflict or inconsistency arises in the running of the initialization routines (i.e. the class initialization routine <clinit> and the object initialisation routine <init>) intended to operate during the loading procedure because for conventional operation each initialisation routine is executed only once by the single virtual machine or machine or runtime system or language environment as needed for each of the one or more classes and one or more objects belonging to or identified with the classes.
  • However, in the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8, (and also in FIGS. 31-33), a plurality of individual computers or machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn are provided, each of which are interconnected via a communications network 53 or other communications link and each of which individual computers or machines provided with a modifier 51 (See in FIG. 5) and realised by or in for example the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71 (See FIG. 8) and loaded with a common application code 50. The term common application program is to be understood to mean an application program or application program code written to operate on a single machine, and loaded and/or executed in whole or in part on each one of the plurality of computers or machines M1, M2 . . . Mn, or optionally on each one of some subset of the plurality of computers or machines M1, M2 . . . Mn. Put somewhat differently, there is a common application program represented in application code 50, and this single copy or perhaps a plurality of identical copies are modified to generate a modified copy or version of the application program or program code, each copy or instance prepared for execution on the plurality of machines. At the point after they are modified they are common in the sense that they perform similar operations and operate consistently and coherently with each other. It will be appreciated that a plurality of computers, machines, information appliances, or the like implementing the features of this disclosure may optionally be connected to or coupled with other computers, machines, information appliances, or the like that do not implement the features of this disclosure.
  • In some embodiments, some or all of the plurality of individual computers or machines may be contained within a single housing or chassis (such as so-called “blade servers” manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others) or implemented on a single printed circuit board or even within a single chip or chip set.
  • Essentially the modifier 51 or DRT 71 or other code modifying means is responsible for modifying the application code 50 so that it may execute initialisation routines or other initialization operations, such as for example class and object initialization methods or routines in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment, in a coordinated, coherent, and consistent manner across and between the plurality of individual machines M1, M2 . . . Mn. It follows therefore that in such a computing environment it is necessary to ensure that the local objects and classes on each of the individual machines M1, M2 . . . Mn is initialized in a consistent fashion (with respect to the others).
  • It will be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that there are alternative implementations of the modifier 51 and the distributed run time 71. For example, the modifier 51 may be implemented as a component of or within the distributed run time 71, and therefore the DRT 71 may implement the functions and operations of the modifier 51. Alternatively, the function and operation of the modifier 51 may be implemented outside of the structure, software, firmware, or other means used to implement the DRT 71. In one embodiment, the modifier 51 and DRT 71 are implemented or written in a single piece of computer program code that provides the functions of the DRT and modifier. The modifier function and structure therefore maybe subsumed into the DRT and considered to be an optional component. Independent of how implemented, the modifier function and structure is responsible for modifying the executable code of the application code program, and the distributed run time function and structure is responsible for implementing communications between and among the computers or machines. The communications functionality in one embodiment is implemented via an intermediary protocol layer within the computer program code of the DRT on each machine. The DRT may for example implement a communications stack in the JAVA language and use the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to provide for communications or talking between the machines. Exactly how these functions or operations are implemented or divided between structural and/or procedural elements, or between computer program code or data structures within this disclosure are less important than that they are provided.
  • In order to ensure consistent class and object (or equivalent) initialisation status and initialisation operation between and amongst machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn, the application code 50 is analysed or scrutinized by searching through the executable application code 50 in order to detect program steps (such as particular instructions or instruction types) in the application code 50 which define or constitute or otherwise represent an initialization operation or routine (or other similar memory, resource, data, or code initialization routine or operation). In the JAVA language, such program steps may for example comprise or consist of some part of, or all of, a “<init>” or “<clinit>” method of an object or class, and optionally any other code, routine, or method related to a “<init>” or “<clinit>” method, for example by means of a method invocation from the body of the “<init>” of “<clinit>” method to a different method.
  • This analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place either prior to loading the application program code 50, or during the application program code 50 loading procedure, or even after the application program code 50 loading procedure. It may be likened to an instrumentation, program transformation, translation, or compilation procedure in that the application code may be instrumented with additional instructions, and/or otherwise modified by meaning-preserving program manipulations, and/or optionally translated from an input code language to a different code language (such as for example from source-code language or intermediate-code language to object-code language or machine-code language), and with the understanding that the term compilation normally or conventionally involves a change in code or language, for example, from source code to object code or from one language to another language. However, in the present instance the term “compilation” (and its grammatical equivalents) is not so restricted and can also include or embrace modifications within the same code or language. For example, the compilation and its equivalents are understood to encompass both ordinary compilation (such as for example by way of illustration but not limitation, from source-code to object-code), and compilation from source-code to source-code, as well as compilation from object-code to object-code, and any altered combinations therein. It is also inclusive of so-called “intermediary-code languages” which are a form of “pseudo object-code”.
  • By way of illustration and not limitation, in one embodiment, the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place during the loading of the application program code such as by the operating system reading the application code from the hard disk or other storage device or source and copying it into memory and preparing to begin execution of the application program code. In another embodiment, in a JAVA virtual machine, the analysis or scrutiny may take place during the class loading procedure of the java.lang.ClassLoader loadClass method (e.g., “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )”).
  • Alternatively, the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place even after the application program code loading procedure, such as after the operating system has loaded the application code into memory, or optionally even after execution of the application program code has started or commenced, such as for example after the JAVA virtual machine has loaded the application code into the virtual machine via the “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )” method and optionally commenced execution.
  • As a consequence, of the above described analysis or scrutiny, initialization routines (for example <clinit> class initialisation methods and <init> object initialization methods) are initially looked for, and when found or identified a modifying code is inserted, so as to give rise to a modified initialization routine. This modified routine is adapted and written to initialize the class 50A on one of the machines, for example JVM#1, and tell, notify, or otherwise communicate to all the other machines M2, . . . , Mn that such a class 50A exists and optionally its initialized state. There are several different alternative modes wherein this modification and loading can be carried out.
  • Thus, in one mode, the DRT 71/1 on the loading machine, in this example Java Virtual Machine M1 (JVM#1), asks the DRT's 71/2 . . . 71/n of all the other machines M1, . . . , Mn if the similar equivalent first class 50A is initialized (i.e. has already been initialized) on any other machine. If the answer to this question is yes (that is, a similar equivalent class 50A has already been initialized on another machine), then the execution of the initialization procedure is aborted, paused, terminated, turned off or otherwise disabled for the class 50A on machine JVM#1. If the answer is no (that is, a similar equivalent class 50A has not already been initialised on another machine), then the initialization operation is continued (or resumed, or started, or commenced and the class 50A is initialized and optionally the consequential changes (such as for example initialized code and data-structures in memory) brought about during that initialization procedure are transferred to each similar equivalent local class on each one of the other machines as indicated by arrows 83 in FIG. 8.
  • A similar procedure happens on each occasion that an object, say 50X, 50Y or 50Z is to be loaded and initialized. Where the DRT 71/1 of the loading machine, in this example Java Machine M1 (JVM#1), does not discern, as a result of interrogation of the other machines M2 . . . Mn that, a similar equivalent object to the particular object to be initialized on machine M1, say object 50Y, has already been initialised by another machine, then the DRT 71/1 on machine M1 may execute the object initialization routine corresponding to object 50Y, and optionally each of the other machines M2 . . . Mn may load a similar equivalent local object (which may conveniently be termed a peer object) and associated consequential changes (such as for example initialized data, initialized code, and/or initialized system or resources structures) brought about by the execution of the initialization operation on machine M1. However, if the DRT 71/1 of machine M1 determines that a similar equivalent object to the object 50Y in question has already been initialization on another machine of the plurality of machines (say for example machine M2), then the execution by machine M1 of the initialization function, procedure, or routine corresponding to object 50Y is not started or commenced, or is otherwise aborted, terminated, turned off or otherwise disabled, and object 50Y on machine M1 is loaded, and preferably but optionally the consequential changes (such as for example initialized data, initialized code, and/or other initialized system or resource structures) brought about by the execution of the initialization routine by machine M2, is loaded on machine M1 corresponding to object 50Y. Again there are various ways of bringing about the desired result.
  • Preferably, execution of the initialization routine is allocated to one machine, such as the first machine M1 to load (and optionally seek to initialize) the object or class. The execution of the initialization routine corresponding to the determination that a particular class or object (and any similar equivalent local classes or objects on each of the machines M1 . . . Mn) is not already initialized, is to execute only once with respect to all machines M1 . . . Mn, and preferably by only one machine, on behalf of all machines M1 . . . Mn. Corresponding to, and preferably following, the execution of the initialization routine by one machine (say machine M1), all other machines may then each load a similar equivalent local object (or class) and optionally load the consequential changes (such as for example initialized data, initialized code, and/or other initialized system or resource structures) brought about by the execution of the initialization operation by machine M1.
  • As seen in FIG. 15 a modification to the general arrangement of FIG. 8 is provided in that machines M1, M2 . . . Mn are as before and run the same application code 50 (or codes) on all machines M1, M2 . . . Mn simultaneously or concurrently. However, the previous arrangement is modified by the provision of a server machine X which is conveniently able to supply housekeeping functions, for example, and especially the initialisation of structures, assets, and resources. Such a server machine X can be a low value commodity computer such as a PC since its computational load is low. As indicated by broken lines in FIG. 15, two server machines X and X+1 can be provided for redundancy purposes to increase the overall reliability of the system. Where two such server machines X and X+1 are provided, they are preferably but optionally operated as redundant machines in a failover arrangement.
  • It is not necessary to provide a server machine X as its computational load can be distributed over machines M1, M2 . . . Mn. Alternatively, a database operated by one machine (in a master/slave type operation) can be used for the housekeeping function(s).
  • FIG. 16 shows a preferred general procedure to be followed. After a loading step 161 has been commenced, the instructions to be executed are considered in sequence and all initialization routines are detected as indicated in step 162. In the JAVA language these are the object initialisation methods (e.g. “<init>”) and class initialisation methods (e.g. “<clinit>”). Other languages use different terms.
  • Where an initialization routine is detected in step 162, it is modified in step 163 in order to perform consistent, coordinated, and coherent initialization operation (such as for example initialization of data structures and code structures) across and between the plurality of machines M1,M2 . . . Mn, typically by inserting further instructions into the initialisation routine to, for example, determine if a similar equivalent object or class (or other asset) on machines M1 . . . Mn corresponding to the object or class (or asset) to which this initialisation routine corresponds, has already been initialised, and if so, aborting, pausing, terminating, turning off, or otherwise disabling the execution of this initialization routine (and/or initialization operation(s)), or if not then starting, continuing, or resuming the executing the initialization routine (and/or initialization operation(s)), and optionally instructing the other machines M1 . . . Mn to load a similar equivalent object or class and consequential changes brought about by the execution of the initialization routine. Alternatively, the modifying instructions may be inserted prior to the routine, such as for example prior to the instruction(s) or operation(s) which commence initialization of the corresponding class or object. Once the modification step 163 has been completed the loading procedure continues by loading the modified application code in place of the unmodified application code, as indicated in step 164. Altogether, the initialization routine is to be executed only once, and preferably by only one machine, on behalf of all machines M1 . . . Mn corresponding to the determination by all machines M1 . . . Mn that the particular object or class (i.e. the similar equivalent local object or class on each machine M1 . . . Mn corresponding to the particular object or class to which this initialization routine relates) has not been initialized.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a particular form of modification. After commencing the routine in step 171, the structures, assets or resources (in JAVA termed classes or objects) to be initialised are, in step 172, allocated a name or tag (for example a global name or tag) which can be used to identify corresponding similar equivalent local objects on each of the machines M1, . . . , Mn. This is most conveniently done via a table (or similar data or record structure) maintained by server machine X of FIG. 15. This table may also include an initialization status of the similar equivalent classes or object to be initialised. It will be understood that this table or other data structure may store only the initialization status, or it may store other status or information as well.
  • As indicated in FIG. 17, if steps 173 and 174 determine by means of the communication between machines M1 . . . Mn by DRT 71 that the similar equivalent local objects on each other machine corresponding to the global name or tag is not already initialised (i.e., not initialized on a machine other than the machine carrying out the loading and seeking to perform initialization), then this means that the object or class can be initialised, preferably but optionally in the normal fashion, by starting, commencing, continuing, or resuming the execution of, or otherwise executing, the initialization routine, as indicated in step 176, since it is the first of the plurality of similar equivalent local objects or classes of machines M1 . . . Mn to be initialized.
  • In one embodiment, the initialization routine is stopped from initiating or commencing or beginning execution; however, in some implementations it is difficult or practically impossible to stop the initialization routine from initiating or beginning or commencing execution. Therefore, in an alternative embodiment, the execution of the initialization routine that has already started or commenced is aborted such that it does not complete or does not complete in its normal manner. This alternative abortion is understood to include an actual abortion, or a suspend, or postpone, or pause of the execution of a initialization routine that has started to execute (regardless of the stage of execution before completion) and therefore to make sure that the initialization routine does not get the chance to execute to completion the initialization of the object (or class or other asset)—and therefore the object (or class or other asset) remains “un-initialized” (i.e., “not initialized”).
  • However or alternatively, if steps 173 and 174 determine that the global name corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent local objects or classes, each on a one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, is already initialised on another machine, then this means that the object or class is considered to be initialized on behalf of, and for the purposes of, the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn. As a consequence, the execution of the initialisation routine is aborted, terminated, turned off, or otherwise disabled, by carrying out step 175.
  • FIG. 18, illustrative of one embodiment of step 173 of FIG. 17, shows the inquiry made by the loading machine (one of M1, M2 . . . Mn) to the server machine X of FIG. 15, to enquire as to the initialisation status of the plurality of similar equivalent local objects (or classes) corresponding to the global name. The operation of the loading machine is temporarily interrupted as indicated by step 181, and corresponding to step 173 of FIG. 17, until a reply to this preceding request is received from machine X, as indicated by step 182. In step 181 the loading machine sends an inquiry message to machine X to request the initialization status of the object (or class or other asset) to be initialized. Next, the loading machine awaits a reply from machine X corresponding to the inquiry message sent by the proposing machine at step 181, indicated by step 182.
  • FIG. 19 shows the activity carried out by machine X of FIG. 15 in response to such an initialization enquiry of step 181 of FIG. 18. The initialization status is determined in steps 192 and 193, which determines if a similar equivalent object (or class or other asset) corresponding to the initialization status request of global name, as received at step 191, is initialized on another machine (i.e. a machine other than the enquiring machine 181 from which the initialization status request of step 191 originates), where a table of initialisation states is consulted corresponding to the record for the global name and, if the initialisation status record indicates that a similar equivalent local object (or class) on another machine (such as on a one of the machines M1 . . . Mn) and corresponding to global name is already initialised, the response to that effect is sent to the enquiring machine by carrying out step 194. Alternatively, if the initialisation status record indicates that a similar equivalent local object (or class) on another machine (such as on a one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn) and corresponding to global name is uninitialized, a corresponding reply is sent to the enquiring machine by carrying out steps 195 and 196. The singular term object or class as used here (or the equivalent term of asset, or resource used in step 192) are to be understood to be inclusive of all similar equivalent objects (or classes, or assets, or resources) corresponding to the same global name on each one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn. The waiting enquiring machine of step 182 is then able to respond and/or operate accordingly, such as for example by (i) aborting (or pausing, or postponing) execution of the initialization routine when the reply from machine X of step 182 indicated that a similar equivalent local object on another machine (such as a one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn) corresponding to the global name of the object proposed to be initialized of step 172 is already initialized elsewhere (i.e. is initialized on a machine other than the machine proposing to carry out the initialization); or (ii) by continuing (or resuming, or starting, or commencing) execution of the initialization routine when the reply from machine X of step 182 indicated that a similar equivalent local object on the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn corresponding to the global name of the object proposing to be initialized of step 172 is not initialized elsewhere (i.e. not initialized on a machine other than the machine proposing to carry out the initialization).
  • Reference is made to the accompanying Annexures in which: Annexures A1-A10 illustrate actual code in relation to fields, Annexure B1 is a typical code fragment from an unmodified <clinit> instruction, Annexure B2 is an equivalent in respect of a modified <clinit> instruction, Annexure B3 is a typical code fragment from an unmodified <init> instruction, Annexure B4 is an equivalent in respect of a modified <init> instruction, In addition, Annexure B5 is an alternative to the code of Annexure B2, and Annexure B6 is an alternative to the code of Annexure B4.
  • Furthermore, Annexure B7 is the source-code of InitClient which carries out one embodiment of the steps of FIGS. 17 and 18, which queries an “initialization server” (for example a machine X) for the initialization status of the specified class or object with respect to the plurality of similar equivalent classes or objects on the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn. Annexure B8 is the source-code of InitServer which carries out one embodiment of the steps of FIG. 19, which receives an initialization status query sent by InitClient and in response returns the corresponding initialization status of the specified class or object. Similarly, Annexure B9 is the source-code of the example application used in the before/after examples of Annexure B1-B6 (Repeated as Tables X through XV). And, Annexure B10 is the source-code of InitLoader which carries out one embodiment of the steps of FIGS. 16, 20, and 21, which modifies the example application program code of Annexure B9 in accordance with an embodiment of this disclosure.
  • Annexures B1 and B2 (also reproduced in part in Tables X and XI below) are exemplary code listings that set forth the conventional or unmodified computer program software code (such as may be used in a single machine or computer environment) of an initialization routine of application program 50 and a post-modification excerpt of the same initialization routine such as may be used in embodiments having multiple machines. The modified code that is added to the initialization routine is highlighted in bold text.
  • It is noted that the disassembled compiled code in the annexure and portion repeated in the table is taken from the source-code of the file “example.java” which is included in the Annexure B4 (Table XIII). In the procedure of Annexure B1 and Table X, the procedure name “Method <clinit>” of Step 001 is the name of the displayed disassembled output of the clinit method of the compiled application code “example.java”. The method name “<clinit>” is the name of a class' initialization method in accordance with the JAVA platform specification, and selected for this example to indicate a typical mode of operation of a JAVA initialization method. Overall the method is responsible for initializing the class ‘example’ so that it may be used, and the steps the “example.java” code performs are described in turn.
  • First (Step 002) the JAVA virtual machine instruction “new #2 <Class example>” causes the JAVA virtual machine to instantiate a new class instance of the example class indicated by the CONSTANT_Classref_info constant_pool item stored in the 2.sup.nd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example <clinit> method and results in a reference to an newly created object of type ‘example’ being placed (pushed) on the stack of the current method frame of the currently executing thread.
  • Next (Step 003), the Java Virtual Machine instruction “dup” causes the Java Virtual Machine to duplicate the topmost item of the stack and push the duplicated item onto the topmost position of the stack of the current method frame and results in the reference to the new created example' object at the top of the stack being duplicated and pushed onto the stack.
  • Next (Step 004), the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokespecial #3 <Method example( )” causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame and invoke the instance initialization method “<init>” on the popped object and results in the “<init>” constructor of the newly created ‘example’ object being invoked.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “putstatic #3 <Field example currentExample>” (Step 005) causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the topmost value off the stack of the current method frame and store the value in the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 3.sup.rd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example <clinit> method and results in the reference to the newly created and initialized ‘example’ object on the top of the stack of the current method frame being stored in the static reference field named “currentExample” of class ‘example’.
  • Finally, the Java Virtual Machine instruction “return” (Step 006) causes the Java Virtual Machine to cease executing this <clinit> method by returning control to the previous method frame and results in termination of execution of this <clinit> method.
  • As a result of these steps operating on a single machine of the conventional configurations in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the JAVA virtual machine can keep track of the initialization status of a class in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner, and in executing the <clinit> method containing the initialization operations is able to ensure that unwanted behavior (for example execution of the <init> method of class ‘example.java’ more than once) such as may be caused by inconsistent and/or incoherent initialization operation, does not occur. Were these steps to be carried out on the plurality of machines of the configurations of FIG. 5 and FIG. 8 with the memory update and propagation replication means of FIGS. 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, and concurrently executing the application program code 50 on each one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, the initialization operations of each concurrently executing application program occurrence on each one of the machines would be performed without coordination between any other of the occurrences on any other of the machine(s). Given the goal of consistent, coordinated and coherent initialization operation across a plurality of a machines, this prior art arrangement would fail to perform such consistent coordinated initialization operation across the plurality of machines, as each machine performs initialization only locally and without any attempt to coordinate their local initialization operation with any other similar initialization operation on any one or more other machines. Such an arrangement would therefore be susceptible to unwanted or other anomalous behaviour due to uncoordinated, inconsistent and/or incoherent initialization states, and associated initialization operation. Therefore it is the goal of embodiments of this disclosure to overcome this limitation of conventional arrangements.
  • In the exemplary code in Table XIV (Annexure B5), the code has been modified so that it solves the problem of consistent, coordinated initialization operation for a plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, that was not solved in the code example from Table X (Annexure B1). In this modified <clinit> method code, an “Idc #2 <String “example”>” instruction is inserted before the “new #5” instruction in order to be the first instruction of the <clinit> method. This causes the JAVA virtual machine to load the item in the constant_pool at index 2 of the current classfile and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame, and results in the reference to a String object of value “example” being pushed onto the stack.
  • Furthermore, the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #3 <Method Boolean isAlreadyLoaded(java.lang.String)>” is inserted after the “0 Idc #2” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine pops the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame (which in accordance with the preceding “Idc #2” instruction is a reference to the String object with the value “example” which corresponds to the name of the class to which this <clinit> method belongs) and invokes the “isAlreadyLoaded” method, passing the popped item to the new method frame as its first argument, and returning a boolean value onto the stack upon return from this “invokestatic” instruction. This change is significant because it modifies the <clinit> method to execute the “isAlreadyLoaded” method and associated operations, corresponding to the start of execution of the <clinit> method, and returns a boolean argument (indicating whether the class corresponding to this <clinit> method is initialized on another machine amongst the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn) onto the stack of the executing method frame of the <clinit> method.
  • Next, two JAVA virtual machine instructions “ifeq 9” and “return” are inserted into the code stream after the “2 invokestatic #3” instruction and before the “new #5” instruction. The first of these two instructions, the “ifeq 9” instruction, causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack and performs a comparison between the popped value and zero. If the performed comparison succeeds (i.e. if and only if the popped value is equal to zero), then execution continues at the “9 new #5” instruction. If however the performed comparison fails (i.e. if and only if the popped value is not equal to zero), then execution continues at the next instruction in the code stream, which is the “8 return” instruction. This change is particularly significant because it modifies the <clinit> method to either continue execution of the <clinit> method (i.e. instructions 9-19) if the returned value of the “isAlreadyLoaded” method was negative (i.e. “false”), or discontinue execution of the <clinit> method (i.e. the “8 return” instruction causing a return of control to the invoker of this <clinit> method) if the returned value of the “isAlreadyLoaded” method was positive (i.e. “true”).
  • The method void isAlreadyLoaded(java.lang.String), part of the InitClient code of Annexure B7, and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71, performs the communications operations between machines M1 . . . Mn to coordinate the execution of the <clinit> method amongst the machines M1 . . . Mn. The isAlreadyLoaded method of this example communicates with the InitServer code of Annexure B8 executing on a machine X of FIG. 15, by means of sending an “initialization status request” to machine X corresponding to the class being “initialized” (i.e. the class to which this <clinit> method belongs). With reference to FIG. 19 and Annexure B8, machine X receives the “initialization status request” corresponding to the class to which the <clinit> method belongs, and consults a table of initialization states or records to determine the initialization state for the class to which the request corresponds.
  • If the class corresponding to the initialization status request is not initialized on another machine other than the requesting machine, then machine X will send a response indicating that the class was not already initialized, and update a record entry corresponding to the specified class to indicate the class is now initialized. Alternatively, if the class corresponding to the initialization status request is initialized on another machine other than the requesting machine, then machine X will send a response indicating that the class is already initialized. Corresponding to the determination that the class to which this initialization status request pertains is not initialized on another machine other than the requesting machine, a reply is generated and sent to the requesting machine indicating that the class is not initialized. Additionally, machine X preferably updates the entry corresponding to the class to which the initialization status request pertained to indicate the class is now initialized. Following a receipt of such a message from machine X indicating that the class is not initialized on another machine, the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method and operations terminate execution and return a ‘false’ value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the <clinit> method. Alternatively, following a receipt of a message from machine X indicating that the class is already initialized on another machine, the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method and operations terminate execution and return a “true” value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the <clinit> method. Following this return operation, the execution of the <clinit> method frame then resumes as indicated in the code sequence of Annexure B5 at step 004.
  • It will be appreciated that the modified code permits, in a distributed computing environment having a plurality of computers or computing machines, the coordinated operation of initialization routines or other initialization operations between and amongst machines M1 . . . Mn so that the problems associated with the operation of the unmodified code or procedure on a plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn (such as for example multiple initialization operation, or re-initialization operation) does not occur when applying the modified code or procedure.
  • Similarly, the procedure followed to modify an <init> method relating to objects so as to convert from the code fragment of Annexure B3 (See Table XII) to the code fragment of Annexure B6 (See Table XV) is indicated.
  • Annexures B3 and B6 (also reproduced in part in Tables XII and XV below) are exemplary code listings that set forth the conventional or unmodified computer program software code (such as may be used in a single machine or computer environment) of an initialization routine of application program 50 and a post-modification excerpt of the same initialization routine such as may be used in embodiments having multiple machines. The modified code that is added to the initialization routine is highlighted in bold text.
  • It is noted that the disassembled compiled code in the annexure and portion repeated in the table is taken from the source-code of the file “example.java” which is included in the Annexure B4. In the procedure of Annexure B1 and Table XI, the procedure name “Method <init>” of Step 001 is the name of the displayed disassembled output of the init method of the compiled application code “example.java”. The method name “<init>” is the name of an object's initialization method (or methods, as there may be more than one) in accordance with the JAVA platform specification, and selected for this example to indicate a typical mode of operation of a JAVA initialization method. Overall the method is responsible for initializing an ‘example’object so that it may be used, and the steps the “example.java” code performs are described in turn.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “aload.sub.-0” (Step 002) causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the item in the local variable array at index 0 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the ‘this’ object reference stored in the local variable array at index 0 being pushed onto the stack.
  • Next (Step 003), the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokespecial #1 <Method java.lang.Object( )” causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame and invoke the instance initialization method “<init>” on the popped object and results in the “<init>” constructor (or method) of the ‘example’ object's superclass being invoked.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “aload.sub.-0” (Step 004) causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the item in the local variable array at index 0 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the ‘this’ object reference stored in the local variable array at index 0 being pushed onto the stack.
  • Next (Step 005), the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #2 <Method long currentTimeMillis( )” causes the JAVA virtual machine to invoke the “currentTimeMillis( )” method of the java.lang.System class, and results in a long value pushed onto the top of the stack corresponding to the return value from the currentTimeMillis( ) method invocation.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “putfield #3 <Field long timestamp>” (Step 006) causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the two topmost values off the stack of the current method frame and store the topmost value in the object instance field of the second popped value, indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 3.sup.rd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example <init> method, and results in the long value on the top of the stack of the current method frame being stored in the instance field named “timestamp” of the object reference below the long value on the stack.
  • Finally, the Java Virtual Machine instruction “return” (Step 007) causes the Java Virtual Machine to cease executing this <init> method by returning control to the previous method frame and results in termination of execution of this <init> method.
  • As a result of these steps operating on a single machine of the conventional configurations in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the JAVA virtual machine can keep track of the initialization status of an object in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner, and in executing the <init> method containing the initialization operations is able to ensure that unwanted behaviour (for example execution of the <init> method of a single ‘example.java’ object more than once, or re-initialization of the same object) such as may be caused by inconsistent and/or incoherent initialization operation, does not occur. Were these steps to be carried out on the plurality of machines of the configurations of FIG. 5 and FIG. 8 with the memory update and propagation replication means of FIGS. 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, and concurrently executing the application program code 50 on each one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, the initialization operations of each concurrently executing application program occurrence on each one of the machines would be performed without coordination between any other of the occurrences on any other of the machine(s). Given the goal of consistent, coordinated and coherent initialization operation across a plurality of a machines, this prior art arrangement would fail to perform such consistent coordinated initialization operation across the plurality of machines, as each machine performs initialization only locally and without any attempt to coordinate their local initialization operation with any other similar initialization operation on any one or more other machines. Such an arrangement would therefore be susceptible to unwanted or other anomalous behaviour due to uncoordinated, inconsistent and/or incoherent initialization states, and associated initialization operation. Therefore it is the goal of this disclosure to overcome this limitation of conventional arrangements.
  • In the exemplary code in Table XV (Annexure B6), the code has been modified so that it solves the problem of consistent, coordinated initialization operation for a plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, that was not solved in the code example from Table XII (Annexure B3). In this modified <init> method code, an “aload.sub.-0” instruction is inserted after the “1 invokespecial #1” instruction, as the “invokespecial #1” instruction must execute before the object may be further used. This inserted “aload.sub.-0” instruction causes the JAVA virtual machine to load the item in the local variable array at index 0 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame, and results in the object reference to the ‘this’ object at index 0 being pushed onto the stack.
  • Furthermore, the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #3 <Method Boolean isAlreadyLoaded(java.lang.Object)>” is inserted after the “4 aload.sub.-0” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine pops the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame (which in accordance with the preceding “aload.sub.-0” instruction is a reference to the object to which this <init> method belongs) and invokes the “isAlreadyLoaded” method, passing the popped item to the new method frame as its first argument, and returning a boolean value onto the stack upon return from this “invokestatic” instruction. This change is significant because it modifies the <init> method to execute the “isAlreadyLoaded” method and associated operations, corresponding to the start of execution of the <init> method, and returns a boolean argument (indicating whether the object corresponding to this <init> method is initialized on another machine amongst the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn) onto the stack of the executing method frame of the <init> method.
  • Next, two JAVA virtual machine instructions “ifeq 13” and “return” are inserted into the code stream after the “5 invokestatic #2” instruction and before the “12 aload.sub.-0” instruction. The first of these two instructions, the “ifeq 13” instruction, causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack and performs a comparison between the popped value and zero. If the performed comparison succeeds (i.e. if and only if the popped value is equal to zero), then execution continues at the “12 aload.sub.-0” instruction. If however the performed comparison fails (i.e. if and only if the popped value is not equal to zero), then execution continues at the next instruction in the code stream, which is the “11 return” instruction. This change is particularly significant because it modifies the <init> method to either continue execution of the <init> method (i.e. instructions 12-19) if the returned value of the “isAlreadyLoaded” method was negative (i.e. “false”), or discontinue execution of the <init> method (i.e. the “11 return” instruction causing a return of control to the invoker of this <init> method) if the returned value of the “isAlreadyLoaded” method was positive (i.e. “true”).
  • The method void isAlreadyLoaded(java.lang.Object), part of the InitClient code of Annexure B7, and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71, performs the communications operations between machines M1 . . . Mn to coordinate the execution of the <init> method amongst the machines M1 . . . Mn. The isAlreadyLoaded method of this example communicates with the InitServer code of Annexure B8 executing on a machine X of FIG. 15, by means of sending an “initialization status request” to machine X corresponding to the object being “initialized” (i.e. the object to which this <clinit> method belongs). With reference to FIG. 19 and Annexure B8, machine X receives the “initialization status request” corresponding to the object to which the <clinit> method belongs, and consults a table of initialization states or records to determine the initialization state for the object to which the request corresponds.
  • If the object corresponding to the initialization status request is not initialized on another machine other than the requesting machine, then machine X will send a response indicating that the object was not already initialized, and update a record entry corresponding to the specified object to indicate the object is now initialized. Alternatively, if the object corresponding to the initialization status request is initialized on another machine other than the requesting machine, then machine X will send a response indicating that the object is already initialized. Corresponding to the determination that the object to which this initialization status request pertains is not initialized on another machine other than the requesting machine, a reply is generated and sent to the requesting machine indicating that the object is not initialized. Additionally, machine X preferably updates the entry corresponding to the object to which the initialization status request pertained to indicate the object is now initialized. Following a receipt of such a message from machine X indicating that the object is not initialized on another machine, the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method and operations terminate execution and return a ‘false’ value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the <init> method. Alternatively, following a receipt of a message from machine X indicating that the object is already initialized on another machine, the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method and operations terminate execution and return a “true” value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the <init> method. Following this return operation, the execution of the <init> method frame then resumes as indicated in the code sequence of Annexure B5 at step 006.
  • It will be appreciated that the modified code permits, in a distributed computing environment having a plurality of computers or computing machines, the coordinated operation of initialization routines or other initialization operations so that the problems associated with the operation of the unmodified code or procedure on a plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn (such as for example multiple initialization, or re-initialization operation) does not occur when applying the modified code or procedure.
  • Annexure B1 is a before-modification excerpt of the disassembled compiled form of the <clinit> method of the example.java application of Annexure B9 Annexure B2 is an after-modification form of Annexure B1, modified by InitLoader.java of Annexure B10 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 20. Annexure B3 is a before-modification excerpt of the disassembled compiled form of the <init> method of the example.java application of Annexure B9 Annexure B4 is an after-modification form of Annexure B3, modified by InitLoader.java of Annexure B10 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 21. Annexure B5 is an alternative after-modification form of Annexure B1, modified by InitLoader.java of Annexure B10 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 20. And Annexure B6 is an alternative after-modification form of Annexure B3, modified by InitLoader.java of Annexure B10 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 21. The modifications are highlighted in bold.
  • TABLE X
    Annexure B1
    B1
    Method <clinit>
     0 new #2 <Class example>
     3 dup
     4 invokespecial #3 <Method example( )>
     7 putstatic #4 <Field example currentExample>
    10 return
  • TABLE XI
    Annexure B2
    B2
    Method <clinit>
     0 invokestatic #3 <Method boolean isAlreadyLoaded( )>
     3 ifeq 7
     6 return
     7 new #5 <Class example>
    10 dup
    11 invokespecial #6 <Method example( )>
    14 putstatic #7 <Field example example>
    17 return
  • TABLE XII
    Annexure B3
    B3
    Method <init>
     0 aload_0
     1 invokespecial #1 <Method java.lang.Object( )>
     4 aload_0
     5 invokestatic #2 <Method long currentTimeMillis( )>
     8 putfield #3 <Field long timestamp>
    11 return
  • TABLE XIII
    Annexure B4
    B4
    Method <init>
     0 aload_0
     1 invokespecial #1 <Method java.lang.Object( )>
     4 invokestatic #2 <Method boolean isAlreadyLoaded( )>
     7 ifeq 11
    10 return
    11 aload_0
    12 invokestatic #4 <Method long currentTimeMillis( )>
    15 putfield #5 <Field long timestamp>
    18 return
  • TABLE XIV
    Annexure B5
    B5
    Method <clinit>
     0 ldc #2 <String “example”>
     2 invokestatic #3 <Method boolean
     isAlreadyLoaded(java.lang.String)>
     5 ifeq 9
     8 return
     9 new #5 <Class example>
    12 dup
    13 invokespecial #6 <Method example( )>
    16 putstatic #7 <Field example currentExample>
    19 return
  • TABLE XV
    Annexure B6
    B6
    Method <init>
     0 aload_0
     1 invokespecial #1 <Methodjava.lang.Object( )>
     4 aload_0
     5 invokestatic #2 <Method boolean
     isAlreadyLoaded(java.lang.Object)>
     8 ifeq 12
    11 return
    12 aload_0
    13 invokestatic #4 <Method long currentTimeMillis( )>
    16 putfield #5 <Field long timestamp>
    19 return
  • Turning now to FIGS. 20 and 21, the procedure followed to modify class initialisation routines (i.e., the “<clinit>” method) and object initialization routines (i.e. the “<init>” method) is presented. The procedure followed to modify a <clinit> method relating to classes so as to convert from the code fragment of Annexure B1 (See Table X) to the code fragment of Annexure B5 (See Table XIV) is indicated.
  • Similarly, the procedure followed to modify an object initialization <init> method relating to objects so as to convert from the code fragment of Annexure B3 (See Table XII) to the code fragment of Annexure B6 (See Table XV) is indicated.
  • The initial loading of the application code 50 (an illustrative example in source-code form of which is displayed in Annexure B9, and a corresponding partially disassembled form of which is displayed in Annexure B1 (See also Table X) and Annexure B3 (See also Table XII)) onto the JAVA virtual machine 72 is commenced at step 201, and the code is analysed or scrutinized in order to detect one or more class initialization instructions, code-blocks or methods (i.e. “<clinit>” methods) by carrying out step 202, and/or one or more object initialization instructions, code-blocks, or methods (i.e. “<init>” methods) by carrying out step 212. Once so detected, an <clinit> method is modified by carrying out step 203, and an <init> method is modified by carrying out step 213. One example illustration for a modified class initialisation routine is indicated in Annexure B2 (See also Table XI), and a further illustration of which is indicated in Annexure B5 (See also Table XIV). One example illustration for a modified object initialisation routine is indicated in Annexure B4 (See also Table XIII), and a further illustration of which is indicated in Annexure B6 (See also Table XV). As indicated by step 204 and 214, after the modification is completed the loading procedure is then continued such that the modified application code is loaded into or onto each of the machines instead of the unmodified application code.
  • Annexure B1 (See also Table X) and Annexure B2 (See also Table XI) are the before (or pre-modification or unmodified code) and after (or post-modification or modified code) excerpt of a class initialisation routine (i.e. a “<clinit>” method) respectively. Additionally, a further example of an alternative modified <clinit> method is illustrated in Annexure B5 (See also Table XIV). The modified code that is added to the method is highlighted in bold. In the unmodified partially disassembled code sample of Annexure B1, the “new #2” and “invokespecial #3” instructions of the <clinit> method creates a new object (of the type ‘example’), and the following instruction “putstatic #4” writes the reference of this newly created object to the memory location (field) called “currentExample”. Thus, without management of coordinated class initialisation in a distributed environment of a plurality of machines M1, . . . , Mn, and each with a memory updating and propagation means of FIGS. 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, whereby the application program code 50 is to operate as a single co-ordinated, consistent, and coherent instance across the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, each computer or computing machine would re-initialise (and optionally alternatively re-write or over-write) the “currentExample” memory location (field) with multiple and different objects corresponding to the multiple executions of the <clinit> method, leading to potentially incoherent or inconsistent memory between and amongst the occurrences of the application program code 50 on each of the machines M1, . . . , Mn. Clearly this is not what the programmer or user of a single application program code 50 instance expects to happen.
  • So, taking advantage of the DRT, the application code 50 is modified as it is loaded into the machine by changing the class initialisation routine (i.e., the <clinit> method). The changes made (highlighted in bold) are the initial instructions that the modified <clinit> method executes. These added instructions determine the initialization status of this particular class by checking if a similar equivalent local class on another machine corresponding to this particular class, has already been initialized and optionally loaded, by calling a routine or procedure to determine the initialization status of the plurality of similar equivalent classes, such as the “is already loaded” (e.g., “isAlreadyLoaded( )”) procedure or method. The “isAlreadyLoaded( )” method of InitClient of Annexure B7 of DRT 71 performing the steps of 172-176 of FIG. 17 determines the initialization status of the similar equivalent local classes each on a one of the machines M1, . . . , Mn corresponding to the particular class being loaded, the result of which is either a true result or a false result corresponding to whether or not another one (or more) of the machines M1 . . . Mn have already initialized, and optionally loaded, a similar equivalent class.
  • The initialisation determination procedure or method “isAlreadyLoaded( )” of InitClient of Annexure B7 of the DRT 71 can optionally take an argument which represents a unique identifier for this class (See Annexure B5 and Table XIV). For example, the name of the class that is being considered for initialisation, a reference to the class or class-object representing this class being considered for initialization, or a unique number or identifier representing this class across all machines (that is, a unique identifier corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent local classes each on a one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn), to be used in the determination of the initialisation status of the plurality of similar equivalent local classes on each of the machines M1 . . . Mn. This way, the DRT can support the initialization of multiple classes at the same time without becoming confused as to which of the multiple classes are already loaded and which are not, by using the unique identifier of each class.
  • The DRT 71 can determine the initialization status of the class in a number of possible ways. Preferably, the requesting machine can ask each other requested machine in turn (such as by using a computer communications network to exchange query and response messages between the requesting machine and the requested machine(s)) if the requested machine's similar equivalent local class corresponding to the unique identifier is initialized, and if any requested machine replies true indicating that the similar equivalent local class has already been initialized, then return a true result at return from the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method indicating that the local class should not be initialized, otherwise return a false result at return from the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method indicating that the local class should be initialized. Of course different logic schemes for true or false results may alternatively be implemented with the same effect. Alternatively, the DRT on the local machine can consult a shared record table (perhaps on a separate machine (eg machine X), or a coherent shared record table on each local machine and updated to remain substantially identical, or in a database) to determine if one of the plurality of similar equivalent classes on other machines has been initialised.
  • If the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method of the DRT 71 returns false, then this means that this class (of the plurality of similar equivalent local classes on the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn) has not been initialized before on any other machine in the distributed computing environment of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, and hence, the execution of the class initialisation method is to take place or proceed as this is considered the first and original initialization of a class of the plurality of similar equivalent classes on each machine. As a result, when a shared record table of initialisation states exists, the DRT must update the initialisation status record corresponding to this class in the shared record table to true or other value indicating that this class is initialized, such that subsequent consultations of the shared record table of initialisation states (such as performed by all subsequent invocations of isAlreadyLoaded method) by all machines, and optionally including the current machine, will now return a true value indicating that this class is already initialized. Thus, if isAlreadyLoaded( ) returns false, the modified class initialisation routine resumes or continues (or otherwise optionally begins or starts) execution.
  • On the other hand, if the isAlreadyLoaded method of the DRT 71 returns true, then this means that this class (of the plurality of similar equivalent local classes each on one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn) has already been initialised in the distributed environment, as recorded in the shared record table on machine X of the initialisation states of classes. In such a case, the class initialisation method is not to be executed (or alternatively resumed, or continued, or started, or executed to completion), as it will potentially cause unwanted interactions or conflicts, such as re-initialization of memory, data structures or other machine resources or devices. Thus, when the DRT returns true, the inserted instructions at the start of the <clinit> method prevent execution of the initialization routine (optionally in whole or in part) by aborting the start or continued execution of the <clinit> method through the use of the return instruction, and consequently aborting the JAVA Virtual Machine's initialization operation for this class.
  • An equivalent procedure for the initialization routines of object (for example “<init>” methods) is illustrated in FIG. 21 where steps 212 and 213 are equivalent to steps 202 and 203 of FIG. 20. This results in the code of Annexure B3 being converted into the code of Annexure B4 (See also Table XIII) or Annexure B6 (See also Table XV).
  • Annexure B3 (See also Table XII) and Annexure B4 (See also Table XIV) are the before (or pre-modification or unmodified code) and after (or post-modification or modified code) excerpt of a object initialisation routine (i.e. a “<init>” method) respectively. Additionally, a further example of an alternative modified <init> method is illustrated in Annexure B6 (See also Table XV). The modified code that is added to the method is highlighted in bold. In the unmodified partially disassembled code sample of Annexure B4, the “aload.sub.-0” and “invokespecial #3” instructions of the <init> method invokes the <init> of the java.lang.Object superclass. Next, the following instructions “aload.sub.-0” loads a reference to the ‘this’ object onto the stack to be one of the arguments to the “8 putfield #3” instruction. Next, the following instruction “invokestatic #2” invokes the method java.lang.System.currentTimeMillis( ) and returns a long value on the stack. Next the following instruction “putfield #3” writes the long value placed on the stack be the preceding “invokestatic #2” instruction to the memory location (field) called “timestamp” corresponding to the object instance loaded on the stack by the “4 aload.sub.-0” instruction. Thus, without management of coordinated object initialisation in a distributed environment of a plurality of machines M1, . . . , Mn, and each with a memory updating and propagation means of FIGS. 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, whereby the application program code 50 is to operate as a single co-ordinated, consistent, and coherent instance across the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, each computer or computing machine would re-initialise (and optionally alternatively re-write or over-write) the “timestamp” memory location (field) with multiple and different values corresponding to the multiple executions of the <init> method, leading to potentially incoherent or inconsistent memory between and amongst the occurrences of application program code 50 on each of the machines M1, . . . , Mn. Clearly this is not what the programmer or user of a single application program code 50 instance expects to happen.
  • So, taking advantage of the DRT, the application code 50 is modified as it is loaded into the machine by changing the object initialisation routine (i.e. the <init> method). The changes made (highlighted in bold) are the initial instructions that the modified <init> method executes. These added instructions determine the initialisation status of this particular object by checking if a similar equivalent local object on another machine corresponding to this particular object, has already been initialized and optionally loaded, by calling a routine or procedure to determine the initialisation status of the object to be initialised, such as the “is already loaded” (e.g., “isAlreadyLoaded( )”) procedure or method of Annexure B7. The “isAlreadyLoaded( )” method of DRT 71 performing the steps of 172-176 of FIG. 17 determines the initialization status of the similar equivalent local objects each on a one of the machines M1, . . . , Mn corresponding to the particular object being loaded, the result of which is either a true result or a false result corresponding to whether or not another one (or more) of the machines M1 . . . Mn have already initialized, and optionally loaded, this object.
  • The initialisation determination procedure or method “isAlreadyLoaded( )” of the DRT 71 can optionally take an argument which represents a unique identifier for this object (See Annexure B6 and Table XV). For example, the name of the object that is being considered for initialisation, a reference to the object being considered for initialization, or a unique number or identifier representing this object across all machines (that is, a unique identifier corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent local objects each on a one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn), to be used in the determination of the initialisation status of this object in the plurality of similar equivalent local objects on each of the machines M1 . . . Mn. This way, the DRT can support the initialization of multiple objects at the same time without becoming confused as to which of the multiple objects are already loaded and which are not, by using the unique identifier of each object.
  • The DRT 71 can determine the initialization status of the object in a number of possible ways. Preferably, the requesting machine can ask each other requested machine in turn (such as by using a computer communications network to exchange query and response messages between the requesting machine and the requested machine(s)) if the requested machine's similar equivalent local object corresponding to the unique identifier is initialized, and if any requested machine replies true indicating that the similar equivalent local object has already been initialized, then return a true result at return from the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method indicating that the local object should not be initialized, otherwise return a false result at return from the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method indicating that the local object should be initialized. Of course different logic schemes for true or false results may alternatively be implemented with the same effect. Alternatively, the DRT on the local machine can consult a shared record table (perhaps on a separate machine (eg machine X), or a coherent shared record table on each local machine and updated to remain substantially identical, or in a database) to determine if this particular object (or any one of the plurality of similar equivalent objects on other machines) has been initialised by one of the requested machines.
  • If the isAlreadyLoaded( ) method of the DRT 71 returns false, then this means that this object (of the plurality of similar equivalent local objects on the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn) has not been initialized before on any other machine in the distributed computing environment of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, and hence, the execution of the object initialisation method is to take place or proceed as this is considered the first and original initialization. As a result, when a shared record table of initialisation states exists, the DRT must update the initialisation status record corresponding to this object in the shared record table to true or other value indicating that this object is initialized, such that subsequent consultations of the shared record table of initialisation states (such as performed by all subsequent invocations of isAlreadyLoaded method) by all machines, and including the current machine, will now return a true value indicating that this object is already initialized. Thus, if isAlreadyLoaded( ) returns false, the modified object initialisation routine resumes or continues (or otherwise optionally begins or starts) execution.
  • On the other hand, if the isAlreadyLoaded method of the DRT 71 returns true, then this means that this object (of the plurality of similar equivalent local objects each on one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn) has already been initialised in the distributed environment, as recorded in the shared record table on machine X of the initialisation states of objects. In such a case, the object initialisation method is not to be executed (or alternatively resumed, or continued, or started, or executed to completion), as it will potentially cause unwanted interactions or conflicts, such as re-initialization of memory, data structures or other machine resources or devices. Thus, when the DRT returns true, the inserted instructions near the start of the <init> method prevent execution of the initialization routine (optionally in whole or in part) by aborting the start or continued execution of the <init> method through the use of the return instruction, and consequently aborting the JAVA Virtual Machine's initialization operation for this object.
  • A similar modification as used for <clinit> is used for <init>. The application program's<init> method (or methods, as there may be multiple) is or are detected as shown by step 212 and modified as shown by step 213 to behave coherently across the distributed environment.
  • The disassembled instruction sequence after modification has taken place is set out in Annexure B4 (and an alternative similar arrangement is provided in Annexure B6) and the modified/inserted instructions are highlighted in bold. For the <init> modification, unlike the <clinit> modification, the modifying instructions are often required to be placed after the “invokespecial” instruction, instead of at the very beginning. The reasons for this are driven by the JAVA Virtual Machine specification. Other languages often have similar subtle design nuances.
  • Given the fundamental concept of testing to determine if initialization has already been carried out on a one of a plurality of similar equivalent classes or object or other asset each on a one of the machines M1 . . . Mn, and if not carrying out the initialization, and if so, not carrying out the initialization; there are several different ways or embodiments in which this coordinated and coherent initialization concept, method, and procedure may be carried out or implemented.
  • In the first embodiment, a particular machine, say machine M2, loads the asset (such as class or object) inclusive of an initialisation routine, modifies it, and then loads each of the other machines M1, M3, . . . , Mn (either sequentially or simultaneously or according to any other order, routine or procedure) with the modified object (or class or other asset or resource) inclusive of the new modified initialization routine(s). Note that there may be one or a plurality of routines corresponding to only one object in the application code, or there may be a plurality of routines corresponding to a plurality of objects in the application code. Note that in one embodiment, the initialization routine(s) that is (are) loaded is binary executable object code. Alternatively, the initialization routine(s) that is (are) loaded is executable intermediary code.
  • In this arrangement, which may be termed “master/slave” each of the slave (or secondary) machines M1, M3, . . . , Mn loads the modified object (or class), and inclusive of the new modified initialisation routine(s), that was sent to it over the computer communications network or other communications link or path by the master (or primary) machine, such as machine M2, or some other machine such as a machine X of FIG. 15. In a slight variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement, the computer communications network can be replaced by a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database.
  • Note that the modification performed on each machine or computer need not and frequently will not be the same or identical. What is required is that they are modified in a similar enough way that in accordance with the inventive principles described herein, each of the plurality of machines behaves consistently and coherently relative to the other machines to accomplish the operations and objectives described herein. Furthermore, it will be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that there are a myriad of ways to implement the modifications that may for example depend on the particular hardware, architecture, operating system, application program code, or the like or different factors. It will also be appreciated that embodiments of this disclosure may be implemented within an operating system, outside of or without the benefit of any operating system, inside the virtual machine, in an EPROM, in software, in firmware, or in any combination of these.
  • In a further variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement, machine M2 loads asset (such as class or object) inclusive of an (or even one or more) initialization routine in unmodified form on machine M2, and then (for example, machine M2 or each local machine) modifies the class (or object or asset) by deleting the initialization routine in whole or part from the asset (or class or object) and loads by means of a computer communications network or other communications link or path the modified code for the asset with the now modified or deleted initialization routine on the other machines. Thus in this instance the modification is not a transformation, instrumentation, translation or compilation of the asset initialization routine but a deletion of the initialization routine on all machines except one.
  • The process of deleting the initialization routine in its entirety can either be performed by the “master” machine (such as machine M2 or some other machine such as machine X of FIG. 15) or alternatively by each other machine M1, M3, . . . , Mn upon receipt of the unmodified asset. An additional variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement is to use a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database as means of exchanging the code (including for example, the modified code) for the asset, class or object between machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn and optionally a machine X of FIG. 15.
  • In a still further embodiment, each machine M1, . . . , Mn receives the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of one or more initialization routines, but modifies the routines and then loads the asset (such as class or object) consisting of the now modified routines. Although one machine, such as the master or primary machine may customize or perform a different modification to the initialization routine sent to each machine, this embodiment more readily enables the modification carried out by each machine to be slightly different and to be enhanced, customized, and/or optimized based upon its particular machine architecture, hardware, processor, memory, configuration, operating system, or other factors, yet still similar, coherent and consistent with other machines with all other similar modifications and characteristics that may not need to be similar or identical.
  • In a further arrangement, a particular machine, say M1, loads the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of one or more initialisation routine and all other machines M2, M3, . . . , Mn perform a modification to delete the initialization routine of the asset (such as class or object) and load the modified version.
  • In all of the described instances or embodiments, the supply or the communication of the asset code (such as class code or object code) to the machines M1, . . . , Mn, and optionally inclusive of a machine X of FIG. 15, can be branched, distributed or communicated among and between the different machines in any combination or permutation; such as by providing direct machine to machine communication (for example, M2 supplies each of M1, M3, M4, etc. directly), or by providing or using cascaded or sequential communication (for example, M2 supplies M1 which then supplies M3 which then supplies M4, and so on), or a combination of the direct and cascaded and/or sequential.
  • In a still further arrangement, the initial machine, say M2, can carry out the initial loading of the application code 50, modify it in accordance with embodiments of this disclosure, and then generate a class/object loaded and initialised table which lists all or at least all the pertinent classes and/or objects loaded and initialised by machine M2. This table is then sent or communicated (or at least its contents are sent or communicated) to all other machines (including for example in branched or cascade fashion). Then if a machine, other than M2, needs to load and therefore initialise a class listed in the table, it sends a request to M2 to provide the necessary information, optionally consisting of either the unmodified application code 50 of the class or object to be loaded, or the modified application code of the class or object to be loaded, and optionally a copy of the previously initialised (or optionally and if available, the latest or even the current) values or contents of the previously loaded and initialised class or object on machine M2. An alternative arrangement of this mode may be to send the request for necessary information not to machine M2, but some other, or even more than one of, machine M1, . . . , Mn or machine X. Thus the information provided to machine Mn is, in general, different from the initial state loaded and initialise by machine M2.
  • Under the above circumstances it is preferable and advantageous for each entry in the table to be accompanied by a counter which is incremented on each occasion that a class or object is loaded and initialised on one of the machines M1, . . . , Mn. Thus, when data or other content is demanded, both the class or object contents and the count of the corresponding counter, and optionally in addition the modified or unmodified application code, are transferred in response to the demand. This “on demand” mode may somewhat increase the overhead of the execution for one or more machines M1, . . . , Mn, but it also reduces the volume of traffic on the communications network which interconnects the computers and therefore provides an overall advantage.
  • In a still further arrangement, the machines M1 to Mn, may send some or all load requests to an additional machine X (see for example the embodiment of FIG. 15), which performs the modification to the application code 50 inclusive of an (and possibly a plurality of) initialisation routine(s) via any of the afore mentioned methods, and returns the modified application code inclusive of the now modified initialization routine(s) to each of the machines M1 to Mn, and these machines in turn load the modified application code inclusive of the modified routines locally. In this arrangement, machines M1 to Mn forward all load requests to machine X, which returns a modified application program code 50 inclusive of modified initialization routine(s) to each machine. The modifications performed by machine X can include any of the modifications covered under the scope of this disclosure. This arrangement may of course be applied to some of the machines and other arrangements described herein before applied to other of the machines.
  • Persons skilled in the computing arts will be aware of various possible techniques that may be used in the modification of computer code, including but not limited to instrumentation, program transformation, translation, or compilation means.
  • One such technique is to make the modification(s) to the application code, without a preceding or consequential change of the language of the application code. Another such technique is to convert the original code (for example, JAVA language source-code) into an intermediate representation (or intermediate-code language, or pseudo code), such as JAVA byte code. Once this conversion takes place the modification is made to the byte code and then the conversion may be reversed. This gives the desired result of modified JAVA code.
  • A further possible technique is to convert the application program to machine code, either directly from source-code or via the abovementioned intermediate language or through some other intermediate means. Then the machine code is modified before being loaded and executed. A still further such technique is to convert the original code to an intermediate representation, which is thus modified and subsequently converted into machine code.
  • This disclosure encompasses all such modification routes and also a combination of two, three or even more, of such routes.
  • Finalization
  • Turning again to FIG. 14, a schematic representation of a single prior art computer operated as a JAVA virtual machine is provided. In this way, a machine (produced by any one of various manufacturers and having an operating system operating in any one of various different languages) can operate in the particular language of the application program code 50, in this instance the JAVA language. That is, a JAVA virtual machine 72 is able to operate application code 50 in the JAVA language, and utilize the JAVA architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • When implemented in a non-JAVA language or application code environment, the generalized platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system is able to operate application code 50 in the language(s) (possibly including for example, but not limited to any one or more of source-code languages, intermediate-code languages, object-code languages, machine-code languages, and any other code languages) of that platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system environment, and utilize the platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system and/or language architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine. It will also be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that the platform and/or runtime system may include virtual machine and non-virtual machine software and/or firmware architectures, as well as hardware and direct hardware coded applications and implementations.
  • Furthermore, when there is only a single computer or machine 72, the single machine of FIG. 14 is able to easily keep track of whether the specific objects 50X, 50Y, and/or 50Z are, liable to be required by the application code 50 at a later point of execution of the application code 50. This may typically be done by maintaining a “handle count” or similar count or index for each object and/or class. This count may typically keep track of the number of places or times in the executing application code 50 where reference is made to a specific object (or class). For a handle count (or other count or index based) implementation that increments the handle count (or index) upward when a new reference to the object or class is created or assigned, and decrements the handle count (or index) downward when a reference to the object or class is destroyed or lost, when the object handle count for a specific object reaches zero, there is nowhere in the executing application code 50 which makes reference to the specific object (or class) for which the zero object handle count (or class handle count) pertains. For example, in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment, a “zero object handle count” correlates to the lack of the existence of any references (zero reference count) which point to the specific object. The object is then said to be “finalizable” or exist in a finalizable state. Object handle counts (and handle counters) may be maintained for each object in an analogous manner so that finalizable or non-finalizable state of each particular or specific object may be known. Class handle counts (and class handle counters) may be maintained for each class in an analogous manner to that for objects so that finalizable or non-finalizable state of each particular or specific class may be known. Furthermore, asset handle counts or indexes and counters may be maintained for each asset in an analogous manner to that for classes and objects so that finalizable or non-finalizable state of each particular or specific asset may be known.
  • Once this finalizable state has been achieved for an object (or class), the object (or class) can be safely finalized. This finalization may typically include object (or class) deletion, removal, clean-up, reclamation, recycling, finalization or other memory freeing operation because the object (or class) is no longer needed.
  • Therefore, in light of the availability of these reference, pointer, handle count or other class and object type tracking means, the computer programmer (or other automated or nonautomated program generator or generation means) when writing a program such as the application code 50 using the JAVA language and architecture, need not write any specific code in order to provide for this class or object removal, clean up, deletion, reclamation, recycling, finalization or other memory freeing operation. As there is only a single JAVA virtual machine 72, the single JAVA virtual machine 72 can keep track of the class and object handle counts in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner, and clean up (or carry out finalization) as necessary in an automated and unobtrusive fashion, and without unwanted behaviour for example erroneous, premature, supernumerary, or re-finalization operation such as may be caused by inconsistent and/or incoherent finalization states or handle counts. In analogous manner, a single generalized virtual machine or machine or runtime system can keep track of the class and object handle counts (or equivalent if the machine does not specifically use “object” and “class” designations) and clean up (or carry out finalization) as necessary in an automated and unobtrusive fashion.
  • The automated handle counting system described above is used to indicate when an object (or class) of an executing application program 50 is no longer needed and may be ‘deleted’ (or cleaned up, or finalized, or reclaimed, or recycled, or other otherwise freed). It is to be understood that when implemented in ‘non-automated memory management’ languages and architectures (such as for example ‘non-garbage collected’ programming languages such as C, C++, FORTRAN, COBOL, and machine-CODE languages such as x86, SPARC, PowerPC, or intermediate-code languages), the application program code 50 or programmer (or other automated or non-automated program generator or generation means) may be able to make the determination at what point a specific object (or class) is no longer needed, and consequently may be ‘deleted’ (or cleaned up, or finalized, or reclaimed, or recycled). Thus, ‘deletion’ in the context of embodiments of this disclosure is to be understood to be inclusive of the deletion (or cleaning up, or finalization, or reclamation, or recycling, or freeing) of objects (or classes) on ‘non-automated memory management’ languages and architectures corresponding to deletion, finalization, clean up, recycling, or reclamation operations on those ‘non-automated memory management’ languages and architectures.
  • For a more general set of virtual machine or abstract machine environments, and for current and future computers and/or computing machines and/or information appliances or processing systems, and that may not utilize or require utilization of either classes and/or objects, the novel structure, method, and computer program and computer program product are still applicable. Examples of computers and/or computing machines that do not utilize either classes and/or objects include for example, the x86 computer architecture manufactured by Intel Corporation and others, the SPARC computer architecture manufactured by Sun Microsystems, Inc and others, the PowerPC computer architecture manufactured by International Business Machines Corporation and others, and the personal computer products made by Apple Computer, Inc., and others. For these types of computers, computing machines, information appliances, and the virtual machine or virtual computing environments implemented thereon that do not utilize the idea of classes or objects, the terms ‘class’ and ‘object’ may be generalized for example to include primitive data types (such as integer data types, floating point data types, long data types, double data types, string data types, character data types and Boolean data types), structured data types (such as arrays and records) derived types, or other code or data structures of procedural languages or other languages and environments such as functions, pointers, components, modules, structures, references and unions.
  • However, in the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8, (and also in FIGS. 31-33), a plurality of individual computers or machines M1, M2 . . . Mn are provided, each of which are interconnected via a communications network 53 or other communications link and each of which individual computers or machines is provided with a modifier 51 (See FIG. 5) and realised or implemented by or in for example the distributed run-time system (DRT) 71 (See FIG. 8) and loaded with a common application code 50. The term common application program is to be understood to mean an application program or application program code written to operate on a single machine, and loaded and/or executed in whole or in part on the plurality of computers or machines M1, M2 . . . Mn. Put somewhat differently, there is a common application program represented in application code 50, and this single copy or perhaps a plurality of identical copies are modified to generate a modified copy or version of the application program or program code, each copy or instance prepared for execution on the plurality of machines. At the point after they are modified they are common in the sense that they perform similar operations and operate consistently and coherently with each other. It will be appreciated that a plurality of computers, machines, information appliances, or the like implementing the features of this disclosure may optionally be connected to or coupled with other computers, machines, information appliances, or the like that do not implement the features of this disclosure.
  • In some embodiments, some or all of the plurality of individual computers or machines may be contained within a single housing or chassis (such as so-called “blade servers” manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others) or implemented on a single printed circuit board or even within a single chip or chip set.
  • Essentially the modifier 51 or DRT 71, or other code modifying means is responsible for modifying the application code 50 so that it may execute clean up or other memory reclamation, recycling, deletion or finalization operations, such as for example finalization methods in the JAVA language and virtual machine environment, in a coordinated, coherent and consistent manner across and between the plurality of individual machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn. It follows therefore that in such a computing environment it is necessary to ensure that the local objects and classes on each of the individual machines is finalized in a consistent fashion (with respect to the others).
  • It will be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that there are alternative implementations of the modifier 51 and the distributed run time 71. For example, the modifier 51 may be implemented as a component of or within the distributed run time 71, and therefore the DRT 71 may implement the functions and operations of the modifier 51. Alternatively, the function and operation of the modifier 51 may be implemented outside of the structure, software, firmware, or other means used to implement the DRT 71. In one embodiment, the modifier 51 and DRT 71 are implemented or written in a single piece of computer program code that provides the functions of the DRT and modifier. The modifier function and structure therefore maybe subsumed into the DRT and considered to be an optional component. Independent of how implemented, the modifier function and structure is responsible for modifying the executable code of the application code program, and the distributed run time function and structure is responsible for implementing communications between and among the computers or machines. The communications functionality in one embodiment is implemented via an intermediary protocol layer within the computer program code of the DRT on each machine. The DRT may for example implement a communications stack in the JAVA language and use the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to provide for communications or talking between the machines. Exactly how these functions or operations are implemented or divided between structural and/or procedural elements, or between computer program code or data structures in various embodiments are less important than that they are provided.
  • In particular, whilst the application program code executing on one particular machine (say, for example machine M3) may have no active handle, reference, or pointer to a specific local object or class (i.e. a “zero handle count”), the same application program code executing on another machine (say for example machine M5) may have an active handle, reference, or pointer to the local similar equivalent object or class corresponding to the ‘un-referenced’ local object or class of machine M3, and therefore this other machine (machine M5) may still need to refer to or use that object or class in future. Thus if the corresponding similar equivalent local object or class on each machine M3 and M5 were to be finalized (or otherwise cleaned-up by some other memory clean-up operation) in an independent and uncoordinated manner relative to other machine(s), the behaviour of the object and application as a whole is undefined—that is, in the absence of coordinated, coherent, and consistent finalization or memory clean-up operations between machines M1 . . . Mn, conflict, unwanted interactions, or other anomalous behavior such as permanent inconsistency between local similar equivalent corresponding objects on machine M5 and machine M3 is likely to result. For example, if the local similar equivalent object or class on machine M3 were to be finalized, such as by being deleted, or cleaned up, or reclaimed, or recycled, from machine M3, in an uncoordinated and inconsistent manner with respect to machine M5, then if machine M5 were to perform an operation on or otherwise use the local object or class corresponding to the now finalized similar equivalent local object on machine M3 (such operation being for example, in an environment with a memory updating and propagation means of FIGS. 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, a write to (or try to write to) the similar equivalent local object on machine M5 or amendment to that particular object's value), then that operation (the change or attempted change in value) could not be performed (propagated from machine M5) throughout all the other machines M1, M2 . . . Mn since at least the machine M3 would not include the relevant similar equivalent corresponding particular object in its local memory, the object and its data, contents and value(s) having been deleted by the prior object clean-up or finalization or reclamation or recycling operation. Therefore, even though one may contemplate machine M5 being able to write to the object (or class) the fact that it has already been finalized on machine M3 means that likely such a write operation is not possible, or at the very least not possible on machine M3.
  • Additionally, if an object of class on machine M3 were to be marked finalizable and subsequently finalized (such as by being deleted, or cleaned up, or reclaimed, or recycled) whilst the same object on the other machines M1, M2 . . . Mn were not also marked as finalizable, then the execution of the finalization (or deletion, or clean up, or reclamation, or recycling) operation of that object on machine M3 would be premature with respect to coordinated finalization operation between all machines M1, M2 . . . Mn, as machines other than M3 are not yet ready to finalize their local similar equivalent object corresponding to the particular object now finalized or finalizable by machine M3. Therefore were machine M3 to execute the cleanup or other finalization routine on a given particular object (or class), the cleanup or other finalization routine would perform the clean-up or finalization not just for that local object (or class) on machine M3, but also for all similar equivalent local objects or classes (i.e. corresponding to the particular object or class to be cleaned-up or otherwise finalized) on all other machines as well.
  • Were such either these circumstance to happen, the behavior of the equivalent object on the other machines M1, M2 . . . Mn is undefined and likely to result in permanent and irrecoverable inconsistency between machine M3 and machines M1, M2 . . . Mn. Therefore, though machine M3 may independently determine an object (or class) is ready for finalization and proceed to finalize the specified object (or class), machine M5 may not have made the same determination as to the same similar equivalent local object (or class) being ready to be finalized, and therefore inconsistent behavior will likely result due to the deletion of one of the plurality of similar equivalent objects on one machine (eg, machine M3) but not on the other machine (eg, machine M5) or machines, and the premature execution of the finalization routine of the specified object (or class) by machine M3 and on behalf of all other machines M1,M2 . . . Mn. At the very least operation of machine M5 as well as other machines in such as an above circumstance is unpredictable and would likely lead to inconsistent results, such inconsistency potentially arising for example from, uncoordinated premature execution of the finalization routine and/or deletion of the object on one, or a subset of, machines but not others. Thus, a goal of achieving or providing consistent coordinated finalization operation (or other memory clean-up operation) as required for the simultaneous operation of the same application program code on each of the plurality of machines M1, M2 . . . Mn would not be achieved. Any attempt therefore to maintain identical memory contents with a memory updating and propagation means of FIGS. 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or even identical memory contents as to a particular or defined set of classes, objects, values, or other data, for each of the machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn, as required for simultaneous operation of the same application program, would not be achieved given conventional schemes.
  • In order to ensure consistent class and object (or equivalent) finalizable status and finalization or clean up between and amongst machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn, the application code 50 is analysed or scrutinized by searching through the executable application code 50 in order to detect program steps (such as particular instructions or instruction types) in the application code 50 which define or constitute or otherwise represent a finalization operation or routine (or other memory, data, or code clean up routine, or other similar reclamation, recycling, or deletion operation). In the JAVA language, such program steps may for example comprise or consist of some part of, or all of, a “finalize( )” method of an object, and optionally any other code, routine, or method related to a ‘finalize( )’ method, for example by means of a method invocation from the body of the ‘finalize( )’ method to a different method.
  • This analysis or scrutiny may take place either prior to loading the application program, or during the application program code 50 loading procedure, or even after the application program code 50 loading procedure. It may be likened to an instrumentation, program transformation, translation, or compilation procedure in that the application program may be instrumented with additional instructions, and/or otherwise modified by meaning-preserving program manipulations, and/or optionally translated from an input code language to a different code language (such as from source-code or intermediate-code language to machine language), and with the understanding that the term compilation normally involves a change in code or language, for example, from source to object code or from one language to another language. However, in the present instance the term “compilation” (and its grammatical equivalents) is not so restricted and can also include or embrace modifications within the same code or language. For example, the compilation and its equivalents are understood to encompass both ordinary compilation (such as for example by way of illustration but not limitation, from source-code to object-code), and compilation from source-code to source-code, as well as compilation from object-code to object-code, and any altered combinations therein. It is also inclusive of so-called “intermediary languages” which are a form of “pseudo object-code”.
  • By way of illustration and not limitation, in one embodiment, the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place during the loading of the application program code such as by the operating system reading the application code from the hard disk or other storage device or source and copying it into memory and preparing to begin execution of the application program code. In another embodiment, in a JAVA virtual machine, the analysis or scrutiny may take place during the class loading procedure of the java.lang.ClassLoader loadClass method (e.g., “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )”).
  • Alternatively, the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place even after the application program code loading procedure, such as after the operating system has loaded the application code into memory, or optionally even after execution of the application program code has started, such as for example after the JAVA virtual machine has loaded the application code into the virtual machine via the “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )” method and optionally commenced execution.
  • As a consequence, of the above described analysis or scrutiny, clean up routines are initially looked for, and when found or identified a modifying code is inserted so as to give rise to a modified clean up routine. This modified routine is adapted and written to abort the clean up routine on any specific machine unless the class or object (or in the more general case to be ‘asset’) to be deleted, cleaned up, reclaimed, recycled, freed, or otherwise finalized is marked for deletion by all other machines. There are several different alternative modes wherein this modification and loading can be carried out.
  • By way of illustration and not limitation, in one embodiment, the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place during the loading of the application program code such as by the operating system reading the application code from the hard disk or other storage device and copying it into memory whilst preparing to begin execution of the application program. In another embodiment, in a JAVA virtual machine, the analysis or scrutiny may take place during the execution of the java.lang.ClassLoader loadClass (e.g., “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )”) method.
  • Alternatively, the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place even after the application program code loading procedure such as after the operating system has loaded the application code into memory and even started execution, or after the java virtual machine has loaded the application code into the virtual machine via the “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )” method. In other words, in the case of the JAVA virtual machine, after the execution of “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadclass( )” has concluded.
  • Thus, in one mode, the DRT 71/1 on the loading machine, in this example Java Machine M1 (JVM#1), asks the DRT's 71/2, . . . , 71/n of all the other machines M2, . . . , Mn if the similar equivalent first object 50X on all machines, say, is utilized, referenced, or in-use (i.e. not marked as finalizable) by any other machine M2, . . . , Mn. If the answer to this question is yes (that is, a similar equivalent object is being utilized by another one or more of the machines, and is not marked as finalizable and therefore not liable to be deleted, cleaned up, finalized, reclaimed, recycled, or freed), then the ordinary clean up procedure is turned off, aborted, paused, or otherwise disabled for the similar equivalent first object 50X on machine JVM# 1. If the answer is no, (that is the similar equivalent first object 50X on each machine is marked as finalizable on all other machines with a similar equivalent object 50X) then the clean up procedure is operated (or resumed or continued, or commenced) and the first object 50X is deleted not only on machine JVM# 1 but on all other machines M2 . . . Mn with a similar equivalent object 50X. Preferably, execution of the clean up routine is allocated to one machine, such as the last machine M1 marking the similar equivalent object or class as finalizable. The execution of the finalization routine corresponding to the determination by all machines that the plurality of similar equivalent objects is finalizable, is to execute only once with respect to all machines M1 . . . Mn, and preferably by only one machine, on behalf of all machines M1 . . . Mn. Corresponding to, and preferably following, the execution of the finalization routine, all machines may then delete, reclaim, recycle, free or otherwise clean-up the memory (and other corresponding system resources) utilized by their local similar equivalent object.
  • Annexures C1, C2, C3, and C4 (also reproduced in part in Tables XVI, XVII, XVIII, and XIX below) are exemplary code listings that set forth the conventional or unmodified computer program software code (such as may be used in a single machine or computer environment) of a finalization routine of application program 50 (Annexure C1 and Table XVI), and a post-modification excerpt of the same synchronization routine such as may be used in embodiments having multiple machines (Annexures C2 and C3 and Tables XVII and XVIII). Also the modified code that is added to the finalization routine is highlighted in bold text.
  • Annexure C1 is a before-modification excerpt of the disassembled compiled form of the finalize( ) method of the example.java application of Annexure C4 Annexure C2 is an after-modification form of Annexure C1, modified by FinalLoader.java of Annexure C7 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 22. Annexure C3 is an alternative after-modification form of Annexure C1, modified by FinalLoader.java of Annexure C7 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 22. The modifications are highlighted in bold.
  • Annexure C4 is an excerpt of the source-code of the example.java application used in before/after modification excerpts C1-C3. This example application has a single finalization routine, the finalize( ) method, which is modified in accordance with this disclosure by FinalLoader.java of Annexure C7.
  • TABLE XVI
    Annexure C1- Typical prior art finalization for a single machine
    Method finalize( )
    0 getstatic #9 <Field java.io.PrintStream out>
    3 ldc #24 <String “Deleted...”>
    5 invokevirtual #16 <Method void println(java.lang.String)>
    8 return
  • TABLE XVII
    Annexure C2 - Finalization For Multiple Machines
    Method finalize( )
    0 aload _0
    1 invokestatic #3 <Method boolean isLastReference(java.lang.Object)>
    4 ifne 8
    7 return
     8 getstatic #9 <Field java.io.PrintStream out>
    11 ldc #24 <String “Deleted...”>
    13 invokevirtual #16 <Method void println(java.lang.String)>
    16 return
  • TABLE XVIII
    Annexure C3 - Finalization For Multiple Machines (Alternative)
    Method finalize( )
    0 aload _0
    1 invokestatic #3 <Method boolean isLastReference(java.lang.Object)>
    4 ifne 8
    7 return
     8 getstatic #9 <Field java.io.PrintStream out>
    11 ldc #24 <String “Deleted...”>
    13 invokevirtual #16 <Method void println(java.lang.String)>
    16 return
  • TABLE XIX
    Annexure C4 - Source-code of the example.java application used in
    before/after modification excerpts of Annexures C1-C3
    import java.lang.*;
    public class example{
      /** Finalize method. */
      protected void finalize( ) throws Throwable{
        // “Deleted...” is printed out when this object is garbaged.
        System.out.println(“Deleted...”);
      }
    }
  • It is noted that the compiled code in the annexure and portion repeated in the table is taken from the source-code of the file “example.java” which is included in the Annexure C4. In the procedure of Annexure C1 and Table XVI, the procedure name “Method finalize( )” of Step 001 is the name of the displayed disassembled output of the finalize method of the compiled application code “example.java”. The method name “finalize( )” is the name of an object's finalization method in accordance with the JAVA platform specification, and selected for this example to indicate a typical mode of operation of a JAVA finalization method. Overall the method is responsible for disposing of system resources or to perform other cleanup corresponding to the determination by the garbage collector of a JAVA virtual machine that there are no more references to this object, and the steps the “example.java” code performs are described in turn.
  • First (Step 002), the JAVA virtual machine instruction “getstatic #9 <Field java.io.PrintStream out>” causes the JAVA virtual machine to retrieve the object reference of the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant_pool item stored in the 2.sup.nd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example finalize( ) method and results on a reference to a java.io.PrintStream object in the field to be placed (pushed) on the stack of the current method frame of the currently executing thread.
  • Next (Step 003), the JAVA virtual machine instruction “Idc #24 <String “Deleted . . . “>” causes the JAVA virtual machine to load the String value “Deleted” onto the stack of the current method frame and results in the String value “Deleted” loaded onto the top of the stack of the current method frame.
  • Next (Step 004), the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokevirtual #16 <Method void printing(java.lang.String)>” causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame and invoke the “printIn” method, passing the popped item to the new method frame as its first argument, and results in the “printIn” method being invoked.
  • Finally, the JAVA virtual machine instruction “return” (Step 005) causes the JAVA virtual machine to cease executing this finalize( ) method by returning control to the previous method frame and results in termination of execution of this finalize method.
  • As a result of these steps operating on a single machine of the conventional configurations in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the JAVA virtual machine can keep track of the object handle count in a consistent, coherent and coordinated manner, and in executing the finalize( ) method containing the printIn operation is able to ensure that unwanted behaviour (for example premature or supernumerary finalization operation such as execution of the finalize( ) method of a single ‘example.java’ object more than once) such as may be caused by inconsistent and/or incoherent finalization states or handle counts, does not occur. Were these steps to be carried out on the plurality of machines of the configurations of FIG. 5 and FIG. 8 with the memory update and propagation replication means of FIGS. 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, and concurrently executing the application program code 50 on each one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, the finalization operations of each concurrently executing application program occurrence on each of the one of the machines would be performed without coordination between any other of the occurrences on any other of the machine(s). Given the goal of consistent, coordinated and coherent finalization operation across a plurality of a machines, this prior art arrangement would fail to perform such consistent coordinated finalization operation across the plurality of machines, as each machine performs finalization only locally and without any attempt to coordinate their local finalization operation with any other similar finalization operation on any one or more other machines. Such an arrangement would therefore be susceptible to unwanted or other anomalous behaviour due to uncoordinated, inconsistent and/or incoherent finalization states or handle counts, and associated finalization operation. Therefore it is the goal of embodiments of this disclosure to overcome this limitation of conventional arrangements.
  • In the exemplary code in Table XVIII (Annexure C3), the code has been modified so that it solves the problem of consistent, coordinated finalization operation for a plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, that was not solved in the code example from Table XVI (Annexure C1). In this modified finalize( ) method code, an “aload.sub.-0” instruction is inserted before the “getstatic #9” instruction in order to be the first instruction of the finalize( ) method. This causes the JAVA virtual machine to load the item in the local variable array at index 0 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame, and results in the object reference of the ‘this’ object at index 0 being pushed onto the stack.
  • Furthermore, the JAVA virtual machine instruction “invokestatic #3 <Method boolean isLastReference(java.lang.Object)>” is inserted after the “0 aload.sub.-0” instruction so that the JAVA virtual machine pops the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame (which in accordance with the preceding “aload.sub.-0” instruction is a reference to the object to which this finalize( ) method belongs) and invokes the “isLastReference” method, passing the popped item to the new method frame as its first argument, and returning a boolean value onto the stack upon return from this “invokestatic” instruction. This change is significant because it modifies the finalize( ) method to execute the “isLastReference” method and associated operations, corresponding to the start of execution of the finalize( ) method, and returns a boolean argument (indicating whether the object corresponding to this finalize( ) method is the last remaining reference amongst the similar equivalent object on each of the machines M1 . . . Mn) onto the stack of the executing method frame of the finalize( ) method.
  • Next, two JAVA virtual machine instructions “ifne 8” and “return” are inserted into the code stream after the “1 invokestatic #3” instruction and before the “getstatic #9” instruction. The first of these two instructions, the “ifne 8” instruction, causes the JAVA virtual machine to pop the topmost item off the stack and performs a comparison between the popped value and zero. If the performed comparison succeeds (i.e. if and only if the popped value is not equal to zero), then execution continues at the “8 getstatic #9” instruction. If however the performed comparison fails (i.e. if and only if the popped value is equal to zero), then execution continues at the next instruction in the code stream, which is the “7 return” instruction. This change is particularly significant because it modifies the finalize( ) method to either continue execution of the finalize( ) method (i.e. instructions 8-16) if the returned value of the “isLastReference” method was positive (i.e. “true”), or discontinue execution of the finalize( ) method (i.e. the “7 return” instruction causing a return of control to the invoker of this finalize( ) method) if the returned value of the “isLastReference” method was negative (i.e. “false”).
  • The method void isLastReference(java.lang.Object), part of the FinalClient code of Annexure C5 and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71, performs the communications operations between machines M1 . . . Mn to coordinate the execution of the finalize( ) method amongst the machines M1 . . . Mn. The isLastReference method of this example communicates with the InitServer code of Annexure C6 executing on a machine X of FIG. 15, by means of sending an “clean-up status request” to machine X corresponding to the object being “finalized” (i.e. the object to which this finalize( ) method belongs). With reference to FIG. 25 and Annexure C6, machine X receives the “clean-up status request” corresponding to the object to which the finalize( ) method belongs, and consults a table of clean-up counts or finalization states to determine the clean-up count or finalization state for the object to which the request corresponds.
  • If the plurality of similar equivalent objects one each one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn corresponding to the clean-up status request is marked for clean-up on all other machines than the requesting machine (i.e. n−1 machines), then machine X will send a response indicating that the plurality of similar equivalent objects are marked for clean-up on all other machines, and optionally update a record entry corresponding to the specified similar equivalent objects to indicate the similar equivalent objects as now cleaned up. Alternatively, if the plurality of the similar equivalent objects corresponding to the clean-up status request is not marked for clean-up on all other machines than the requesting machine (i.e. less than n−1 machines), then machine X will send a response indicating that the plurality of similar equivalent objects is not marked for cleanup on all other machines, and increment the “marked for clean-up counter” record (or other similar finalization record means) corresponding to the specified object, to record that the requesting machine has marked its one of the plurality of similar equivalent objects to be cleaned-up. Corresponding to the determination that the plurality of similar equivalent objects to which this clean-up status request pertains is marked for clean-up on all other machines than the requesting machine, a reply is generated and sent to the requesting machine indicating that the plurality of similar equivalent objects is marked for clean-up on all other machines than the requesting machine. Additionally, and optionally, machine X may update the entry corresponding to the object to which the clean-up status request pertained to indicate the plurality of similar equivalent objects as now “cleaned-up”. Following a receipt of such a message from machine X indicating that the plurality of similar equivalent objects is marked for clean-up on all other machines, the isLastReference( ) method and operations terminate execution and return a ‘true’ value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the finalize( ) method. Alternatively, following a receipt of a message from machine X indicating that the plurality of similar equivalent objects is not marked for clean-up on all other machines, the isLastReference( ) method and operations terminate execution and return “false” value to the previous method frame, which is the executing method frame of the finalize( ) method. Following this return operation, the execution of the finalize( ) method frame then resumes as indicated in the code sequence of Annexure C3.
  • It will be appreciated that the modified code permits, in a distributed computing environment having a plurality of computers or computing machines, the coordinated operation of finalization routines or other clean-up operations so that the problems associated with the operation of the unmodified code or procedure on a plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn (such as for example erroneous, premature, multiple finalization, or re-finalization operation) does not occur when applying the modified code or procedure.
  • It may be observed that the code in Annexure C2 and Table XVII is an alternative but lesser preferred form of the code in Annexure C3. It is essentially functionally equivalent to the code and approach in Annexure C3.
  • As seen in FIG. 15 a modification to the general arrangement of FIG. 8 is provided in that machines M1, M2, . . . Mn are as before and run the same application code 50 (or codes) on all machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn simultaneously or concurrently. However, the previous arrangement is modified by the provision of a server machine X which is conveniently able to supply housekeeping functions, for example, and especially the clean up of structures, assets and resources. Such a server machine X can be a low value commodity computer such as a PC since its computational load is low. As indicated by broken lines in FIG. 15, two server machines X and X+1 can be provided for redundancy purposes to increase the overall reliability of the system. Where two such server machines X and X+1 are provided, they are preferably operated as redundant machines in a failover arrangement.
  • It is not necessary to provide a server machine X as its computational load can be distributed over machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn. Alternatively, a database operated by one machine (in a master/slave type operation) can be used for the housekeeping function(s).
  • FIG. 16 shows a preferred general procedure to be followed. After loading 161 has been commenced, the instructions to be executed are considered in sequence and all clean up routines are detected as indicated in step 162. In the JAVA language these are the finalization routines or finalize method (e.g., “finalize( )”). Other languages use different terms.
  • Where a clean up routine is detected, it is modified at step 163 in order to perform consistent, coordinated, and coherent clean up or finalization across and between the plurality of machines M1, M2 . . . Mn, typically by inserting further instructions into the clean up routine to, for example, determine if the object (or class or other asset) containing this finalization routine is marked as finalizable across all similar equivalent local objects on all other machines, and if so performing finalization by resuming the execution of the finalization routine, or if not then aborting the execution of the finalization routine, or postponing or pausing the execution of the finalization routine until such a time as all other machines have marked their similar equivalent local objects as finalizable. Alternatively, the modifying instructions could be inserted prior to the routine. Once the modification has been completed the loading procedure continues by loading modified application code in place of the unmodified application code, as indicated in step 164. Altogether, the finalization routine is to be executed only once, and preferably by only one machine, on behalf of all machines M1 . . . Mn corresponding to the determination by all machines M1 . . . Mn that the particular object is finalizable.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a particular form of modification. Firstly, the structures, assets or resources (in JAVA termed classes or objects) 50A, 50X . . . 50Y which are possible candidates to be cleaned up, are allocated a name or tag (for example a global name or tag), or have already been allocated a global name or tag, which can be used to identify corresponding similar equivalent local structures, assets, or resources (such as classes and objects in JAVA) globally on each of the machines M1, M2 . . . Mn, as indicated by step 172. This preferably happens when the classes or objects are originally initialized. This is most conveniently done via a table maintained by server machine X. This table also includes the “clean up status” of the class or object (or other asset). It will be understood that this table or other data structure may store only the clean up status, or it may store other status or information as well. In one embodiment, this table also includes a counter which stores a machine asset deletion count value identifying the number of machines (and optionally the identity of the machines although this is not required) which have marked this particular object, class, or other asset for deletion. In one embodiment, the count value is incremented until the count value equals the number of machines. Thus a total machine asset deletion count value of less than (n−1), where n is the total number of machines in Mn indicates a “do not clean up” status for the object, class, or other asset as a network (or machine constellation) whole, because the machine asset deletion count of less than n−1 means that one or more machines have yet to mark their similar equivalent local object (or class or other asset) as finalizable and that object cannot be cleaned up as unwanted or other anomalous behaviour may result. Stated differently, and by way of example but not limitation, if there are six machines and the asset deletion count is less than five then it means that not all the other machines have attempted to finalize this object (i.e., not yet marked this object as finalizable), and therefore the object can't be finalised. If however the asset deletion count is five, then it means that there is only one machine that has yet to attempt to finalize this object (i.e., mark this object as finalizable) and therefore that last machine yet to mark the object as finalizable must be the current machine attempting to finalize the object (i.e., marking the object as finalizable and consequently consulting the finalization table as to finalization status of this object on all other machines). In the configuration of six machines, the count value of n−1=5 means that five machines must have previously marked the object for deletion and the sixth machine to mark this object for deletion is the machine that actually executes the full finalization routine.
  • As indicated in FIG. 17, if the global name or identifier is not marked for cleanup or deletion or other finalization on all other machines (i.e., all except on the machine proposing to carry out the clean up or deletion routine) then this means that the proposed clean up or finalization routine of the object or class (or other asset) should be aborted, stopped, suspend, paused, postponed, or cancelled prior to its initiation or if already initiated then to its completion if it has already begun execution, since the object or class is still required by one or more of the machines M1, M2 . . . Mn, as indicated by step 175.
  • In one embodiment, the clean up or finalization routine is stopped from initiating or beginning execution; however, if some implementations it is difficult or practically impossible to stop the clean up or finalization routine from initiating or beginning execution. Therefore, in an alternative embodiment, the execution of the finalization routine that has already started is aborted such that it does not complete or does not complete in its normal manner. This alternative abortion is understood to include an actual abortion, or a suspend, or postpone, or pause of the execution of a finalization routine that has started to execute (regardless of the stage of execution before completion) and therefore to make sure that the finalization routine does not get the chance to execute to completion to clean up the object (or class or other asset), and therefore the object (or class or other asset) remains “uncleaned” (i.e., “unfinalised”, or “not deleted”).
  • However or alternatively, if the global name or other unique number or identifier for a plurality of similar equivalent local objects each on of the plurality of machines M1, M2 . . . Mn is marked for deletion on all other machines, this means that no other machine requires the class or object (or other asset) corresponding to the global name or other unique number or identifier. As a consequence clean up routine and operation, or optionally the regular or conventional ordinary clean up routine and operation, indicated in step 176 can be, and should be, carried out.
  • FIG. 18 shows the enquiry made by the machine proposing to execute a clean up routine (one of M1, M2 . . . Mn) to the server machine X. The operation of this proposing machine is temporarily interrupted, as shown in step 181 and 182, and corresponding to step 173 of FIG. 17. In step 181 the proposing machine sends an enquiry message to machine X to request the clean-up or finalization status of the object (or class or other asset) to be cleaned-up. Next, the proposing machine awaits a reply from machine X corresponding to the enquiry message sent by the proposing machine at step 181, indicated by step 182.
  • FIG. 25 shows the activity carried out by machine X in response to such a finalization or clean up status enquiry of step 181 in FIG. 18. The finalization or clean up status is determined as seen in step 192 which determines if the object (or class or other asset) corresponding to the clean-up status request of global name, as received at step 191 (191A), is marked for deletion on all other machines other than the enquiring machine 181 from which the clean-up status request of step 191 originates. The singular term object or class as used in this document (or the equivalent term of asset, or resource used in step 192 (192A) and other Figures) are to be understood to be inclusive of all similar equivalent objects (or classes, or assets, or resources) corresponding to the same global name on each of the plurality of machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn. If the step 193 (193A) determination is made that determines that the global named resource is not marked (“No”) for deletion on (n−1) machines (i.e. is utilized elsewhere), then a response to that effect is sent to the enquiring machine 194 (194A) but the “marked for deletion” counter is incremented by one (1), as shown by step 197 (197A). Similarly, if the answer to this determination is marked for deletion (“Yes”) indicating that the global named resource is marked for deletion on all other machines other than the waiting enquiring machine 182 then a corresponding reply is sent to the waiting enquiring machine 182 from which the clean-up status request of step 191 originated as indicated by step 195 (195A). The waiting enquiring machine 182 is then able to respond accordingly, such as for example by: (i) aborting (or pausing, or postponing) execution of the finalization routine when the reply from machine X of step 182 indicated that the similar equivalent local objects on the plurality of machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn corresponding to the global name of the object proposed to be finalized of step 172 is still utilized elsewhere (i.e., not marked for deletion on all other machines other than the machine proposing to carry out finalization); or (ii) by continuing (or resuming, or starting) execution of the finalization routine when the reply from machine X of step 182 indicated that the similar equivalent local objects on the plurality of machines M1, M2 . . . Mn corresponding to the global name of the object proposed to be finalized of step 172 are not utilized elsewhere (i.e., marked for deletion on all other machines other than the machine proposing to carry out finalization). As indicated by broken lines in FIG. 25, preferably in addition to the “yes” response shown in step 195, the shared table or cleaned-up statuses stored or maintained on machine X is updated so that the status of the globally named asset is changed to “cleaned up” as indicated by step 196.
  • Reference is made to the accompanying Annexure C in which: Annexure C1 is a typical code fragment from an unmodified finalize routine, Annexure C2 is an equivalent in respect of a modified finalize routine, and Annexure C3 is an alternative equivalent in respect of a modified finalize routine.
  • Annexures C1 and C2/C3 repeated as Tables XVI and XVII/XVIII are the before (pre-modification or unmodified code) and after (or post-modification or modified code) excerpt of a finalization routine respectively. The modified code that is added to the method is highlighted in bold. In the original code sample of Annexure C1, the finalize method prints “Deleted . . . ” to the computer console on event of finalization (i.e. deletion) of this object. Thus, without management of object finalization in a distributed environment, each machine would re-finalize the same object, thus executing the finalize method more than once for a single globally-named coherent plurality of similar equivalent objects. Clearly this is not what the programmer or user of a single application program code instance expects to happen.
  • So, taking advantage of the DRT, the application code 50 is modified as it is loaded into the machine by changing the clean-up, deletion, or finalization routine or method. It will be appreciated that the term finalization is typically used in the context of the JAVA language relative to the JAVA virtual machine specification existent at the date of filing of this specification. Therefore, finalization refers to object and/or class cleanup or deletion or reclamation or recycling or any equivalent form of object, class, asset or resource clean-up in the more general sense. The term finalization should therefore be taken in this broader meaning unless otherwise restricted. The changes made (highlighted in bold) are the initial instructions that the finalize method executes. These added instructions check if this particular object is the last remaining object of the plurality of similar equivalent objects on the plurality of machines M1, M2 . . . Mn to be marked as finalizable, by calling a routine or procedure to determine the clean-up status of the object to be finalized, such as the “isLastReference( )” procedure or method of a DRT 71 performing the steps of 172-176 of FIG. 17 where the determination as to the clean-up status of the particular object is sought, and which determines either a true result or a false result corresponding to whether or not this particular object on this particular machine that is executing the determination procedure is the last of the plurality of machines M1, M2 . . . Mn, each with one of a similar equivalent peer object, to request finalization. Recall that a peer object refers to a similar equivalent object on a different one of the machines, so that for example, in a configuration having eight machines, there will be eight peer objects (i.e. eight similar equivalent objects each on one of eight machines).
  • The finalization determination procedure or method “isLastReference( )” of the DRT 71 can optionally take an argument which represents a unique identifier for this object (See Annexure C3 and Table XVIII). For example, the name of the object that is being considered for finalization, a reference to the object in question being considered for finalization, or a unique number or identifier representing this object across all machines (or nodes), to be used in the determination of the finalization status of this object or class or other asset. This way, the DRT can support the finalization of multiple objects (or classes or assets) at the same time without becoming confused as to which of the multiple objects are already finalized and which are not, by using the unique identifier of each object to consult the correct record in the finalization table referred to earlier.
  • The DRT 71 can determine the finalization state of the object in a number of possible ways. Preferably, it (the requesting machine) can ask each other requested machine in turn (such as by using a computer communications network to exchange query and response messages between the requesting machine and the requested machine(s) if their requested machine's similar equivalent object has been marked for finalization, and if any requested machine replies false indicating that their similar equivalent object is not marked for finalization, then return a false result at return from the “isLastReference( )” method indicating that the local similar equivalent object should not be finalized, otherwise return a true result at return from the “isLastReference( )” method indicating that the local similar equivalent object can be finalized. Of course different logic schemes for true or false result may alternatively be implemented with the same effect. Alternatively, the DRT 71 on the local machine can consult a shared record table (perhaps on a separate machine (e.g., machine X), or a coherent shared record table on each local machine and updated to remain substantially identical, or in a database) to determine if each of the plurality of similar equivalent objects have been marked for finalization by all requested machines except the current requesting machine.
  • If the “isLastReference( )” method of the DRT 71 returns true then this means that this object has been marked for finalization on all other machines in the virtual or distributed computing environment (i.e. the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn), and hence, the execution of the finalize method is to proceed as this is considered the last remaining similar equivalent object on the plurality of machines M1, M2 . . . Mn to be marked or declared as finalizable.
  • On the other hand, if the “isLastReference( )” method of the DRT 71 returns false, then this means that the plurality of similar equivalent objects has not been marked for finalization by all other machines in the distributed environment, as recorded in the shared record table on machine X of the finalization states of objects. In such a case, the finalize method is not to be executed (or alternatively resumed, or continued), as it will potentially invalidate the object on those machine(s) that are continuing to use their similar equivalent object and have yet to mark their similar equivalent object for finalization. Thus, when the DRT returns false, the inserted four instructions at the start of the finalize method prevent execution of the remaining code of the finalize method by aborting the execution of the finalize method through the use of a return instruction, and consequently aborting the Java Virtual Machine's finalization operation for this object.
  • Given the fundamental concept of testing to determine if a finalization, such as a deletion or clean up, is ready to be carried out on a class, object, or other asset; and if ready carrying out the finalization, and if not ready, then not carrying out the finalization, there are several different ways or embodiments in which this finalization concept, method, and procedure may be implemented.
  • In the first embodiment, a particular machine, say machine M2, loads the asset (such as class or object) inclusive of a clean up routine modifies it, and then loads each of the other machines M1, M3, . . . , Mn (either sequentially or simultaneously or according to any other order, routine, or procedure) with the modified object (or class or asset) inclusive of the now modified clean up routine or routines. Note that there may be one or a plurality of routines corresponding to only one object in the application code or there can be a plurality of routines corresponding to a plurality of objects in the application code. Note that in one embodiment, the cleanup routine(s) that is (are) loaded is binary executable object code. Alternatively, the cleanup routine(s) that is (are) loaded is executable intermediate code.
  • In one arrangement, which may be termed “master/slave” (or primary/secondary) each of the slave (or secondary) machines M1, M3, . . . , Mn loads the modified object (or class), and inclusive of the now modified clean-up routine(s), that was sent to it over the computer communications network or other communications link or path by the master (or primary) machine, such as machine M2, or some other machine such as a machine X of FIG. 15. In a slight variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement, the computer communications network can be replaced by a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database.
  • Note that the modification performed on each machine or computer need not and frequently will not be the same or identical. What is required is that they are modified in a similar enough way that in accordance with the novel principles described herein, each of the plurality of machines behaves consistently and coherently relative to the other machines to accomplish the operations and objectives described herein. Furthermore, it will be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that there are a myriad of ways to implement the modifications that may for example depend on the particular hardware, architecture, operating system, application program code, or the like or different factors. It will also be appreciated that embodiments of this disclosure may be implemented within an operating system, outside of or without the benefit of any operating system, inside the virtual machine, in an EPROM, in software, in firmware, or in any combination of these.
  • In a further variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement, machine M2 loads the asset (such as class or object) inclusive of a cleanup routine in unmodified form on machine M2, and then (for example, M2 or each local machine) deletes the unmodified clean up routine that had been present on the machine in whole or part from the asset (such as class or object) and loads by means of a computer communications network the modified code for the asset with the now modified or deleted clean up routine on the other machines. Thus in this instance the modification is not a transformation, instrumentation, translation or compilation of the asset clean up routine but a deletion of the clean up routine on all machines except one. In one embodiment, the actual code-block of the finalization or cleanup routine is deleted on all machines except one, and this last machine therefore is the only machine that can execute the finalization routine because all other machines have deleted the finalization routine. One benefit of this approach is that no conflict arises between multiple machines executing the same finalization routine because only one machine has the routine.
  • The process of deleting the clean up routine in its entirety can either be performed by the “master” machine (such as machine M2 or some other machine such as machine X of FIG. 15) or alternatively by each other machine M1, M3 . . . Mn upon receipt of the unmodified asset. An additional variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement is to use a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database as means of exchanging the code for the asset, class or object between machines M1, M2 . . . Mn and optionally a machine X of FIG. 15.
  • In a still further embodiment, each machine M1, . . . , Mn receives the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of finalization or clean up routine(s), but modifies the routine(s) and then loads the asset (such as class or object) consisting of the now modified routine(s). Although one machine, such as the master or primary machine may customize or perform a different modification to the finalization or clean up routine(s) sent to each machine, this embodiment more readily enables the modification carried out by each machine to be slightly different and to be enhanced, customized or optimized based upon its particular machine architecture, hardware, processor, memory, configuration, operating system or other factors, yet still similar, coherent and consistent with other machines with all other similar modifications and characteristics that may not need to be similar or identical.
  • In a further arrangement, a particular machine, say M1, loads the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of a finalization or clean up routine and all other machines M2, M3, . . . Mn perform a modification to delete the clean up routine of the asset (such as class or object) and load the modified version.
  • In all of the described instances or embodiments, the supply or communication of the asset code (such as class code or object code) to the machines M1, . . . , Mn, and optionally inclusive of a machine X of FIG. 15 can be branched, distributed or communicated among and between the different machines in any combination or permutation; such as by providing direct machine to machine communication (for example, M2 supplies each of M1, M3, M4, etc directly), or by providing or using cascaded or sequential communication (for example, M2 supplies M1 which then supplies M3, which then supplies M4, and so on), or a combination of the direct and cascaded and/or sequential.
  • In a still further arrangement, the machines M1, . . . , Mn, may send some or all load requests to an additional machine X (See for example the embodiment of FIG. 15), which performs the modification to the application program code 50 (such as consisting of assets, and/or classes, and/or objects) and inclusive of finalization or clean up routine(s), via any of the afore mentioned methods, and returns the modified application program code inclusive of the now modified finalization or clean-up routine(s) to each of the machines M1 to Mn, and these machines in turn load the modified application program code inclusive of the modified routine(s) locally. In this arrangement, machines M1 to Mn forward all load requests to machine X, which returns a modified application program code inclusive of modified finalization or clean-up routine(s) to each machine. The modifications performed by machine X can include any of the modifications covered under the scope of this disclosure. This arrangement may of course be applied to some of the machines and other arrangements described herein before applied to other of the machines.
  • Persons skilled in the computing arts will be aware of various possible techniques that may be used in the modification of computer code, including but not limited to instrumentation, program transformation, translation, or compilation means.
  • One such technique is to make the modification(s) to the application code, without a preceding or consequential change of the language of the application code. Another such technique is to convert the original code (for example, JAVA language source-code) into an intermediate representation (or intermediate-code language, or pseudo code), such as JAVA byte code. Once this conversion takes place the modification is made to the byte code and then the conversion may be reversed. This gives the desired result of modified JAVA code.
  • A further possible technique is to convert the application program to machine code, either directly from source-code or via the abovementioned intermediate language or through some other intermediate means. Then the machine code is modified before being loaded and executed. A still further such technique is to convert the original code to an intermediate representation, which is thus modified and subsequently converted into machine code.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure encompass all such modification routes and also a combination of two, three or even more, of such routes.
  • Synchronization
  • Turning again to FIG. 14, there is illustrated a schematic representation of a single prior art computer operated as a JAVA virtual machine. In this way, a machine (produced by any one of various manufacturers and having an operating system operating in any one of various different languages) can operate in the particular language of the application program code 50, in this instance the JAVA language. That is, a JAVA virtual machine 72 is able to operate application code 50 in the JAVA language, and utilize the JAVA architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine.
  • When implemented in a non-JAVA language or application code environment, the generalized platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system is able to operate application code 50 in the language(s) (possibly including for example, but not limited to any one or more of source-code languages, intermediate-code languages, object-code languages, machine-code languages, and any other code languages) of that platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system environment, and utilize the platform, and/or virtual machine and/or machine and/or runtime system and/or language architecture irrespective of the machine manufacturer and the internal details of the machine. It will also be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that platform and/or runtime system may include virtual machine and non-virtual machine software and/or firmware architectures, as well as hardware and direct hardware coded applications and implementations.
  • Furthermore, the single machine (not a plurality of connected or coupled machines) of FIG. 14, or a more general virtual machine or abstract machine environment such as for example but not limited to an object-oriented virtual machine, is able to readily ensure that multiple different and potentially concurrent uses of specific objects 50X-50Z do not conflict or cause unwanted interactions, when specified by the use of mutual exclusion (e.g. “mutex”) operators or operations (inclusive for example of locks, semaphores, monitors, barriers, and the like), such as for example by the programmer's use of a synchronizing or synchronization routine in a computer program written in the JAVA language. As each object exists singularly and only locally (that is locally within the machine within which execution is occurring) in this example, the single JAVA virtual machine 72 of FIG. 14 executing within this single machine is able to ensure that an object (or several objects) is (are) properly synchronized as defined by the JAVA Virtual Machine and Language Specifications existent at least as of the date of the filing of this patent application, when specified to do so by the application program (or programmer), and thus the object or objects to be synchronized are only utilized by one executing part of potentially multiple executing parts and potentially concurrently executing parts of the executable application code 50 at once or at the same time, such as for example potentially concurrently executing threads or processes. If another executing part and potentially concurrently executing part (such as for example but not limited to a potentially concurrently executing thread or process) of the executable application code 50 wishes to exclusively use the same object whilst that object is the subject of a mutual exclusion operation by a first executing part (e.g. a first thread or process), such as when a second executing part (e.g. a second thread or process) of a multiple part processing machine of FIG. 14 attempts to synchronize on a same object already synchronized by a first executing part, then the possible conflict is resolved by the JAVA virtual machine 72 such that the second and additional executing parts and potentially concurrently executing part or parts of the application program 50 have to wait until the first executing part has finished the execution of its synchronization routine or other mutual exclusion operation. It may be appreciated that in a conventional situation, a second or multiple executing part(s) (i.e. a second or multiple thread(s)) of the application program or program code may want to use the same object in a multiple-thread processing machine of FIG. 14.
  • For a more general set of virtual machine or abstract machine environments, and for current and future computers and/or computing machines and/or information appliances or processing systems, and that may not utilize or require utilization of either classes and/or objects, the novel structure, method, and computer program and computer program product are still applicable. Examples of computers and/or computing machines that do not utilize either classes and/or objects include for example, the x86 computer architecture manufactured by Intel Corporation and others, the SPARC computer architecture manufactured by Sun Microsystems, Inc and others, the PowerPC computer architecture manufactured by International Business Machines Corporation and others, and the personal computer products made by Apple Computer, Inc., and others. For these types of computers, computing machines, information appliances, and the virtual machine or virtual computing environments implemented thereon that do not utilize the idea of classes or objects, the terms ‘class’ and ‘object’ may be generalized for example to include primitive data types (such as integer data types, floating point data types, long data types, double data types, string data types, character data types and Boolean data types), structured data types (such as arrays and records) derived types, or other code or data structures of procedural languages or other languages and environments such as functions, pointers, components, modules, structures, references and unions.
  • A similar procedure applies mutatis mutandis (that is, with suitable or necessary alterations) for classes 50A. In particular, the computer programmer (or if and when applicable, an automated or nonautomated computer program generator or generation means) when writing or generating a program using the JAVA language and architecture in a single machine, need only use a synchronization routine or routines in order to provide for this avoidance of conflict or unwanted interaction. Thus a single JAVA virtual machine can keep track of exclusive utilization of the classes and objects (or other asset) and avoid corresponding problems (such as conflict, race condition, unwanted interaction, or other anomalous behaviour due to unexpected critical dependence on the relative timing of events) as necessary in an unobtrusive fashion. The process whereby only one object or class is exclusively used is termed “synchronization” in the JAVA language. In the JAVA language, synchronization may usually be operationalized or implemented in one of three ways or means. The first way or means is through the use of a synchronization method description that is included in the source-code of an application program written in the JAVA language. The second way or means is by the inclusion of a synchronization descriptor' in the method descriptor of a compiled application program of the JAVA virtual machine. And the third way or means for performing synchronization are by the use of the instructions monitor enter (e.g., “monitorenter”) and monitor exit (e.g., “monitorexit”) of the JAVA virtual machine which signify respectively the beginning and ending of a synchronization routine which results in the acquiring or execution of a “lock” (or other mutual exclusion operator or operation), and the releasing or termination of a “lock” (or other mutual exclusion operator or operation) respectively which prevents an asset being the subject of conflict (or race condition, or unwanted interaction, or other anomalous behaviour due to unexpected critical dependence on the relative timing of events) between multiple and potentially concurrent uses. An asset may for example include a class or an object, as well as any other software/language/runtime/platform/architecture or machine resource. Such resources may include for example, but are not limited to, software programs (such as for example executable software. modules, subprograms, sub-modules, application program interfaces (API), software libraries, dynamically linkable libraries) and data (such as for example data types, data structures, variables, arrays, lists, structures, unions), and memory locations (such as for example named memory locations, memory ranges, address space(s), registers) and input/output (I/O) ports and/or interfaces, or other machine, computer, or information appliance resource or asset.
  • However, in the arrangement illustrated in FIG. 8, (and also in FIGS. 31-33), a plurality of individual computers or machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn are provided, each of which are interconnected via a communications network 53 or other communications link and each of which individual computers or machines is provided with a modifier 51 (See in FIG. 5) and realised by or in for example the distributed run time (DRT) 71 (See FIG. 8) and loaded with a common application code 50. The term common application program is to be understood to mean an application program or application program code written to operate on a single machine, and loaded and/or executed in whole or in part on each one of the plurality of computers or machines M1, M2 . . . Mn, or optionally on each one of some subset of the plurality of computers or machines M1, M2 . . . Mn. Put somewhat differently, there is a common application program represented in application code 50, and this single copy or perhaps a plurality of identical copies are modified to generate a modified copy or version of the application program, each copy or instance prepared for execution on the plurality of machines. At the point after they are modified they are common in the sense that they perform similar operations and operate consistently and coherently with each other. It will be appreciated that a plurality of computers, machines, information appliances, or the like implementing the features of embodiments of this disclosure may optionally be connected to or coupled with other computers, machines, information appliances, or the like that do not implement the features of this disclosure.
  • In some embodiments, some or all of the plurality of individual computers or machines may be contained within a single housing or chassis (such as so-called “blade servers” manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Intel Corporation, IBM Corporation and others) or implemented on a single printed circuit board or even within a single chip or chip set.
  • Essentially the modifier 51 or DRT 71 ensures that when an executing part (such as a thread or process) of the modified application program 50 running on one or more of the machines exclusively utilizes (e.g., by means of a synchronization routine or similar or equivalent mutual exclusion operator or operation) a particular local asset, such as an objects 50X-50Z or class 50A, no other executing part and potentially concurrently executing part on machines M2 . . . Mn exclusively utilizes the similar equivalent corresponding asset in its local memory at once or at the same time.
  • It will be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that there are alternative implementations of the modifier 51 and the distributed runtime system 71. For example, the modifier 51 may be implemented as a component of or within the distributed run time 71, and therefore the DRT 71 may implement the functions and operations of the modifier 51. Alternatively, the function and operation of the modifier 51 may be implemented outside of the structure, software, firmware, or other means used to implement the DRT 71. In one embodiment, the modifier 51 and DRT 71 are implemented or written in a single piece of computer program code that provides the functions of the DRT and modifier. The modifier function and structure therefore maybe subsumed into the DRT and considered to be an optional component. Independent of how implemented, the modifier function and structure is responsible for modifying the executable code of the application code program, and the distributed run time function and structure is responsible for implementing communications between and among the computers or machines. The communications functionality in one embodiment is implemented via an intermediary protocol layer within the computer program code of the DRT on each machine. The DRT may for example implement a communications stack in the JAVA language and use the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) to provide for communications or talking between the machines. Exactly how these functions or operations are implemented or divided between structural and/or procedural elements, or between computer program code or data structures are less important than the fact that they are provided.
  • It will therefore be understood in light of the description provided here that the inventive concept further includes any means of implementing thread-safety, regardless of whether it is through the use of locks (lock/unlock), synchronizations, monitors, semphafores, mutexes, or other mechanisms.
  • It will be appreciated that synchronization means or implies “exclusive use” or “mutual exclusion” of an asset or resource. Conventional structures and methods for implementations of single computers or machines have developed some methods for synchronization on such single computer or machine configurations. However, these conventional structures and methods have not provided solutions for synchronization between and among a plurality of computers, machines, or information appliances.
  • In particular, whilst one particular machine (say, for example machine M3) is exclusively using an object or class (or any other asset or resource), another machine (say, for example machine M5) may also be instructed by the code it is executing to exclusively use the local similar equivalent object or class corresponding to the similar equivalent object or class on machine M3 at the same time or an overlapping time period. Thus if the same corresponding local similar equivalent objects or classes on each machine M3 and M5 were to be exclusively used by both machines, then the behavior of the object and application as a whole is undefined—that is, in the absence of proper exclusive use of an object (or class) when explicitly specified by the computer program (programmer), conflict, race conditions, unwanted interactions, anomalous behavior due to unexpected dependence on the relative timing of events, or permanent inconsistency between the similar equivalent objects on machines M5 and M3 is likely to result. Thus a goal of achieving or providing consistent, coordinated, and coherent operation of synchronization routines (or other mutual exclusion operations) between and amongst a plurality of machines, as required for the simultaneous and coordinated operation of the same application program code on each of the plurality of machines M1, M2 . . . Mn, would not be achieved.
  • In order to ensure consistent synchronization between and amongst machines M1, M2 . . . Mn the application code 50 is analysed or scrutinized by searching through the executable application code 50 in order to detect program steps (such as particular instructions or instruction types) in the application code 50 which define or constitute or otherwise represent a synchronization routine (or other mutual exclusion operation). In the JAVA language, such program steps may for example comprise or consist of an opening monitor enter (e.g. “monitorenter”) instruction and one or more closing monitor exit (e.g. “monitorexit”) instructions. In one embodiment, a synchronization routine may start with the execution of a “monitorenter” instruction and close with a paired execution of a “monitorexit” instruction.
  • This analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place either prior to loading the application program code 50, or during the application program code 50 loading procedure, or even after the application program code 50 loading procedure. It may be likened to an instrumentation, program transformation, translation, or compilation procedure in that the application code may be instrumented with additional instructions, and/or otherwise modified by meaning-preserving program manipulations, and/or optionally translated from an input code language to a different code language (such as for example from source-code language or intermediate-code language to object-code language or machine-code language), and with the understanding that the term compilation normally or conventionally involves a change in code or language, for example, from source code to object code or from one language to another language. However, in the present instance the term “compilation” (and its grammatical equivalents) is not so restricted and can also include or embrace modifications within the same code or language. For example, the compilation and its equivalents are understood to encompass both ordinary compilation (such as for example by way of illustration but not limitation, from source-code to object-code), and compilation from source-code to source-code, as well as compilation from object-code to object-code, and any altered combinations therein. It is also inclusive of so-called “intermediary languages” which are a form of “pseudo object-code”.
  • By way of illustration and not limitation, in one embodiment, the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place during the loading of the application program code such as by the operating system reading the application code from the hard disk or other storage device or source and copying it into memory and preparing to begin execution of the application program code. In another embodiment, in a JAVA virtual machine, the analysis or scrutiny may take place during the class loading procedure of the java.lang.ClassLoader loadClass method (e.g., “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )”).
  • Alternatively, the analysis or scrutiny of the application code 50 may take place even after the application program code loading procedure, such as after the operating system has loaded the application code into memory, or optionally even after execution of the application program code has started, such as for example after the JAVA virtual machine has loaded the application code into the virtual machine via the “java.lang.ClassLoader.loadClass( )” method and optionally commenced execution.
  • Reference is made to the accompanying Annexure D in which: Annexure D1 is a typical code fragment from a synchronization routine prior to modification (e.g., an exemplary unmodified synchronization routine), and Annexure D2 is the same synchronization routine after modification (e.g., an exemplary modified synchronization routine). These code fragments are exemplary only and identify one software code means for performing the modification in an exemplary language. It will be appreciated that other software/firmware or computer program code may be used to accomplish the same or analogous function or operation without departing from the scope of the inventive concept.
  • Annexures D1 and D2 (also reproduced in part in Tables XX and XXI below) are exemplary code listings that set forth the conventional or unmodified computer program software code (such as may be used in a single machine or computer environment) of a synchronization routine of application program 50 and a post-modification excerpt of the same synchronization routine such as may be used in embodiments having multiple machines. The modified code that is added to the synchronization method is highlighted in bold text. Other embodiments may provide for code or statements or instructions to be added, amended, removed, moved or reorganized, or otherwise altered.
  • It is noted that the compiled code in the Annexure and portion repeated in the table is taken from the source-code of the file “example.java” which is included in the Annexure D3. The disassembled compiled code that is listed in the Annexure and Table is taken from compiled source code of the file “EXAMPLE.JAVA”. In the procedure of Annexure D1 and Table XX, the procedure name “Method void run( )” of Step 001 is the name of the displayed disassembled output of the run method of the compiled application code of “example.java”. The name “Method void run( )” is arbitrary and selected for this example to indicate a typical JAVA method inclusive of a synchronization operation. Overall the method is responsible for incrementing a memory location (“counter”) in a thread-safe manner through the use of a synchronization statement and the steps to accomplish this are described in turn.
  • First (Step 002), the Java Virtual Machine instruction “getstatic #2 <Field java.lang.Object LOCK>” causes the Java Virtual Machine to retrieve the object reference of the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 2.sup.nd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example run( ) method and results in a reference to the object (hereafter referred to as LOCK) in the field to be placed (pushed) on the stack of the current method frame of the currently executing thread.
  • Next (Step 003), the Java Virtual Machine instruction “dup” causes the Java Virtual Machine to duplicate the topmost item of the stack and push the duplicated item onto the topmost position of the stack of the current method frame and results in the reference to the LOCK object at the top of the stack being duplicated and pushed onto the stack.
  • Next (Step 004), the Java Virtual Machine instruction “astore.sub.-1” causes the Java Virtual Machine to remove the topmost item of the stack of the current method frame and store the item into the local variable array at index 1 of the current method frame and results in the topmost LOCK object reference of the stack being stored in the local variable index 1.
  • Then (Step 005), the Java Virtual Machine instruction “monitorenter” causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the topmost object off the stack of the current method frame and acquire an exclusive lock on said popped object and results in a lock being acquired on the LOCK object.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “getstatic #3 <Field int counter>” (Step 006) causes the Java Virtual Machine to retrieve the integer value of the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 3rd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example run( ) method and results in the integer value of said field being placed (pushed) on the stack of the current method frame of the currently executing thread.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “iconst.sub.-1” (Step 007) causes the Java Virtual Machine to load an integer value of “1” onto the stack of the current method frame and results in the integer value of 1 loaded onto the top of the stack of the current method frame.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “iadd” (Step 008) causes the Java Virtual Machine to perform an integer addition of the two topmost integer values of the stack of the current method frame and results in the resulting integer value of the addition operation being placed on the top of the stack of the current method frame.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “putstatic #3 <Field int counter>” (Step 009) causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the topmost value off the stack of the current method frame and store the value in the static field indicated by the CONSTANT_Fieldref_info constant-pool item stored in the 3.sup.rd index of the classfile structure of the application program containing this example run( ) method and results in the topmost integer value of the stack of the current method frame being stored in the integer field named “counter”.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “aload.sub.-1” (Step 010) causes the Java Virtual Machine to load the item in the local variable array at index 1 of the current method frame and store this item on the top of the stack of the current method frame and results in the object reference stored in the local variable array at index 1 being pushed onto the stack.
  • The Java Virtual Machine instruction “monitorexit” (Step 011) causes the Java Virtual Machine to pop the topmost object off the stack of the current method frame and release the exclusive lock on said popped object and results in the LOCK being released on the LOCK object.
  • Finally, the Java Virtual Machine instruction “return” (Step 012) causes the Java Virtual Machine to cease executing this run( ) method by returning control to the previous method frame and results in termination of execution of this run( ) method.
  • As a result of these steps operating on a single machine of the conventional configurations in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the synchronization statement enclosing the increment operation of the “counter” memory location ensures that no two or more concurrently execution instances of this run( ) method will conflict, or otherwise result in unwanted interactions such as a race-condition or other anomalous behavior due to unexpected critical dependence on the relative timing of the incrementing events performed of the one “counter” memory location. Were these steps to be carried out on the plurality of machines of the configurations of FIG. 5 and FIG. 8 with the memory update and propagation replication means of FIGS. 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13, and concurrently executing two or more instances or occurrences of the run( ) method each on a different one of the plurality of machines M1, M2 . . . Mn, the mutual exclusion operations of each concurrently executing instance of the run( ) method would be performed on each corresponding one of the machines without coordination between those machines.
  • Given the goal of consistent coordinated synchronization operation across a plurality of machines, this prior art arrangement would fail to perform such consistent coordinated synchronization operation across the plurality of machines, as each machine performs synchronization only locally and without any attempt to coordinate their local synchronization operation with any other similar synchronization operation on any one or more other machines. Such an arrangement would therefore be susceptible to conflict or other unwanted interactions (such as race-conditions or other anomalous behaviour due to unexpected critical dependence on the relative timing of the “counter” increment events on each machine) between the machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn. Therefore it is the goal of embodiments of this disclosure to overcome this limitation of the prior art arrangement.
  • In the exemplary code in Table XXI (Annexure D2), the code has been modified so that it solves the problem of consistent coordinated synchronization operation for a plurality of machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn, that was not solved in the code example from Table XX (Annexure D1). In this modified run( ) method code, a “dup” instruction is inserted between the “4 astore.sub.-1” and “6 monitorenter” instructions. This causes the Java Virtual Machine to duplicate the topmost item of the stack and push said duplicated item onto the topmost position of the stack of the current method frame and results in the reference to the LOCK object at the top of the stack being duplicated and pushed onto the stack.
  • Furthermore, the Java Virtual Machine instruction “invokestatic #23 <Method void acquireLock(java.lang.Object)>” is inserted after the “6 monitorenter” and before the “10 getstatic #3 <Field int counter>” statements so that the Java Virtual Machine pops the topmost item off the stack of the current method frame and invokes the “acquireLock” method, passing the popped item to the new method frame as its first argument. This change is particularly significant because it modifies the run( ) method to execute the “acquireLock” method and associated operations, corresponding to the “monitorenter” instruction preceding it.
  • Annexure D1 is a before-modification excerpt of the disassembled compiled form of the synchronization operation of example.java of Annexure D3, consisting of an starting “monitorenter” instruction and ending “monitorexit” instruction. Annexure D2 is an after-modification form of Annexure D1, modified by LockLoader.java of Annexure D6 in accordance with the steps of FIG. 26. The modifications are highlighted in bold.
  • TABLE XX
    Annexure D1
    Annexure D1
    Step
    001
    002 Method void run( )
    003
     0 getstatic #2 <Field java.lang.Object LOCK>
    004
    005  3 dup
    006
     4 astore_1
    007
    008  5 monitorenter
    009
     6 getstatic #3 <Field int counter>
    010
    011
     9 iconst_1
    012
    10 iadd
    11 putstatic #3 <Field int counter>
    14 aload_1
    15 monitorexit
    16 return
  • TABLE XXI
    Annexure D2
    Annexure D2
    Step
    001 Method void run( )
    002  0 getstatic #2 <Field java.lang.Object LOCK>
     3 dup
    003
     4 astore_1
    004
    5 dup
    004A
     6 monitorenter
    005 7 invokestatic #23 <Method void
    acquireLock(java.lang.Object)>
    005A 10 getstatic #3 <Field int counter>
    006 13 iconst_1
    14 iadd
    007
    15 putstatic #3 <Field int counter>
    008
    18 aload_1
    009
    19 dup
    010 20 invokestatic #24 <Method void
    releaseLock(java.lang.Object)>
    010A 23 monitorexit
    010B 24 return
    011
  • The method void acquireLock(java.lang.Object), part of the LockClient code of Annexure D4 and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71, performs the communications operations between machines M1, . . . , Mn to coordinate the execution of the preceding “monitorenter” synchronization operation amongst the machines M1 . . . Mn. The acquireLock method of this example communicates with the LockServer code of Annexure D5 executing on a machine X of FIG. 15, by means of sending an ‘acquire lock request’ to machine X corresponding to the object being ‘locked’ (i.e., the object corresponding to the “monitorenter” instruction), which in the context of Table XXI and Annexure D2 is the ‘LOCK’ object. With reference to FIG. 29, Machine X receives the ‘acquire lock request’ corresponding to the LOCK object, and consults a table of locks to determine the lock status corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent objects on each of the machines, which in the case of Annexure D2 is the plurality of similar equivalent LOCK objects.
  • If all of the plurality of similar equivalent objects on each of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn is presently not locked by any other machine M1 . . . Mn, then Machine X will record the object as now locked and inform the requesting machine of the successful acquisition of the lock. Alternatively, if a similar equivalent object is presently locked by another one of the machines M1 . . . Mn, then Machine X will append this requesting machine to a queue of machines waiting to lock this plurality of similar equivalent objects, until such a time as machine X determines this requesting machine can acquire the lock. Corresponding to the successful acquisition of a lock by a requesting machine, a reply is generated and sent to the successful requesting machine informing that machine of the successful acquisition of the lock. Following a receipt of such a message from Machine X confirming the successful acquisition of a requested lock, the acquireLock method and operations terminate execution and return control to the previous method frame, which is the context of Annexure D2 is the executing method frame of the run( ) method. Until such a time as the requesting machine receives a reply from machine X confirming the successful acquisition of the requested lock, the operation of the acquireLock method and run( ) method are suspended until such a confirmatory reply is received. Following this return operation, the execution of the run( ) method then resumes. Exemplary source-code for an embodiment of the acquireLock method is provided in Annexure D4 Annexure D4 also provides additional detail concerning DRT 71 functionality.
  • Later, the two statements “dup” and “invokestatic #24 <Method void releaseLock(java.lang.Object)>” are inserted into the code stream after the “18 aload.sub.-1” statement and before the “23 monitorexit” statement. These two statements cause the Java Virtual Machine to duplicate the item on the stack and then invoke the releaseLock method with the topmost item of the stack as an argument to the method call and result in the modification of the run( ) method to execute the “releaseLock” method and associated operations, corresponding to the following “monitorexit” instruction, before the procedure exits and returns.
  • The method void releaseLock(java.lang.Object), part of the LockClient code of Annexure D4 and part of the distributed runtime system (DRT) 71, performs the communications operations between machines M1 . . . Mn to coordinate the execution of the following “monitorexit” synchronization operation amongst the machines M1 . . . Mn. The releaseLock method of this example communications with LockServer code of Annexure D5 executing on a machine X of FIG. 15, by means of sending a “release lock request” to machine X corresponding to the object being “unlocked” (i.e., the object corresponding to the “monitorexit” instruction), which in the context of Table XXI and Annexure D2 is the ‘LOCK’ object. Corresponding to FIG. 30, machine X receives the “release lock request” corresponding to the LOCK object, and updates the table of locks to indicate the lock status corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent ‘LOCK’ objects as now “unlocked”. Additionally, if there are other machines awaiting acquisition of this lock, then machine X is able to select one of the awaiting machines to be the new owner of the lock by updating the table of locks to indicate this selected one awaiting machine as the new lock owner, and informing the successful one of the awaiting machines of its successful acquisition of the lock by means of a confirmatory reply. The successful one of the awaiting machines then resumes execution of its synchronization routine. Following the notification to machine X of lock release, the releaseLock method terminates execution and returns control to the previous method frame, which in this instance is the method frame of the run( ) method. Following this return operation, the execution of the run( ) method resumes.
  • It will be appreciated that the modified code permits, in a distributed computing environment having a plurality of computers or computing machines, the coordinated operation of synchronization routines or other mutual exclusion operations between and amongst machines M1 . . . Mn so that the problems associated with the operation of the unmodified code or procedure on a plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn (such as conflicts, unwanted interactions, race-conditions, or anomalous behaviour due to unexpected critical dependence on the relative time of events) does not occur when applying the modified code or procedure.
  • In the unmodified code sample of Annexure D1, the application program code includes instructions or operations that increment a memory location in local memory (used for a counter) within an enclosing synchronization routine. The purpose of the synchronization routine is to ensure thread-safety of the counter memory increment operation in multi-threaded and multi-processing applications and computer systems. The terms thread-safe or thread-safety refer to code that is either re-entrant or protected from multiple simultaneous execution by some form of mutual exclusion. Multi-threaded applications in the context of one or more embodiments of this disclosure may, for example, include applications operating two or more threads of execution concurrently each on a different machine. Thus, without the management of coordinated synchronization in environments comprising or consisting of a plurality of machines, each running concurrently executing part of a same application program, and with a memory updating and propagation replication means of FIGS. 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, each computer or computing machine would perform synchronization in isolation, thus potentially incrementing the shared counter at the same time, leading to potential conflicts or unwanted interactions such as race condition(s) and incoherent memory between the machines M1 . . . Mn. It will be appreciated that although this embodiment is described using a shared counter, the use or provision of such shared counter or memory location is optional and not required for the synchronization aspects of this disclosure. What is advantageous is that the synchronization routine behaves in a manner as the programming language, runtime system, or machine architecture (or any combination thereof) guarantees—that is, stop two parts (for example, two threads) of the application program from executing the same synchronization routine or same mutual exclusion operation or operator concurrently. Clearly consistent, coherent and coordinated synchronization behaviour is what the programmer or user of the application program code 50 expects to happen.
  • So, taking advantage of the DRT 71, the application code 50 is modified as it is loaded into the machine by changing the synchronization routine. It will be appreciated in light of the description provided here that the modifications made on each machine may generally be similar in-so-far as they should advantageously achieve a consistent end result of coordinated synchronization operation amongst all the machines; however, given the broad applicability of the novel synchronization method and associated procedures, the nature of the modifications may generally vary without altering the effect produced. For example, in a simple variation, one or more additional instructions or statements may be inserted, such as for example a “no-operation” (nop) type instruction into the application will mean the modifications made are technically different, but the modified code still conforms to the inventive concept. Embodiments of this disclosure may, for example, implement the changes by means of program transformation, translation, various forms of compilation, instrumentation, or by other means described herein or known in the art. The changes made (highlighted in bold text) are the starting or initial instructions and the ending instructions that the synchronization routine executes, and which correspond to the entry (start) and exit (finish) of the synchronization routine respectively. These added instructions (or modified instruction stream) act to coordinate the execution of the synchronization routine amongst the multiple concurrently executing instances or occurrences of the modified run method executing on each one of, or some subset of, the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, by invoking the acquireLock method corresponding to the start of execution of the synchronization routine, and by invoking the releaseLock method corresponding to the finish of execution of the synchronization routine, thereby providing consistent coordinated operation of the synchronization routine (or other mutual exclusion operation or operator) as required for the simultaneous operation of the modified application program code that is running on or across the plurality of machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn. This also advantageously provides for operation of the one application program in a coordinated manner across the machines.
  • The acquire lock (e.g. “acquireLock( )”) method of the DRT 71 takes an argument “(java.lang.Object)” which represents a reference to (or some other unique identifier for) the particular local object for which the global lock is desired (See Annexure D2 and Table XXI), and is to be used in acquiring a global lock across the plurality of similar equivalent objects on the other machines corresponding to the specified local object. The unique identifier may, for example be the name of the object, a reference to the object in question, or a unique number representing the plurality of similar equivalent objects across all nodes. By using a globally unique identifier across all connected machines to represent the plurality of similar equivalent objects on the plurality of machines, the DRT can support the synchronization of multiple objects at the same time without becoming confused as to which of the multiple objects are already synchronized and which are not as might be the case if object (or class) identifiers were not unique, by using the unique identifier of each object to consult the correct record in the shared synchronization table.
  • A further advantage of using a global identifier here is as a form of ‘meta-name’ for all the similar equivalent local objects on each one of the machines. For example, rather than having to keep track of each unique local name of each similar equivalent local object on each machine, one may instead define a global name (e.g., “globalname7787”) which each local machine in turn maps to a local object (e.g., “globalname7787” points to object “localobject456” on machine M1, and “globalname7787” points to object “localobject885” on machine M2, and “globalname7787” points to object “localobject111” on machine M3, and so forth). It thereafter is easier to simply say “acquire lock for globalname7787” which is then translated on machine 1 (M1) to mean “acquire lock for localobject456”, and is translated on machine 2 (M2) to mean “acquire lock for localobject885”, and so on.
  • The shared synchronization table that may optionally be used is a table, other storage means, or any other data structure that stores an object (and/or class or other asset) identifier and the synchronization status (or locked or unlocked status) of each object (and/or class or other asset). The table or other storage means operates to relate an object (and/or class or other asset, or a plurality of similar equivalent objects or classes or assets) to a status of either locked or unlocked or some other physical or logical indication of a locked state and an unlocked state. For example: the table (or any other data structure one cares to employ) may advantageously include a named object identifier and a record indicating if a named object (i.e., “globalname7787”) is locked or unlocked. In one embodiment, the table or other storage means stores a flag or memory bit, wherein when the flag or memory bit stores a “0” the object is unlocked and when the flag or memory bit stores a “1” the object is locked. Clearly, multiple bit or byte storage may be used and different logic sense or indicators may be used without departing from the inventive concept.
  • The DRT 71 can determine the synchronization state of the object in any one of a number of ways. Recall, for example that embodiments herein may include any means of implementing thread-safety, regardless of whether it is through the use of locks (lock/unlock), synchronizations, monitors, semphafores, mutexes, or other mechanisms. These means stop or limit concurrently executing parts of a single application program in order to guarantee consistency according to the rules of synchronization, locks, or the like. Preferably, it can ask each machine in turn if their local similar equivalent object (or class or other asset or resource) corresponding to the object being sought to be locked is presently synchronized, and if any machine replies true, then to pause execution of the synchronization routine and wait until that presently synchronized similar equivalent object on the other machine is unsynchronised, otherwise synchronize this object locally and resume execution of the synchronization routine. Each machine may implement synchronization (or mutual exclusion operations or operators) in its own way and this may be different in the different machines. Therefore, although some exemplary implementation details are provided, ultimately how synchronization (or mutual exclusion operations) is (are) implemented, or precisely how synchronization or mutual exclusion status (or locked/unlocked status) is recorded in memory or other storage means, is not critical to embodiments of this disclosure. By unsynchronized we generally mean unlocked or otherwise not subject to a mutual exclusion operation, and by synchronized we generally mean locked and subject to a mutual exclusion operation.
  • Alternatively, the DRT 71 on each local machine can consult a shared record table (perhaps on a separate machine (for example, on machine X which is different from machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn)), or can consult a coherent shared record table on each one of the local machines, or a shared database established in a memory or other storage, to determine if this object has been marked or identified as synchronized (or “locked”) by any machine and if so, then wait until the status of the object is changed to “unlocked” and then acquire the lock on this machine, otherwise acquire the lock by marking the object as locked (optionally by this machine) in the shared lock table.
  • In the situation where the shared record table is consulted, this may be considered as a variation of a shared database or data structure, where each machine has a local copy of a shared table (that is a replica of a shared table) with is updated to maintain coherency across the plurality of machines M1, . . . , Mn.
  • In one embodiment, the shared record table refers to a shared table accessible by all machines M1, . . . , Mn, that may for example be defined or stored in a commonly accessibly database such that any machine M1, . . . , Mn can consult or read this shared database table for the locked or unlocked status of an object. A further alternative arrangement is to implement a shared record table as a table in the memory of an additional machine (which we call “machine X”) which stores each object identification name and its lock status, and serves as the central repository which all other machines M1, . . . , Mn consult to determine locked status of similar equivalent objects.
  • In any of these different alternative implementations, the manner in which a one of, or a plurality of, similar equivalent objects is marked or identified as being synchronized (or locked) or unsynchronized (or unlocked) is relatively unimportant, and various stored memory bits or bytes or flags may be utilized as are known in the art to identify either one of the two possible logic states. It will also be appreciated that in the present embodiment, that synchronized is largely synonymous with locked and unsynchronized is largely synonymous with unlocked. These same considerations apply for classes as well as for other assets or resources.
  • Recall that the DRT 71 is responsible for determining the locked status for an object (or class, or other asset, corresponding to a plurality of similar equivalent objects or classes or assets) seeking to be locked before allowing the synchronization routine corresponding to the acquisition of that lock to proceed. In the exemplary embodiment described here, the DRT consults the shared synchronization record table which in one embodiment resides on an special “machine X”, and therefore the DRT needs to communicate via the network or other communications link or path with this machine X to enquire as to and determine the locked (or unlocked) status of the object (or class or other asset corresponding to a plurality of similar equivalent objects or classes or assets).
  • If the DRT on the local machine that is trying to execute a synchronization routine or other mutual exclusion operation determines that no other machine currently has a lock for this object (i.e., no other machine has synchronized this object) or any other one of a plurality of similar equivalent objects, then to acquire the lock for this object corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent objects on all other machines, for example by means of modifying the corresponding entry in a shared table of locked states for the object sought to be locked or alternatively, sequentially acquiring the lock on all other similar equivalent objects on all other machines in addition to the current machine. Note that the intent of this procedure is to lock the plurality of similar equivalent objects (or classes or assets) on all the other machines M1, . . . , Mn so that simultaneous or concurrent use of any similar equivalent objects by two or more machines is prevented, and any available approach may be utilized to accomplish this coordinated locking. For example, it does not matter if machine M1 instructs M2 to lock its similar equivalent local object, then instructs M3 to lock its similar equivalent local object, and then instructs M4 and so on; or if M1 instructs M2 to lock its similar equivalent local object, and then M2 instructs M3 to lock its similar equivalent local object, and then M3 instructs M4 to lock its similar equivalent local object, and so forth, what is being sought is the locking of the similar equivalent objects on all other machines so that simultaneous or concurrent use any similar equivalent objects by two or more machines is prevented. Only once this machine has successfully confirmed that no other machine has currently locked a similar equivalent object, and this machine has correspondingly locked its locally similar equivalent object, can the execution of the synchronization routine or code-block begin.
  • On the other hand, if the DRT 71 within the machine about to execute a synchronization routine (such as machine M1) determines that another machine, such as machine M4 has already synchronized a similar equivalent object, then this machine M1 is to postpone continued execution of the synchronization routine (or code-block) until such a time as the DRT on machine M1 can confirm than no other machine (such as one of machines M2, M3, M4, or M5, . . . , Mn) is presently executing a synchronize routine on a corresponding similar equivalent local object, and that this machine M1 has correspondingly synchronized its similar equivalent object locally. Recall that local synchronization refers to prior art conventional synchronization on a single machine, whereas global or coordinated synchronization refers to coordinated synchronization of, across and/or between similar equivalent local objects each on a one of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn. In such a case, the synchronization routine (or code-block) is not to continue execution until this machine M1 can guarantee that no other machine M2, M3, M4, . . . , Mn is executing a synchronization routine corresponding to the local similar equivalent object being sought to be locked, as it will potentially corrupt the object across the participating machines M1, M2, M3, . . . , Mn due to susceptibility to conflicts or other unwanted interactions such as race-conditions, and the like problems resulting from the concurrent execution of synchronization routines. Thus, when the DRT determines that this object, or a similar equivalent object on another machine, is presently “locked”, say by machine M4 (relative to all other machines), the DRT on machine M1 pauses execution of the synchronization routine by pausing the execution of the acquire lock (e.g., “acquireLock( )”) operation until such a time as a corresponding release lock (e.g., “releaseLock( )”) operation is executed by the present owner of the lock (e.g., machine M4).
  • Thus, on execution of a release lock (e.g. “releaseLock( )”) operation, the machine M4 which presently “owns” or holds a lock (i.e., is executing a synchronization routine) indicates the close of its synchronization routine, for example by marking this object as “unlocked” in the shared table of locked states, or alternatively, sequentially releasing locks acquired on all other machines. At this point, a different machine waiting to begin execution of a paused synchronization statement can then claim ownership of this now released lock by resuming execution of its postponed (i.e. delayed) “acquireLock( )” operation, for example, by marking itself as executing a lock for this similar equivalent object in the shared table of synchronization states, or alternatively, sequentially acquiring local locks of similar equivalent objects on each of the other machines. It is to be understood that the resumed execution of the acquire lock (e.g., “acquireLock”) operation is to be inclusive of the optional resumption of execution of the acquire lock (e.g., “acquireLock”) method at the point that execution was paused, as well as the alternative optional arrangement wherein the execution of the acquire lock (e.g., “acquireLock”) operation is repeated so as to re-request the lock. Again, these same considerations also apply for classes and more generally to any asset or resource.
  • So, according to at least one embodiment and taking advantage of the operation of the DRT 71, the application code 50 is modified as it is loaded into the machine by changing the synchronization routine (consisting of at least a beginning “acquire lock” type instruction (such as a JAVA “monitorenter” instruction) and an ending “release lock” type instruction (such as a JAVA “monitorexit” instruction). “Acquire lock” type instructions commence operation or execution of a mutual exclusion operation, generally corresponding to a particular asset such as a particular memory location or machine resource, and result in the asset corresponding to the mutual exclusion operation being locked with respect to some or all modes of simultaneous or concurrent use, execution or operation. “Release lock” type instructions terminate or otherwise discontinue operation or execution of a mutual exclusion operation, generally corresponding to a particular asset such as a particular memory location or machine resource, and result in the asset corresponding to the mutual exclusion operation being unlocked with respect to some or all modes of simultaneous or concurrent use, execution or operation. The changes made (highlighted in bold) are the modified instructions that the synchronization routine executes. These added instructions for example check if this lock has already been acquired by another machine. If this lock has not been acquired by another machine, then the DRT of this machine notifies all other machines that this machine has acquired the specified lock, and thereby stopping the other machines from executing synchronization routines corresponding to this lock.
  • The DRT 71 can determine and record the lock status of similar equivalent objects, or other corresponding memory location or machine or software resource on a plurality of machines, in many ways, such as for example, by way of illustration but not limitation:
  • 1. Corresponding to the entry to a synchronization routine by Machine M1, the DRT of machine M1 individually consults or communicates with each machine to ascertain if this global lock is already acquired by any other Machine M2, . . . , Mn different from itself. If this global lock corresponding to this asset or object is or has already been acquired by another one of the machines M2, . . . , Mn then the DRT of Machine M1 pauses execution of the synchronization routine on machine M1 until all other machines no longer own a global lock on this asset or object (that is to say that none of the other machines any longer own a global lock corresponding to this asset or object), at which point machine M1 can successfully acquire the global lock such that all other machines M2, . . . , Mn must now wait for machine M1 to release the global lock before a different machine can in turn acquire it. Otherwise, when it is determined that this global lock corresponding to this asset or object has not already been acquired by another machine M2, . . . , Mn the DRT continues execution of the synchronization routine, and such that all other machines M2, . . . , Mn must now wait for machine M1 to release the global lock before a different machine can in turn acquire it.
  • Alternatively, 2. Corresponding to the entry to a synchronization routine, the DRT consults a shared table of records (for example a shared database, or a copy of a shared table on each of the participating machines) which indicate if any machine currently “owns” this global lock. If so, the DRT then pauses execution of the synchronization routine on this machine until no machine owns a global lock on a similar equivalent object. Otherwise the DRT records this machine in the shared table (or tables, if there are multiple tables of records, e.g., on multiple machines) as the owner of this global lock, and then continues executing the synchronization routine.
  • Similarly, when a global lock is released, that is to say, when the execution of a synchronization routine is to end, the DRT can “un-record”, alter the status indicator, and/or reset the global lock status of machines in many alternative ways, for example by way of illustration but not limitation:
  • 1. Corresponding to the exit to a synchronization routine, the DRT individually notifies each other machine that it no longer owns the global lock.
  • Alternatively, 2. Corresponding to the exit to a synchronization routine, the DRT updates the record for this globally locked asset or object (such as for example a plurality of similar equivalent objects or assets) in the shared table(s) of records such that this machine is no longer recorded as owning this global lock.
  • Still further, the DRT can provide an acquire global lock queue to queue machines needing to acquire a global lock in multiple alternative ways, for example by way of illustration but not limitation:
  • 1. Corresponding to the entry to a synchronization routine by Machine M1 say, the DRT of machine M1 notifies the present owning machine (say Machine M4) of the global lock that machine M1 would like to or needs to acquire the corresponding global lock upon release by the current owning machine in order to perform an operation. The specified machine M4, if there are no other waiting machines, then stores a record of the requesting machine's (i.e., machine M1) interest or request in a table or list, such that machine M4 may know subsequent to releasing the corresponding global lock that the machine M1 recorded in the table or list is waiting to acquire the same global lock, which, following the exit of the synchronization routine corresponding to the global lock held by machine M4, then notifies the waiting machine (i.e. machine M1) specified in the record of waiting machines, that the global lock can be acquired, and thus machine M1 can proceed to acquire the global lock and continue executing its own synchronization routine.
  • 2. Corresponding to the entry to a synchronization routine by machine M1 say, the DRT notifies the present owner of the global lock, say machine M4, that a specific machine (say machine M1) would like to acquire the lock upon release by that machine (i.e., machine M4). That machine M4, if it finds after consulting its records of waiting machines for this locked object, finds that there are already one or more other machines (say machines M2 and M7) waiting, then either appends machine M1 to the end of the list of machines M2 and M7 wanting to acquire this locked object, or alternatively, forwards the request from M1 to the first waiting machine (i.e., machine M2), or any other machine waiting (i.e., machine M7), which then, in turn, records machine M1 in their table or records of waiting machines.
  • In the example above, for example, the records may be kept on Machine M4 and store a queue or other ordered or indexed list of machines waiting to acquire the lock after Machine M4 releases the lock it holds. This list or queue may then be used or referenced by M4 so that M4 can pass the lock on to other machines in accordance with the order of request or any other prioritization scheme. Alternatively, the list may be unordered, and machine M4 may pass the global lock on to any machine in the list or record.
  • 3. Corresponding to the entry to a synchronization routine, the DRT records itself in a shared table(s) of records (for example, a table stored in a shared database accessible by all machines, or multiple separate tables which are substantially similar).
  • Still further or in the alternative, the DRT 71 can notify other machines queued to acquire this global lock corresponding to the exit of a synchronization routine by this machine in the following alternative ways, for example:
  • 1. Corresponding to the exit of a synchronization routine, the DRT notifies one of the awaiting machines (for example, this first machine in the queue of waiting machines) that the global lock is released,
  • 2. Corresponding to the exit of a synchronization routine, the DRT notifies one of the awaiting machines (for example, the first machine in the queue of waiting machines) that the global lock is released, and additionally, provides a copy of the entire queue of machines (for example, the second machine and subsequent machines awaiting for this global lock). This way, the second machine inherits the list of waiting machines from the first machine, and thereby ensures the continuity of the queue of waiting machines as each machine in turn down the list acquires and subsequently releases the same global lock.
  • During the abovementioned scrutiny, “monitorenter” and “monitorexit” instructions (or methods) are initially looked for and, when found, a modifying code is inserted so as to give rise to a modified synchronization routine. This modified routine additionally acquires and releases the global lock. There are several different modes whereby this modification and loading can be carried out.
  • As seen in FIG. 15 a modification to the general arrangement of FIG. 8 is provided in that machines M1, M2 . . . Mn are as before and run the same application code 50 (or codes) on all machines M1 . . . Mn simultaneously or concurrently. However, the previous arrangement is modified by the provision of a server machine X which is conveniently able to supply housekeeping functions, for example, and especially the synchronization of structures, assets, and resources. Such a server machine X can be a low value commodity computer such as a PC since its computational load is low. As indicated by broken lines in FIG. 15, two server machines X and X+1 can be provided for redundancy purposes to increase the overall reliability of the system. Where two such server machines X and X+1 are provided, they are preferably but optionally operated as redundant machines in a failover arrangement.
  • It is not necessary to provide a server machine X as its computational load can be distributed over machines M1, M2 . . . Mn. Alternatively, a database operated by one machine (in a master/slave type operation) can be used for the housekeeping function(s).
  • FIG. 16 shows a preferred general procedure to be followed. After loading 161 has been commenced, the instructions to be executed are considered in sequence and all synchronization routines are detected as indicated in step 162. In the JAVA language these are the “monitorenter” and “monitorexit” instructions, and methods marked as synchronized in the method descriptor. Other languages use different terms.
  • Where a synchronization routine is detected 162, it is modified in step 163 in order to perform consistent, coordinated, and coherent synchronization operation (or other mutual exclusion operation) across the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, typically by inserting further instructions into the synchronization (or other mutual exclusion) routine to, for example, coordinate the operation of the synchronization routine amongst and between similar equivalent synchronization or other mutual exclusion operations on other one or more of the plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, so that no two or more machines execute a similar equivalent synchronization or other mutual exclusion operation at once or overlapping. Alternatively, the modifying instructions may be inserted prior to the routine, such as for example prior to the instruction(s) or operation(s) related to a synchronization routine. Once the modification step 163 has been completed the loading procedure continues by loading the modified application code in place of the unmodified application code, as indicated in step 164. The modifications preferably take the form of an “acquire lock on all other machines” operation and a “release lock on all other machines” modification as indicated at step 163.
  • FIG. 27 illustrates a particular form of modification. Firstly, the structures, assets or resources (in JAVA termed classes or objects eg 50A, 50X-50Y) or more generally “locks” to be synchronized have already been allocated a name or tag (for example a global name or tag) which can be used to identify corresponding similar equivalent local objects, or assets, or resources, or locks on each of the machines M1 . . . Mn, as indicated by step 172. This preferably happens when the classes or objects are originally initialized. This is most conveniently done via a table maintained by server machine X. This table also includes the synchronization status of the class or object or lock. It will be understood that this table or other data structure may store only the synchronization status, or it may store other status or information as well. In the preferred embodiment, this table also includes a queue arrangement which stores the identities of machines which have requested use of this asset or lock.
  • As indicated in step 173 of FIG. 27, next an “acquire lock” request is sent to machine X, after which, the sending machine awaits for confirmation of lock acquisition as shown in step 174. Thus, if the global name is already locked (i.e. a corresponding similar local asset is in exclusive use by another machine other than the machine proposing to acquire the lock) then this means that the proposed synchronization routine of the corresponding object or class or asset or lock should be paused until the corresponding object or class or asset or lock is unlocked by the current owner.
  • Alternatively, if the global name is not locked, this means that no other machine is exclusively using a similar equivalent class, object, asset or lock, and confirmation of lock acquisition is received straight away. After receipt of confirmation of lock acquisition, execution of the synchronization routine is allowed to continue, as shown in step 175.
  • FIG. 28 shows the procedures followed by the application program executing machine which wishes to relinquish a lock. The initial step is indicated at step 181. The operation of this proposing machine is temporarily interrupted by steps 183, 184 until the reply is received from machine X, corresponding to step 184, and execution then resumes as indicated in step 185. Optionally, and as indicated in step 182, the machine requesting release of a lock is made to lookup the “global name” for this lock preceding a request being made to machine X. This way, multiple locks on multiple machines may be acquired and released without interfering with one another.
  • FIG. 29 shows the activity carried out by machine X in response to an “acquire lock” enquiry (of FIG. 27). After receiving an “acquire lock” request at step 191, the lock status is determined at steps 192 and 193 and, if no—the named resource is not free or otherwise “locked”, the identity of the enquiring machine is added at step 194 to (or forms) the queue of awaiting acquisition requests. Alternatively, if the answer is yes—the named resource is free and “unlocked”—the corresponding reply is sent at step 197. The waiting enquiring machine is then able to execute the synchronization routine accordingly by carrying out step 175 of FIG. 27. In addition to the yes response, the shared table is updated at step 196 so that the status of the globally named asset is changed to “locked”.
  • FIG. 30 shows the activity carried out by machine X in response to a “release lock” request of FIG. 28. After receiving a “release lock” request at step 201, machine X optionally, and preferably, confirms that the machine requesting to release the global lock is indeed the current owner of the lock, as indicated in step 202. Next, the queue status is determined at step 203 and, if no-one is waiting to acquire this lock, machine X marks this lock as “unowned” (or “unlocked”) in the shared table, as shown in step 207, and optionally sends a confirmation of release back to the requesting machine, as indicated by step 208. This enables the requesting machine to execute step 185 of FIG. 28.
  • Alternatively, if yes—that is, other machines are waiting to acquire this lock—machine X marks this lock as now acquired by the next machine in the queue, as shown in step 204, and then sends a confirmation of lock acquisition to the queued machine at step 205, and consequently removes the new lock owner from the queue of waiting machines, as indicated in step 206.
  • Given the fundamental concept of modifying the synchronization routines (or other mutual exclusion operations or operators) to coordinate operation between and amongst a plurality of machines M1 . . . Mn, there are several different ways or embodiments in which this coordinated, coherent and consistent synchronization (or other mutual exclusion) operation concept, method, and procedure may be carried out or implemented.
  • In the first embodiment, a particular machine, say machine M2, loads the asset (for example a class or object) inclusive of a synchronization routine(s), modifies it, and then loads each of the other machines M1, M3 . . . Mn (either sequentially, or simultaneously or according to any other order, routine, or procedure) with the modified asset (or class or object) inclusive of the new modified synchronization routine(s). Note that there may be one or a plurality of routine(s) corresponding to only one object in the application code, or there may be a plurality of routines corresponding to a plurality of objects in the application code. Note that in one embodiment, the synchronization routine(s) that is (are) loaded is binary executable object code. Alternatively, the synchronization routine(s) that is (are) loaded is executable intermediate code.
  • In this arrangement, which may be termed “master/slave” each of the slave (or secondary) machines M1, M3, . . . , Mn loads the modified object (or class), and inclusive of the new modified synchronization routine(s), that was sent to it over the computer communications network or other communications link or path by the master (or primary) machine, such as machine M2, or some other machine such as a machine X of FIG. 15. In a slight variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement, the computer communications network can be replaced by a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database.
  • Note that the modification performed on each machine or computer need not and frequently will not be the same or identical. What is required is that they are modified in a similar enough way that in accordance with the inventive principles described herein, each of the plurality of machines behaves consistently and coherently relative to the other machines to accomplish the operations and objectives described herein. Furthermore, it will be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that there are a myriad of ways to implement the modifications that may for example depend on the particular hardware, architecture, operating system, application program code, or the like or different factors. It will also be appreciated that embodiments of this disclosure may be implemented within an operating system, outside of or without the benefit of any operating system, inside the virtual machine, in an EPROM, in software, in firmware, or in any combination of these.
  • In a further variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement, machine M2 loads asset (such as class or object) inclusive of an (or even one or more) synchronization routine in unmodified form on machine M2, and then (for example, machine M2 or each local machine) modifies the class (or object or asset) by deleting the synchronization routine in whole or part from the asset (or class or object) and loads by means of a computer communications network or other communications link or path the modified code for the asset with the now modified or deleted synchronization routine on the other machines. Thus in this instance the modification is not a transformation, instrumentation, translation or compilation of the asset synchronization routine but a deletion of the synchronization routine on all machines except one.
  • The process of deleting the synchronization routine in its entirety can either be performed by the “master” machine (such as machine M2 or some other machine such as machine X of FIG. 15) or alternatively by each other machine M1, M3, . . . , Mn upon receipt of the unmodified asset. An additional variation of this “master/slave” or “primary/secondary” arrangement is to use a shared storage device such as a shared file system, or a shared document/file repository such as a shared database as means of exchanging the code (including for example, the modified code) for the asset, class or object between machines M1, M2, . . . , Mn and optionally a machine X of FIG. 15.
  • In a still further embodiment, each machine M1, . . . , Mn receives the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of one or more synchronization routines, but modifies the routines and then loads the asset (such as class or object) consisting of the now modified routines. Although one machine, such as the master or primary machine may customize or perform a different modification to the synchronization routine sent to each machine, this embodiment more readily enables the modification carried out by each machine to be slightly different and to be enhanced, customized, and/or optimized based upon its particular machine architecture, hardware, processor, memory, configuration, operating system, or other factors, yet still similar, coherent and consistent with other machines with all other similar modifications and characteristics that may not need to be similar or identical.
  • In a further arrangement, a particular machine, say M1, loads the unmodified asset (such as class or object) inclusive of one or more synchronization routines and all other machines M2, M3, . . . , Mn perform a modification to delete the synchronization routine(s) of the asset (such as class or object) and load the modified version.
  • In all of the described instances or embodiments, the supply or the communication of the asset code (such as class code or object code) to the machines M1, . . . , Mn, and optionally inclusive of a machine X of FIG. 15, can be branched, distributed or communicated among and between the different machines in any combination or permutation; such as by providing direct machine to machine communication (for example, M2 supplies each of M1, M3, M4, etc. directly), or by providing or using cascaded or sequential communication (for example, M2 supplies M1 which then supplies M3 which then supplies M4, and so on), or a combination of the direct and cascaded and/or sequential.
  • In a still further arrangement, the machines M1 to Mn, may send some or all load requests to an additional machine X (see for example the embodiment of FIG. 15), which performs the modification to the application code 50 inclusive of an (and possibly a plurality of) synchronization routine(s) via any of the afore mentioned methods, and returns the modified application code inclusive of the now modified synchronization routine(s) to each of the machines M1 to Mn, and these machines in turn load the modified application code inclusive of the modified routines locally. In this arrangement, machines M1 to Mn forward all load requests to machine X, which returns a modified application program code 50 inclusive of modified synchronization routine(s) to each machine. The modifications performed by machine X can include any of the modifications covered under the scope of the inventive concept. This arrangement may of course be applied to some of the machines and other arrangements described herein before applied to other of the machines.
  • Persons skilled in the computing arts will be aware of various possible techniques that may be used in the modification of computer code, including but not limited to instrumentation, program transformation, translation, or compilation means.
  • One such technique is to make the modification(s) to the application code, without a preceding or consequential change of the language of the application code. Another such technique is to convert the original code (for example, JAVA language source-code) into an intermediate representation (or intermediate-code language, or pseudo code), such as JAVA byte code. Once this conversion takes place the modification is made to the byte code and then the conversion may be reversed. This gives the desired result of modified JAVA code.
  • A further possible technique is to convert the application program to machine code, either directly from source-code or via the abovementioned intermediate language or through some other intermediate means. Then the machine code is modified before being loaded and executed. A still further such technique is to convert the original code to an intermediate representation, which is thus modified and subsequently converted into machine code.
  • Various embodiments of this disclosure encompass all such modification routes and also a combination of two, three or even more, of such routes.
  • Embodiment Including Memory Management and Replication Object Initialization, Finalization, and Synchronization
  • Having now described structures, procedures, computer program code and tools, and other aspects and features of a multiple computer system and computing method utilizing at least one of memory management and replication object initialization, finalization, and synchronization it may readily be appreciated that these may also optionally but advantageously be applied in any combination
  • It may also be appreciated that the memory management, initialization, finalization, and/or synchronization aspects of embodiments of this disclosure may be implemented or applied serially or sequentially or in parallel. For example, where the code is being scrutinized or analysed to identify or detect particular code sections relevant to initialization, that same analysis or scrutinization may also attempt to identify or detect code sections relevant to finalization (or synchronization for example). Alternatively, separate sequential (or possibly overlapping) analysis and scrutiny may be utilized to separately detect code relevant to initialization and finalization and synchronization. Any required modification to the code may also be performed in combination or separately, and furthermore, portions may be performed together while other portions are performed separately.
  • Having now described aspects of the memory management and replication, initialization, finalization, and synchronization, attention is now directed to an exemplary operational scenario illustrating the manner in which application programs on two computers may simultaneously execute the same application program in a consistent, coherent manner.
  • In this regard, attention is directed to FIGS. 31-33, two laptop computers 101 and 102 are illustrated. The computers 101 and 102 are not necessarily identical and indeed, one can be an IBM or IBM-clone and the other can be an APPLE computer. The computers 101 and 102 have two screens 105, 115 two keyboards 106, 116 but a single mouse 107. The two machines 101, 102 are interconnected by a means of a single coaxial cable or twisted pair cable 314.
  • Two simple application programs are downloaded onto each of the machines 101, 102, the programs being modified as they are being loaded as described above. In this embodiment the first application is a simple calculator program and results in the image of a calculator 108 being displayed on the screen 105. The second program is a graphics program which displays four colored blocks 109 which are of different colours and which move about at random within a rectangular box 310. Again, after loading, the box 310 is displayed on the screen 105. Each application operates independently so that the blocks 109 are in random motion on the screen 105 whilst numerals within the calculator 108 can be selected (with the mouse 107) together with a mathematical operator (such as addition or multiplication) so that the calculator 108 displays the result.
  • The mouse 107 can be used to “grab” the box 310 and move same to the right across the screen 105 and onto the screen 115 so as to arrive at the situation illustrated in FIG. 32. In this arrangement, the calculator application is being conducted on machine 101 whilst the graphics application resulting in display of box 310 is being conducted on machine 102.
  • However, as illustrated in FIG. 33, it is possible by means of the mouse 107 to drag the calculator 108 to the right as seen in FIG. 32 so as to have a part of the calculator 108 displayed by each of the screens 105, 115. Similarly, the box 310 can be dragged by means of the mouse 107 to the left as seen in FIG. 32 so that the box 310 is partially displayed by each of the screens 105, 115 as indicated FIG. 33. In this configuration, part of the calculator operation is being performed on machine 101 and part on machine 102 whilst part of the graphics application is being carried out the machine 101 and the remainder is carried out on machine 102.
  • Further Description
  • The foregoing describes only some embodiments of this disclosure and modifications, obvious to those skilled in the art, can be made thereto without departing from the scope of the inventive concept. For example, reference to JAVA includes both the JAVA language and also JAVA platform and architecture.
  • In all described instances of modification, where the application code 50 is modified before, or during loading, or even after loading but before execution of the unmodified application code has commenced, it is to be understood that the modified application code is loaded in place of, and executed in place of, the unmodified application code subsequently to the modifications being performed.
  • Alternatively, in the instances where modification takes place after loading and after execution of the unmodified application code has commenced, it is to be understood that the unmodified application code may either be replaced with the modified application code in whole, corresponding to the modifications being performed, or alternatively, the unmodified application code may be replaced in part or incrementally as the modifications are performed incrementally on the executing unmodified application code. Regardless of which such modification routes are used, the modifications subsequent to being performed execute in place of the unmodified application code.
  • An advantage of using a global identifier in the described embodiments is as a form of ‘meta-name’ or ‘meta-identity’ for all the similar equivalent local objects (or classes, or assets or resources or the like) on each one of the plurality of machines M1, . . . , Mn. For example, rather than having to keep track of each unique local name or identity of each similar equivalent local object on each machine of the plurality of similar equivalent objects, one may instead define or use a global name corresponding to the plurality of similar equivalent objects on each machine (e.g., “globalname7787”), and with the understanding that each machine relates the global name to a specific local name or object (e.g., “globalname7787” corresponds to object “localobject456” on machine M1, and “globalname7787” corresponds to object “localobject885” on machine M2, and “globalname7787” corresponds to object “localobject111” on machine M3, and so forth).
  • Those skilled in the programming arts will be aware that when additional code or instructions is/are inserted into an existing code or instruction set to modify same, the existing code or instruction set may well require further modification (such as for example, by re-numbering of sequential instructions) so that offsets, branching, attributes, mark up and the like are catered for.
  • Similarly, in the JAVA language memory locations include, for example, both fields and array types. The above description deals with fields and the changes required for array types are essentially the same mutatis mutandis. Also embodiments of this disclosure are equally applicable to similar programming languages (including procedural, declarative and object orientated) to JAVA including Micrsoft.NET platform and architecture (Visual Basic, Visual C/C.sup.++, and C#) FORTRAN, C/C.sup.++, COBOL, BASIC etc.
  • The abovementioned arrangement, in which the JAVA code which updates memory locations or field values is modified, is based on the assumption that either the runtime system (say, JAVA HOTSPOT VIRTUAL MACHINE written in C and Java) or the operating system (LINUX written in C and Assembler, for example) of each machine M1 . . . Mn will ordinarily update memory on the local machine (say M2) but not on any corresponding other machines (M1, M3 . . . Mn). It is possible to leave the JAVA code which updates memory locations or field values unamended and instead amend the LINUX or HOTSPOT routine which updates memory locally, so that it correspondingly updates memory on all other machines as well. In order to embrace such an arrangement the term “updating propagation routine” used herein in conjunction with maintaining the memory of all machines M1 . . . Mn essentially the same, is to be understood to include within its scope both the JAVA putfield and putstatic instructions and related operations and the “combination” of the JAVA putfield and putstatic operations and the LINUX or HOTSPOT code fragments which perform memory updating.
  • The abovementioned embodiment in which the code of the JAVA initialisation routine is modified, is based upon the assumption that either the run time system (say, JAVA HOTSPOT VIRTUAL MACHINE written in C and JAVA) or the operating system (LINUX written in C and Assembler, for example) of each machine M1 . . . Mn will call the JAVA initialisation routine. It is possible to leave the JAVA initialisation routine unamended and instead amend the LINUX or HOTSPOT routine which calls the JAVA initialisation routine, so that if the object or class is already loaded, then the JAVA initialisation routine is not called. In order to embrace such an arrangement the term “initialisation routine” is to be understood to include within its scope both the JAVA initialisation routine and the “combination” of the JAVA initialisation routine and the LINUX or HOTSPOT code fragments which call or initiates the JAVA initialisation routine.
  • The abovementioned embodiment in which the code of the JAVA finalisation or clean up routine is modified, is based upon the assumption that either the run time system (say, JAVA HOTSPOT VIRTUAL MACHINE written in C and JAVA) or the operating system (LINUX written in C and Assembler, for example) of each machine M1 . . . Mn will call the JAVA finalisation routine. It is possible to leave the JAVA finalisation routine unamended and instead amend the LINUX or HOTSPOT routine which calls the JAVA finalisation routine, so that if the object or class is not to be deleted, then the JAVA finalisation routine is not called. In order to embrace such an arrangement the term “finalisation routine” is to be understood to include within its scope both the JAVA finalisation routine and the “combination” of the JAVA finalisation routine and the LINUX or HOTSPOT code fragments which call or initiate the JAVA finalisation routine.
  • The abovementioned embodiment in which the code of the JAVA synchronization routine is modified, is based upon the assumption that either the run time system (say, JAVA HOTSPOT VIRTUAL MACHINE written in C and JAVA) or the operating system (LINUX written in C and Assembler, for example) of each machine M1 . . . Mn will normally acquire the lock on the local machine (say M2) but not on any other machines (M1, M3 . . . Mn). It is possible to leave the JAVA synchronization routine unamended and instead amend the LINUX or HOTSPOT routine which acquires the lock locally, so that it correspondingly acquires the lock on all other machines as well. In order to embrace such an arrangement the term “synchronization routine” is to be understood to include within its scope both the JAVA synchronization routine and the “combination” of the JAVA synchronization routine and the LINUX or HOTSPOT code fragments which perform lock acquisition and release.
  • The terms object and class used herein are derived from the JAVA environment and are intended to embrace similar terms derived from different environments such as dynamically linked libraries (DLL), or object code packages, or function unit or memory locations.
  • Various means are described relative to embodiments of this disclosure, including for example but not limited to lock means, distributed run time means, modifier or modifying means, propagation means, distribution update means, counter means, synchronization means, and the like. In at least one embodiment, any one or each of these various means may be implemented by computer program code statements, applications, or instructions (possibly including by a plurality of computer program code statements or instructions) that execute within computer logic circuits, processors, ASICs, microprocessors, microcontrollers, or other logic to modify the operation of such logic or circuits to accomplish the recited operation or function. In another embodiment, any one or each of these various means may be implemented in firmware and in other embodiments such may be implemented in hardware. Furthermore, in at least one embodiment, any one or each of these various means may be implemented by an combination of computer program software, firmware, and/or hardware.
  • Any and each of the aforedescribed methods, procedures, and/or routines may advantageously be implemented as a computer program and/or computer program product stored on any tangible physical media, or existing in transitory electronic, signal, or digital form. Such computer program or computer program products comprising instructions separately and/or organized as modules, programs, subroutines, or in any other way for execution in processing logic such as in a processor or microprocessor of a computer, computing machine, or information appliance; the computer program or computer program products modifying the operation of the computer on which it executes or on a computer coupled with, connected to, or otherwise in signal communications with the computer on which the computer program or computer program product is present or executing. Such computer program or computer program product modifying the operation and architectural structure of the computer, computing machine, and/or information appliance to alter the technical operation of the computer and realize the technical effects described herein.
  • Embodiments of this disclosure may therefore include a computer program product comprising a set of program instructions stored in a physical storage medium, or existing electronically in any form and operable to permit a plurality of computers to carry out any of the methods, procedures, routines, or the like as described herein.
  • Furthermore, embodiments may include a plurality of computers interconnected via a communication network or other communications ink or path and each operable to substantially simultaneously or concurrently execute the same or a different portion of an application program code written to operate on only a single computer on a corresponding different one of computers, wherein the computers being programmed to carry out any of the methods, procedures, or routines described in the specification or set forth in any of the claims, or being loaded with a computer program product.
  • The term “comprising” (and its grammatical variations) as used herein is used in the inclusive sense of “having” or “including” and not in the exclusive sense of “consisting only of”.
  • COPYRIGHT NOTICE
  • This patent specification and the Annexures which form a part thereof contains material which is subject to copyright protection. The copyright owner (which is the applicant and/or assignee) has no objection to the reproduction of this patent specification or related materials from publicly available associated Patent Office files for the purposes of review, but otherwise reserves all copyright whatsoever. In particular, the various instructions are not to be entered into a computer without the specific written approval of the copyright owner.

Claims (44)

1. A multiple computer system having at least one application program running simultaneously on a plurality of computers interconnected by a communications network, wherein different portions of said application program(s) execute substantially simultaneously on different ones of said computers, wherein for each said portion, a like plurality of substantially identical objects are created, each in the corresponding computer, and wherein all read requests by each said computer are satisfied only from reading the objects created in the requesting computer.
2. The system of claim 1, wherein each of said plurality of substantially identical objects has a substantially identical name.
3. The system of claim 2, wherein the initial contents of each of said identically named objects is substantially the same.
4. The system of claim 2, wherein each group of identical objects is collectively deleted when each one of said plurality of computers no longer needs to refer to their corresponding object of said group of objects.
5. The system of claim 4, wherein each said computer includes a distributed run time application, with the distributed run time application of each said computer able to communicate with all other computers wherein, if a portion of said application program(s) running on one of said computers no longer needs to refer to an object in that computer, then the identity of the unreferenced object is transmitted by the distributed run time application of said one computer to a shared table accessible by all the other computers.
6. The system of claim 5, wherein each said application program is modified before, during, or after loading by inserting a finalization routine to modify each instance at which said application program no longer needs to refer to an object.
7. The system of claim 6, wherein said inserted finalization routine modified a pre-existing finalization routine to enable the pre-existing finalization routine to execute if all computers no longer need to refer to their corresponding object, and to disable the pre-existing finalization routine if at least one computer does need to refer to a corresponding object.
8. The system of claim 2, further comprising a locking application applicable to all said computers, wherein any computer wishing to utilize a named object therein acquires an authorizing lock from said locking application which permits said utilization and which prevents all the other computers from utilizing their corresponding named object until said authorizing lock is relinquished.
9. The system of claim 8, wherein said locking application includes an acquire lock routine and a release lock routine, wherein both said routines are included in modifications made to said application program running on all said computers.
10. The system of claim 9, wherein said locking application further comprises a shared table listing said named objects in use by any said computer, a lock status for each said object, and a queue of any pending lock acquisitions.
11. The system of claim 10, wherein said locking application is located within an additional computer not running said application program and connected to said communications network.
12. The system of claim 11, wherein each said application program is modified before, during, or after loading by inserting said acquire lock routine and said release lock routine to modify each instance at which said application program acquires and releases respectively a lock on an object.
13. The system of claim 1, wherein each said computer includes a distributed run time application, with the distributed run time application of each said computer able to communicate with all other computers such that if a portion of said application program(s) running on one of said computers changes the contents of an object in that computer, then the change in content for said object is propagated by the distributed run time application of said one computer to all other computers to change the content of the corresponding object in each of said other computers.
14. The system of claim 13, wherein all said distributed run time applications communicate via said communications link at a data transfer rate which is substantially less than the local memory read rate.
15. The system of claim 1, wherein each said application program is modified before, during, or after loading by inserting an updating propagation routine to modify each instance at which said application program writes to memory, said updating propagation routine propagating every memory write by one computer to all said other computers.
16. The system of claim 1, wherein each said application program is modified before, during, or after loading by inserting an initialization routine to modify each instance at which said application program creates an object, said initialization routine propagating every object newly created by one computer to all said other computers.
17. The system of claim 16, wherein said inserted initialization routine modifies a pre-existing initialization routine to enable the pre-existing initialization routine to execute on creation of the first of said like plurality of objects, and to disable the pre-existing initialization routine on creation of all subsequent ones of said like plurality of objects.
18. The system of claim 17, wherein the application program is modified in accordance with a procedure selected from a group of procedures consisting of re-compilation at loading, pre-compilation prior to loading, compilation prior to loading, just-in-time compilation, and re-compilation after loading and before execution of the relevant portion of application program.
19. The system of claim 18, wherein said modified application program is transferred to all said computers in accordance with a procedure selected from the group consisting of master/slave transfer, branched transfer, and cascaded transfer.
20. The system of claim 1, wherein a local memory capacity allocated to each of the at least one application program is substantially identical, and a total memory capacity available to the at least one application program is said allocated memory capacity.
21. The system of claim 1, wherein at least some of said computers are manufactured by different manufacturers and/or have different operating systems.
22. A method of running at least one application program on a plurality of computers simultaneously, said computers being interconnected by a communications network, the method comprising:
executing different portions of said application program(s) on different ones of said computers and, for each said portion, creating a like plurality of substantially identical objects each in the corresponding computer, and
satisfying all read requests by each said computer by reading only from objects created in the requesting computer.
23. The method of claim 22, further comprising:
naming each of said plurality of substantially identical objects with a substantially identical name.
24. The method of claim 22, further comprising:
if a portion of said application program running on one of said computers changes the contents of an object in that computer, then the change in content of said object is propagated to all of the other computers via said communications network to change the content of the corresponding object in each of said other computers.
25. The method of claim 24, further comprising:
modifying said application program before, during or after loading by inserting an updating propagation routine to modify each instance at which said application program writes to memory, said updating propagation routine propagating every memory write by one computer to all said other computers.
26. The method of claim 25, further comprising:
modifying said application program utilizing a procedure selected from a group of procedures consisting of re-compilation at loading, pre-compilation prior to loading, compilation prior to loading, just-in-time compilation, and re-compilation after loading and before execution of the relevant portion of application program.
27. The method of claim 26, further comprising:
transferring the modified application program to all said computers utilizing a procedure selected from the group consisting of a master/slave transfer, a branched transfer, and a cascaded transfer.
28. The method of claim 25, further comprising:
communicating said local memory writes constituting an updating data transmission at a data transfer rate which is substantially less than a local memory read rate.
29. The method of claim 23, further comprising:
creating the initial contents of each of said identically named objects to be substantially the same.
30. The method of claim 29, further comprising:
if a portion of said application program running on one of said computers creates an object in that computer, then the created object is propagated to all of the other computers via said communications network.
31. The method of claim 30, further comprising:
modifying said application program before, during or after loading by inserting an initialization routine to modify each instance at which said application program creates an object, said initialization routine propagating every object created by one computer to all said other computers.
32. The method of claim 31, further comprising:
modifying said application program utilizing a procedure selected from the group of procedures consisting of re-compilation at loading, pre-compilation prior to loading, compilation prior to loading, just-in-time compilation, and re-compilation after loading and before execution of the relevant portion of application program.
33. The method of claim 32, further comprising:
transferring the modified application program to all said computers utilizing a procedure selected from the group consisting of a master/slave transfer, a branched transfer and a cascaded transfer.
34. The method of claim 22, further comprising:
deleting all said identical objects collectively when all of said plurality of computers no longer need to refer to their corresponding object.
35. The method of claim 34, further comprising:
providing each said computer with a distributed run time application to communicate between said computers via said communications network.
36. The method of claim 35, further comprising:
providing a shared table accessible by each said distributed run time application and in which is stored the identity of any computer which no longer requires to access an object, together with the identity of the object.
37. The method of claim 36, further comprising:
associating a counter with said shared table, said counter storing a count of the number of said computers which no longer require to access said object.
38. The method of claim 37, further comprising:
providing an additional computer on which said shared program does not run and which hosts said shared table and counter, said additional computer being connected to said communications network.
39. The method of claim 22, further comprising:
requiring any of said computers wishing to utilize a named object therein to acquire an authorizing lock which permits said utilization and which prevents all the other computers from utilizing their corresponding named object until said authorizing lock is relinquished.
40. The method of claim 39, further comprising:
providing each said computer with a distributed run time application to communicate between said computers via said communications network.
41. The method of claim 40, further comprising:
providing a shared table accessible by each said distributed run time application and in which is stored the identity of any computer which currently has to access an object, together with the identity of the object.
42. The method of claim 41, further comprising:
associating a counter with said shared table, said counter storing a count of the number of said computers which seek access to said object.
43. The method of claim 42, further comprising:
providing an additional computer on which said shared program does not run and which hosts said shared table and counter, said additional computer being connected to said communications network.
44. A single computer arranged to cooperate with at least one other like computer to form the multiple computer system as claimed in claim 1.
US12/820,758 2004-04-23 2010-06-22 Multi-computer distributed processing with replicated local memory exclusive read and write and network value update propagation Abandoned US20100262590A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/820,758 US20100262590A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2010-06-22 Multi-computer distributed processing with replicated local memory exclusive read and write and network value update propagation

Applications Claiming Priority (32)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/830,042 US7849452B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2004-04-23 Modification of computer applications at load time for distributed execution
AU2005902026 2005-04-21
AU2005902025 2005-04-21
AU2005902027A AU2005902027A0 (en) 2005-04-21 Modified Computer Architecture with Coordinated Objects
AU2005902024 2005-04-21
AU2005902023A AU2005902023A0 (en) 2005-04-21 Multiple Computer Architecture with Replicated Memory Fields
AU2005902023 2005-04-21
AU2005902027 2005-04-21
AU2005902024A AU2005902024A0 (en) 2005-04-21 Modified Computer Architecture with Initialization of Objects
AU2005902025A AU2005902025A0 (en) 2005-04-21 Modified Computer Architecture with Finalization of Objects
AU2005902026A AU2005902026A0 (en) 2005-04-21 Multiple Computer Architecture with Synchronization
AUPCT/AU2005/000579 2005-04-22
PCT/AU2005/000582 WO2005103928A1 (en) 2004-04-22 2005-04-22 Multiple computer architecture with replicated memory fields
US11/111,757 US20050257219A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Multiple computer architecture with replicated memory fields
PCT/AU2005/000578 WO2005103924A1 (en) 2004-04-22 2005-04-22 Modified computer architecture with initialization of objects
US11/111,778 US20060095483A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Modified computer architecture with finalization of objects
AUPCT/AU2005/000582 2005-04-22
AUPCT/AU2005/000578 2005-04-22
PCT/AU2005/000580 WO2005103926A1 (en) 2004-04-22 2005-04-22 Modified computer architecture with coordinated objects
US11/111,781 US20050262513A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Modified computer architecture with initialization of objects
AUPCT/AU2005/000580 2005-04-22
AUPCT/AU2005/000581 2005-04-22
PCT/AU2005/000581 WO2005103927A1 (en) 2004-04-22 2005-04-22 Modified computer architecture with finalization of objects
US11/111,946 US7844665B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Modified computer architecture having coordinated deletion of corresponding replicated memory locations among plural computers
US11/111,779 US7707179B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-04-22 Multiple computer architecture with synchronization
PCT/AU2005/000579 WO2005103925A1 (en) 2004-04-22 2005-04-22 Multiple computer architecture with synchronization
US11/259,634 US20060265703A1 (en) 2005-04-21 2005-10-25 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with replicated memory
US11/259,885 US7788314B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-10-25 Multi-computer distributed processing with replicated local memory exclusive read and write and network value update propagation
US11/259,744 US20060253844A1 (en) 2005-04-21 2005-10-25 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with initialization of objects
US12/340,303 US20090198776A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2008-12-19 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with initialization of objects
US12/396,446 US7860829B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2009-03-02 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with replicated memory
US12/820,758 US20100262590A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2010-06-22 Multi-computer distributed processing with replicated local memory exclusive read and write and network value update propagation

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/259,885 Continuation US7788314B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-10-25 Multi-computer distributed processing with replicated local memory exclusive read and write and network value update propagation

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20100262590A1 true US20100262590A1 (en) 2010-10-14

Family

ID=37114615

Family Applications (10)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/259,762 Active 2027-01-24 US8028299B2 (en) 2005-04-21 2005-10-25 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with finalization of objects
US11/259,634 Abandoned US20060265703A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-10-25 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with replicated memory
US11/259,744 Abandoned US20060253844A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-10-25 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with initialization of objects
US11/259,761 Abandoned US20060265704A1 (en) 2005-04-21 2005-10-25 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with synchronization
US11/259,885 Active 2026-12-11 US7788314B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-10-25 Multi-computer distributed processing with replicated local memory exclusive read and write and network value update propagation
US11/912,141 Abandoned US20090055603A1 (en) 2005-04-21 2006-04-20 Modified computer architecture for a computer to operate in a multiple computer system
US12/340,303 Abandoned US20090198776A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2008-12-19 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with initialization of objects
US12/343,419 Expired - Lifetime US7818296B2 (en) 2005-04-21 2008-12-23 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with synchronization
US12/396,446 Expired - Lifetime US7860829B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2009-03-02 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with replicated memory
US12/820,758 Abandoned US20100262590A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2010-06-22 Multi-computer distributed processing with replicated local memory exclusive read and write and network value update propagation

Family Applications Before (9)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/259,762 Active 2027-01-24 US8028299B2 (en) 2005-04-21 2005-10-25 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with finalization of objects
US11/259,634 Abandoned US20060265703A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-10-25 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with replicated memory
US11/259,744 Abandoned US20060253844A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-10-25 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with initialization of objects
US11/259,761 Abandoned US20060265704A1 (en) 2005-04-21 2005-10-25 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with synchronization
US11/259,885 Active 2026-12-11 US7788314B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-10-25 Multi-computer distributed processing with replicated local memory exclusive read and write and network value update propagation
US11/912,141 Abandoned US20090055603A1 (en) 2005-04-21 2006-04-20 Modified computer architecture for a computer to operate in a multiple computer system
US12/340,303 Abandoned US20090198776A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2008-12-19 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with initialization of objects
US12/343,419 Expired - Lifetime US7818296B2 (en) 2005-04-21 2008-12-23 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with synchronization
US12/396,446 Expired - Lifetime US7860829B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2009-03-02 Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with replicated memory

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (10) US8028299B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1880303A4 (en)
WO (2) WO2006110937A1 (en)

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080120486A1 (en) * 2006-11-21 2008-05-22 Microsoft Corporation Driver model for replacing core system hardware
US20080201603A1 (en) * 2007-02-15 2008-08-21 Microsoft Corporation Correlating hardware devices between local operating system and global management entity
US20110214024A1 (en) * 2010-02-26 2011-09-01 Bmc Software, Inc. Method of Collecting and Correlating Locking Data to Determine Ultimate Holders in Real Time
US20120124550A1 (en) * 2006-02-22 2012-05-17 Robert Nocera Facilitating database application code translation from a first application language to a second application language
US20130166508A1 (en) * 2011-12-21 2013-06-27 Sybase, Inc. Multiphase Approach To Data Availability
US20130226932A1 (en) * 2009-03-13 2013-08-29 Landmark Graphics Corporation Systems and Methods for Real Time Data Management in a Collaborative Environment
US20140040218A1 (en) * 2012-07-31 2014-02-06 Hideaki Kimura Methods and systems for an intent lock engine
US8745441B2 (en) 2006-11-21 2014-06-03 Microsoft Corporation Processor replacement
US10649685B2 (en) 2018-07-16 2020-05-12 International Business Machines Corporation Site-centric alerting in a distributed storage system
US11132274B2 (en) * 2018-03-01 2021-09-28 Target Brands, Inc. Establishing and monitoring programming environments
US11231693B2 (en) 2015-02-12 2022-01-25 Glowforge Inc. Cloud controlled laser fabrication
US11327461B2 (en) 2015-02-12 2022-05-10 Glowforge Inc. Safety assurances for laser fabrication using temperature sensors
US11460828B2 (en) * 2016-11-25 2022-10-04 Glowforge Inc. Multi-user computer-numerically-controlled machine
US11860601B2 (en) 2016-11-25 2024-01-02 Glowforge Inc. Calibration of a computer-numerically-controlled machine

Families Citing this family (109)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060095483A1 (en) * 2004-04-23 2006-05-04 Waratek Pty Limited Modified computer architecture with finalization of objects
US20050257219A1 (en) * 2004-04-23 2005-11-17 Holt John M Multiple computer architecture with replicated memory fields
US7844665B2 (en) * 2004-04-23 2010-11-30 Waratek Pty Ltd. Modified computer architecture having coordinated deletion of corresponding replicated memory locations among plural computers
US7849452B2 (en) * 2004-04-23 2010-12-07 Waratek Pty Ltd. Modification of computer applications at load time for distributed execution
US7707179B2 (en) * 2004-04-23 2010-04-27 Waratek Pty Limited Multiple computer architecture with synchronization
US20050262513A1 (en) * 2004-04-23 2005-11-24 Waratek Pty Limited Modified computer architecture with initialization of objects
US8028299B2 (en) 2005-04-21 2011-09-27 Waratek Pty, Ltd. Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with finalization of objects
US7357332B2 (en) * 2005-04-29 2008-04-15 International Business Machines Corporation Providing diagnostic information on the processing of variables in source code
US7958322B2 (en) * 2005-10-25 2011-06-07 Waratek Pty Ltd Multiple machine architecture with overhead reduction
US8015236B2 (en) * 2005-10-25 2011-09-06 Waratek Pty. Ltd. Replication of objects having non-primitive fields, especially addresses
US7581069B2 (en) * 2005-10-25 2009-08-25 Waratek Pty Ltd. Multiple computer system with enhanced memory clean up
US7761670B2 (en) * 2005-10-25 2010-07-20 Waratek Pty Limited Modified machine architecture with advanced synchronization
US7660960B2 (en) * 2005-10-25 2010-02-09 Waratek Pty, Ltd. Modified machine architecture with partial memory updating
US20070100828A1 (en) * 2005-10-25 2007-05-03 Holt John M Modified machine architecture with machine redundancy
US7849369B2 (en) * 2005-10-25 2010-12-07 Waratek Pty Ltd. Failure resistant multiple computer system and method
US20070157212A1 (en) * 2006-01-04 2007-07-05 Berg Douglas C Context key routing for parallel processing in an application serving environment
US7873953B1 (en) * 2006-01-20 2011-01-18 Altera Corporation High-level language code sequence optimization for implementing programmable chip designs
US8156493B2 (en) * 2006-04-12 2012-04-10 The Mathworks, Inc. Exception handling in a concurrent computing process
US7747996B1 (en) * 2006-05-25 2010-06-29 Oracle America, Inc. Method of mixed lock-free and locking synchronization
US8082289B2 (en) 2006-06-13 2011-12-20 Advanced Cluster Systems, Inc. Cluster computing support for application programs
CA2557343C (en) * 2006-08-28 2015-09-22 Ibm Canada Limited-Ibm Canada Limitee Runtime code modification in a multi-threaded environment
WO2008040076A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-04-10 Waratek Pty Limited Contention resolution with echo cancellation
WO2008040064A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-04-10 Waratek Pty Limited Switch protocol for network communications
US8473564B2 (en) 2006-10-05 2013-06-25 Waratek Pty Ltd. Contention detection and resolution
US7958329B2 (en) * 2006-10-05 2011-06-07 Waratek Pty Ltd Hybrid replicated shared memory
US20080120477A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-22 Holt John M Contention detection with modified message format
US20080126703A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-29 Holt John M Cyclic redundant multiple computer architecture
US20080114853A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-15 Holt John M Network protocol for network communications
US20080120475A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-22 Holt John M Adding one or more computers to a multiple computer system
EP2069930A4 (en) * 2006-10-05 2012-05-30 Waratek Pty Ltd Advanced contention detection
US20080114962A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-15 Holt John M Silent memory reclamation
US20080133688A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-06-05 Holt John M Multiple computer system with dual mode redundancy architecture
US7962697B2 (en) 2006-10-05 2011-06-14 Waratek Pty Limited Contention detection
US20080120478A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-22 Holt John M Advanced synchronization and contention resolution
US20080140863A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-06-12 Holt John M Multiple communication networks for multiple computers
US20080134189A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-06-05 Holt John M Job scheduling amongst multiple computers
WO2008040068A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-04-10 Waratek Pty Limited Advanced synchronization and contention resolution
US20080140973A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-06-12 Holt John M Contention detection with data consolidation
US20080126506A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-29 Holt John M Multiple computer system with redundancy architecture
US20080114896A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-15 Holt John M Asynchronous data transmission
US20080126572A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-29 Holt John M Multi-path switching networks
US20080126322A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-29 Holt John M Synchronization with partial memory replication
US20080151902A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-06-26 Holt John M Multiple network connections for multiple computers
US20080133869A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-06-05 Holt John M Redundant multiple computer architecture
US20080250221A1 (en) * 2006-10-09 2008-10-09 Holt John M Contention detection with data consolidation
US8332866B2 (en) * 2006-11-29 2012-12-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods, systems, and apparatus for object invocation across protection domain boundaries
US8413125B2 (en) * 2007-01-26 2013-04-02 Oracle International Corporation Asynchronous dynamic compilation based on multi-session profiling to produce shared native code
US8037460B2 (en) * 2007-01-26 2011-10-11 Oracle International Corporation Code persistence and dependency management for dynamic compilation in a database management system
US8341609B2 (en) * 2007-01-26 2012-12-25 Oracle International Corporation Code generation in the presence of paged memory
US7685381B2 (en) * 2007-03-01 2010-03-23 International Business Machines Corporation Employing a data structure of readily accessible units of memory to facilitate memory access
US7899663B2 (en) * 2007-03-30 2011-03-01 International Business Machines Corporation Providing memory consistency in an emulated processing environment
US8316190B2 (en) * 2007-04-06 2012-11-20 Waratek Pty. Ltd. Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing having redundant array of independent systems with replicated memory and code striping
US8458724B2 (en) 2007-06-15 2013-06-04 Microsoft Corporation Automatic mutual exclusion
US20090044186A1 (en) * 2007-08-07 2009-02-12 Nokia Corporation System and method for implementation of java ais api
US8291393B2 (en) * 2007-08-20 2012-10-16 International Business Machines Corporation Just-in-time compiler support for interruptible code
WO2009027138A1 (en) 2007-08-30 2009-03-05 International Business Machines Corporation Accessing data entities
US8181180B1 (en) * 2007-09-14 2012-05-15 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Managing jobs in shared file systems
US8381174B2 (en) * 2007-10-31 2013-02-19 National Instruments Corporation Global variable structure in a graphical program
US8347266B2 (en) * 2007-12-10 2013-01-01 Microsoft Corporation Declarative object identity
US8250524B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2012-08-21 Microsoft Corporation Contract programming for code error reduction
US8245222B2 (en) * 2008-07-09 2012-08-14 Aspect Software, Inc. Image installer
US8630976B2 (en) * 2008-08-20 2014-01-14 Sap Ag Fast search replication synchronization processes
US9542222B2 (en) * 2008-11-14 2017-01-10 Oracle International Corporation Resource broker system for dynamically deploying and managing software services in a virtual environment based on resource usage and service level agreement
US8645922B2 (en) * 2008-11-25 2014-02-04 Sap Ag System and method of implementing a concurrency profiler
US8307350B2 (en) * 2009-01-14 2012-11-06 Microsoft Corporation Multi level virtual function tables
US8782607B2 (en) 2009-02-20 2014-07-15 Microsoft Corporation Contract failure behavior with escalation policy
US9268608B2 (en) 2009-02-26 2016-02-23 Oracle International Corporation Automatic administration of UNIX commands
US8667483B2 (en) * 2009-03-25 2014-03-04 Microsoft Corporation Device dependent on-demand compiling and deployment of mobile applications
US10534644B2 (en) * 2009-06-25 2020-01-14 Wind River Systems, Inc. Method and system for a CPU-local storage mechanism
US9262933B2 (en) * 2009-11-13 2016-02-16 The Boeing Company Lateral avoidance maneuver solver
US8725402B2 (en) 2009-11-13 2014-05-13 The Boeing Company Loss of separation avoidance maneuvering
US8290991B2 (en) * 2009-12-15 2012-10-16 Juniper Networks, Inc. Atomic deletion of database data categories
US8214411B2 (en) * 2009-12-15 2012-07-03 Juniper Networks, Inc. Atomic deletion of database data categories
US8943108B2 (en) * 2009-12-23 2015-01-27 International Business Machines Corporation Hardware off-load memory garbage collection acceleration
US8407444B2 (en) * 2009-12-23 2013-03-26 International Business Machines Corporation Hardware off-load garbage collection acceleration for languages with finalizers
US9152438B2 (en) * 2010-04-19 2015-10-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Object linking based on a determined linker order
RU2554509C2 (en) * 2010-10-06 2015-06-27 Александр Яковлевич Богданов System and method of distributed computations
US8453130B2 (en) * 2011-02-09 2013-05-28 International Business Machines Corporation Memory management for object oriented applications during runtime
US8572754B2 (en) 2011-02-25 2013-10-29 Wyse Technology Inc. System and method for facilitating unlocking a device connected locally to a client
US8615544B2 (en) * 2011-02-25 2013-12-24 Wyse Technology Inc. System and method for unlocking a device remotely from a server
US8671204B2 (en) 2011-06-29 2014-03-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Cooperative sharing of subscriptions to a subscriber-based network among M2M devices
US9275369B2 (en) 2011-08-24 2016-03-01 Oracle International Corporation Demystifying obfuscated information transfer for performing automated system administration
US9015702B2 (en) * 2012-01-13 2015-04-21 Vasanth Bhat Determining compatibility of an application with different versions of an operating system
WO2013138895A1 (en) * 2012-03-22 2013-09-26 Irdeto Canada Corporation Updating software components
US9037558B2 (en) * 2012-05-25 2015-05-19 International Business Machines Corporation Management of long-running locks and transactions on database tables
RU2012127578A (en) * 2012-07-02 2014-01-10 ЭлЭсАй Корпорейшн ANALYZER OF APPLICABILITY OF THE SOFTWARE MODULE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT AND TESTING OF THE SOFTWARE FOR MULTIPROCESSOR MEDIA
US8612407B1 (en) 2012-07-18 2013-12-17 International Business Machines Corporation Source control inheritance locking
US9092281B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2015-07-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Fast remote procedure call
US9804945B1 (en) * 2013-01-03 2017-10-31 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Determinism for distributed applications
CN103067797B (en) * 2013-01-30 2015-04-08 烽火通信科技股份有限公司 Maintenance method of intelligent ODN (Optical Distribution Network) managing system
US9002982B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2015-04-07 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Automated desktop placement
US10313345B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2019-06-04 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Application marketplace for virtual desktops
US9317472B2 (en) * 2013-06-07 2016-04-19 International Business Machines Corporation Processing element data sharing
US10623243B2 (en) * 2013-06-26 2020-04-14 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Management of computing sessions
US10540148B2 (en) * 2014-06-12 2020-01-21 Oracle International Corporation Complex constants
US20160070759A1 (en) * 2014-09-04 2016-03-10 Palo Alto Research Center Incorporated System And Method For Integrating Real-Time Query Engine And Database Platform
US10241858B2 (en) 2014-09-05 2019-03-26 Tttech Computertechnik Ag Computer system and method for safety-critical applications
US9853908B2 (en) 2014-11-25 2017-12-26 Red Hat Inc. Utilizing access control data structures for sharing computing resources
US10318271B2 (en) 2015-01-05 2019-06-11 Irdeto Canada Corporation Updating software components in a program
DE102015112143B4 (en) * 2015-07-24 2017-04-06 Infineon Technologies Ag A method of determining an integrity of an execution of a code fragment and a method of providing an abstract representation of a program code
US9977786B2 (en) * 2015-12-23 2018-05-22 Github, Inc. Distributed code repository with limited synchronization locking
SG10201600224SA (en) * 2016-01-12 2017-08-30 Huawei Int Pte Ltd Dedicated ssr pipeline stage of router for express traversal (extra) noc
CN107526742B (en) 2016-06-21 2021-10-08 伊姆西Ip控股有限责任公司 Method and apparatus for processing multilingual text
US20180225110A1 (en) * 2017-02-08 2018-08-09 International Business Machines Corporation Legacy program code analysis and optimization
CN108415719B (en) * 2018-03-29 2019-03-19 网易(杭州)网络有限公司 The hot update method of code and device, storage medium, processor and terminal
CN110113407B (en) * 2019-04-30 2021-08-17 上海连尚网络科技有限公司 Applet state synchronization method, apparatus and computer storage medium
US11263091B2 (en) * 2020-02-19 2022-03-01 International Business Machines Corporation Using inode entries to mirror data operations across data storage sites
US11698898B2 (en) * 2020-11-04 2023-07-11 Salesforce, Inc. Lock wait tracing
US12099476B2 (en) * 2021-10-22 2024-09-24 Dell Products L.P. Distributed smart lock system

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6216262B1 (en) * 1996-01-16 2001-04-10 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Distributed processing
US6826570B1 (en) * 2000-07-18 2004-11-30 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamically switching between different types of concurrency control techniques to provide an adaptive access strategy for a parallel file system
US20050086384A1 (en) * 2003-09-04 2005-04-21 Johannes Ernst System and method for replicating, integrating and synchronizing distributed information
US20050114848A1 (en) * 2003-11-21 2005-05-26 Jong-Deok Choi Dynamic instrumentation for a mixed mode virtual machine
US20050228957A1 (en) * 2004-04-09 2005-10-13 Ai Satoyama Data replication in a storage system
US20060070051A1 (en) * 2004-09-24 2006-03-30 Norbert Kuck Sharing classes and class loaders
US7031989B2 (en) * 2001-02-26 2006-04-18 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic seamless reconfiguration of executing parallel software
US20060167878A1 (en) * 2005-01-27 2006-07-27 International Business Machines Corporation Customer statistics based on database lock use
US7380039B2 (en) * 2003-12-30 2008-05-27 3Tera, Inc. Apparatus, method and system for aggregrating computing resources
US7437516B2 (en) * 2004-12-28 2008-10-14 Sap Ag Programming models for eviction policies

Family Cites Families (168)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4068298A (en) * 1975-12-03 1978-01-10 Systems Development Corporation Information storage and retrieval system
US4300127A (en) * 1978-09-27 1981-11-10 Bernin Victor M Solid state noncontacting keyboard employing a differential transformer element
JPS60186919A (en) 1984-01-30 1985-09-24 Nec Corp Autonomous timer circuit
US4780821A (en) * 1986-07-29 1988-10-25 International Business Machines Corp. Method for multiple programs management within a network having a server computer and a plurality of remote computers
US4969092A (en) 1988-09-30 1990-11-06 Ibm Corp. Method for scheduling execution of distributed application programs at preset times in an SNA LU 6.2 network environment
US5062037A (en) * 1988-10-24 1991-10-29 Ibm Corp. Method to provide concurrent execution of distributed application programs by a host computer and an intelligent work station on an sna network
EP0367188B1 (en) * 1988-11-01 1995-05-03 Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Thermoplastic polymer composition
IT1227360B (en) * 1988-11-18 1991-04-08 Honeywell Bull Spa MULTIPROCESSOR DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM WITH GLOBAL DATA REPLICATION.
DE69124285T2 (en) * 1990-05-18 1997-08-14 Fujitsu Ltd Data processing system with an input / output path separation mechanism and method for controlling the data processing system
US6682608B2 (en) * 1990-12-18 2004-01-27 Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. Superelastic guiding member
FR2691559B1 (en) * 1992-05-25 1997-01-03 Cegelec REPLICATIVE OBJECT SOFTWARE SYSTEM USING DYNAMIC MESSAGING, IN PARTICULAR FOR REDUNDANT ARCHITECTURE CONTROL / CONTROL INSTALLATION.
US5754207A (en) * 1992-08-12 1998-05-19 Hewlett-Packard Company Volume indicating ink reservoir cartridge system
US5418966A (en) * 1992-10-16 1995-05-23 International Business Machines Corporation Updating replicated objects in a plurality of memory partitions
US5581555A (en) * 1993-09-17 1996-12-03 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Reverse path allocation and contention resolution scheme for a broadband communications system
DE4497149B4 (en) 1993-09-24 2005-02-10 Oracle Corp., Redwood City Computer-based method for data replication in peer-to-peer environment
US5544345A (en) 1993-11-08 1996-08-06 International Business Machines Corporation Coherence controls for store-multiple shared data coordinated by cache directory entries in a shared electronic storage
JPH086854A (en) * 1993-12-23 1996-01-12 Unisys Corp Outboard-file-cache external processing complex
US5568605A (en) 1994-01-13 1996-10-22 International Business Machines Corporation Resolving conflicting topology information
US5692193A (en) * 1994-03-31 1997-11-25 Nec Research Institute, Inc. Software architecture for control of highly parallel computer systems
US5434994A (en) * 1994-05-23 1995-07-18 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for maintaining replicated data coherency in a data processing system
US6017118A (en) * 1995-04-27 2000-01-25 Hewlett-Packard Company High performance ink container with efficient construction
US6318850B1 (en) 1995-12-04 2001-11-20 Hewlett-Packard Company Ink container refurbishment system
WO1996038795A1 (en) * 1995-05-30 1996-12-05 Corporation For National Research Initiatives System for distributed task execution
US5612865A (en) * 1995-06-01 1997-03-18 Ncr Corporation Dynamic hashing method for optimal distribution of locks within a clustered system
US6199116B1 (en) * 1996-05-24 2001-03-06 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for managing data while sharing application programs
US5960087A (en) 1996-07-01 1999-09-28 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Distributed garbage collection system and method
US5802585A (en) 1996-07-17 1998-09-01 Digital Equipment Corporation Batched checking of shared memory accesses
EP0852034A1 (en) * 1996-07-24 1998-07-08 Hewlett-Packard Company, A Delaware Corporation Ordered message reception in a distributed data processing system
US6760903B1 (en) * 1996-08-27 2004-07-06 Compuware Corporation Coordinated application monitoring in a distributed computing environment
US6314558B1 (en) 1996-08-27 2001-11-06 Compuware Corporation Byte code instrumentation
US6049809A (en) * 1996-10-30 2000-04-11 Microsoft Corporation Replication optimization system and method
FR2756070B1 (en) 1996-11-18 1999-01-22 Bull Sa SYSTEM FOR MANAGING AND PROCESSING DISTRIBUTED OBJECT TRANSACTIONS AND METHOD IMPLEMENTED THEREWITH
US6148377A (en) 1996-11-22 2000-11-14 Mangosoft Corporation Shared memory computer networks
US5918248A (en) * 1996-12-30 1999-06-29 Northern Telecom Limited Shared memory control algorithm for mutual exclusion and rollback
US6192514B1 (en) * 1997-02-19 2001-02-20 Unisys Corporation Multicomputer system
JPH10250104A (en) 1997-03-12 1998-09-22 Seiko Epson Corp Ink cartridge for ink-jet type recording apparatus, and its manufacture
US6633577B1 (en) 1997-03-26 2003-10-14 Nec Corporation Handshaking circuit for resolving contention on a transmission medium regardless of its length
US6425016B1 (en) 1997-05-27 2002-07-23 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for providing collaborative replicated objects for synchronous distributed groupware applications
US6048809A (en) * 1997-06-03 2000-04-11 Lear Automotive Dearborn, Inc. Vehicle headliner formed of polyester fibers
US6585359B1 (en) 1997-06-04 2003-07-01 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Ink container providing pressurized ink with ink level sensor
US6010210A (en) * 1997-06-04 2000-01-04 Hewlett-Packard Company Ink container having a multiple function chassis
US5913213A (en) 1997-06-16 1999-06-15 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson Lingering locks for replicated data objects
JP3586073B2 (en) * 1997-07-29 2004-11-10 株式会社東芝 Reference voltage generation circuit
US6072953A (en) * 1997-09-30 2000-06-06 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and method for dynamically modifying class files during loading for execution
US6324587B1 (en) * 1997-12-23 2001-11-27 Microsoft Corporation Method, computer program product, and data structure for publishing a data object over a store and forward transport
US6473773B1 (en) 1997-12-24 2002-10-29 International Business Machines Corporation Memory management in a partially garbage-collected programming system
US6449734B1 (en) 1998-04-17 2002-09-10 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for discarding locally committed transactions to ensure consistency in a server cluster
JP3866426B2 (en) 1998-11-05 2007-01-10 日本電気株式会社 Memory fault processing method in cluster computer and cluster computer
EP0969377B1 (en) 1998-06-30 2009-01-07 International Business Machines Corporation Method of replication-based garbage collection in a multiprocessor system
US6496871B1 (en) * 1998-06-30 2002-12-17 Nec Research Institute, Inc. Distributed agent software system and method having enhanced process mobility and communication in a computer network
JP2000094710A (en) 1998-09-24 2000-04-04 Seiko Epson Corp Print head device, ink jet printer and ink cartridge
JP3578385B2 (en) * 1998-10-22 2004-10-20 インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレーション Computer and replica identity maintaining method
US6460051B1 (en) 1998-10-28 2002-10-01 Starfish Software, Inc. System and methods for synchronizing datasets in a communication environment having high-latency or other adverse characteristics
US6266747B1 (en) 1998-10-30 2001-07-24 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method for writing data into data storage units
US6163801A (en) * 1998-10-30 2000-12-19 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Dynamic communication between computer processes
US6757896B1 (en) * 1999-01-29 2004-06-29 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for enabling partial replication of object stores
JP3254434B2 (en) * 1999-04-13 2002-02-04 三菱電機株式会社 Data communication device
US6611955B1 (en) 1999-06-03 2003-08-26 Swisscom Ag Monitoring and testing middleware based application software
US6680942B2 (en) 1999-07-02 2004-01-20 Cisco Technology, Inc. Directory services caching for network peer to peer service locator
GB2353113B (en) * 1999-08-11 2001-10-10 Sun Microsystems Inc Software fault tolerant computer system
US6578068B1 (en) * 1999-08-31 2003-06-10 Accenture Llp Load balancer in environment services patterns
GB9921720D0 (en) * 1999-09-14 1999-11-17 Tao Group Ltd Loading object-oriented computer programs
DE19961274C1 (en) * 1999-12-18 2001-02-15 Wella Ag New 2,5-diamino-1-(N-aminophenyl)-aminomethyl-benzene derivatives are used in colorants for keratinous fibers e.g. human hair
US6370625B1 (en) * 1999-12-29 2002-04-09 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for lock synchronization in a microprocessor system
US6823511B1 (en) * 2000-01-10 2004-11-23 International Business Machines Corporation Reader-writer lock for multiprocessor systems
US6775831B1 (en) * 2000-02-11 2004-08-10 Overture Services, Inc. System and method for rapid completion of data processing tasks distributed on a network
US20020161848A1 (en) 2000-03-03 2002-10-31 Willman Charles A. Systems and methods for facilitating memory access in information management environments
JP3416614B2 (en) 2000-04-26 2003-06-16 キヤノン株式会社 Ink jet recording device
US6922685B2 (en) * 2000-05-22 2005-07-26 Mci, Inc. Method and system for managing partitioned data resources
US20030005407A1 (en) * 2000-06-23 2003-01-02 Hines Kenneth J. System and method for coordination-centric design of software systems
AU6778601A (en) * 2000-06-26 2002-01-08 International Business Machines Corporation Data management application programming interface for a parallel file system
US6662359B1 (en) 2000-07-20 2003-12-09 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for injecting hooks into Java classes to handle exception and finalization processing
US6865585B1 (en) * 2000-07-31 2005-03-08 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for multiprocessor garbage collection
US6529917B1 (en) * 2000-08-14 2003-03-04 Divine Technology Ventures System and method of synchronizing replicated data
US6725014B1 (en) 2000-08-17 2004-04-20 Honeywell International, Inc. Method and system for contention resolution in radio frequency identification systems
US7058826B2 (en) * 2000-09-27 2006-06-06 Amphus, Inc. System, architecture, and method for logical server and other network devices in a dynamically configurable multi-server network environment
TW486661B (en) * 2000-10-05 2002-05-11 Elan Microelectronics Corp Input device using multi-dimension electrodes to define keys and its encoding method
WO2002044835A2 (en) 2000-11-28 2002-06-06 Gingerich Gregory L A method and system for software and hardware multiplicity
US7020736B1 (en) * 2000-12-18 2006-03-28 Redback Networks Inc. Method and apparatus for sharing memory space across mutliple processing units
US6754859B2 (en) 2001-01-03 2004-06-22 Bull Hn Information Systems Inc. Computer processor read/alter/rewrite optimization cache invalidate signals
US7383329B2 (en) 2001-02-13 2008-06-03 Aventail, Llc Distributed cache for state transfer operations
US7082604B2 (en) * 2001-04-20 2006-07-25 Mobile Agent Technologies, Incorporated Method and apparatus for breaking down computing tasks across a network of heterogeneous computer for parallel execution by utilizing autonomous mobile agents
ES2289027T3 (en) 2001-05-17 2008-02-01 Seiko Epson Corporation INK CARTRIDGE AND REGISTRATION DEVICE FOR INK JET USED BY CARTRIDGE.
US20020194015A1 (en) * 2001-05-29 2002-12-19 Incepto Ltd. Distributed database clustering using asynchronous transactional replication
US7047521B2 (en) 2001-06-07 2006-05-16 Lynoxworks, Inc. Dynamic instrumentation event trace system and methods
US6687709B2 (en) * 2001-06-29 2004-02-03 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus for database record locking and method therefor
JP2003018204A (en) * 2001-07-02 2003-01-17 Hitachi Ltd Packet transfer device provided with flow detection function and flow management method
US6862608B2 (en) * 2001-07-17 2005-03-01 Storage Technology Corporation System and method for a distributed shared memory
WO2003017114A1 (en) * 2001-08-20 2003-02-27 Gausa, Llc System and method for real-time multi-directional file-based data streaming editor
ATE326348T1 (en) * 2001-10-05 2006-06-15 Canon Kk INK TANK, LIQUID SUPPLY DEVICE AND RECORDING DEVICE
US6968372B1 (en) 2001-10-17 2005-11-22 Microsoft Corporation Distributed variable synchronizer
US20030097395A1 (en) * 2001-11-16 2003-05-22 Petersen Paul M. Executing irregular parallel control structures
US6668312B2 (en) * 2001-12-21 2003-12-23 Celoxica Ltd. System, method, and article of manufacture for dynamically profiling memory transfers in a program
KR100441712B1 (en) * 2001-12-29 2004-07-27 엘지전자 주식회사 Extensible Multi-processing System and Method of Replicating Memory thereof
US6779093B1 (en) 2002-02-15 2004-08-17 Veritas Operating Corporation Control facility for processing in-band control messages during data replication
WO2003079225A1 (en) * 2002-03-11 2003-09-25 University Of Southern California Named entity translation
US7231554B2 (en) 2002-03-25 2007-06-12 Availigent, Inc. Transparent consistent active replication of multithreaded application programs
US7024519B2 (en) 2002-05-06 2006-04-04 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. Methods and apparatus for controlling hierarchical cache memory
US7010576B2 (en) * 2002-05-30 2006-03-07 International Business Machines Corporation Efficient method of globalization and synchronization of distributed resources in distributed peer data processing environments
US7206827B2 (en) * 2002-07-25 2007-04-17 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Dynamic administration framework for server systems
US20040073828A1 (en) * 2002-08-30 2004-04-15 Vladimir Bronstein Transparent variable state mirroring
US6954794B2 (en) 2002-10-21 2005-10-11 Tekelec Methods and systems for exchanging reachability information and for switching traffic between redundant interfaces in a network cluster
US7287247B2 (en) * 2002-11-12 2007-10-23 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Instrumenting a software application that includes distributed object technology
US7275239B2 (en) * 2003-02-10 2007-09-25 International Business Machines Corporation Run-time wait tracing using byte code insertion
US7114150B2 (en) 2003-02-13 2006-09-26 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and method for dynamic instrumenting of code to minimize system perturbation
TWI242131B (en) * 2003-04-25 2005-10-21 Via Networking Technologies In Method and related circuit for increasing network transmission efficiency by speeding data updating rate of memory
US20050010683A1 (en) * 2003-06-30 2005-01-13 Prabhanjan Moleyar Apparatus, system and method for performing table maintenance
CN1275480C (en) * 2003-07-31 2006-09-13 上海贝尔阿尔卡特股份有限公司 Multi standard software radio (SDR) base band treating method
US20050039171A1 (en) * 2003-08-12 2005-02-17 Avakian Arra E. Using interceptors and out-of-band data to monitor the performance of Java 2 enterprise edition (J2EE) applications
US7549149B2 (en) * 2003-08-21 2009-06-16 International Business Machines Corporation Automatic software distribution and installation in a multi-tiered computer network
US7412580B1 (en) * 2003-10-06 2008-08-12 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Concurrent incremental garbage collector with a card table summarizing modified reference locations
US20050086661A1 (en) * 2003-10-21 2005-04-21 Monnie David J. Object synchronization in shared object space
US20050108481A1 (en) * 2003-11-17 2005-05-19 Iyengar Arun K. System and method for achieving strong data consistency
US7565653B2 (en) * 2004-02-20 2009-07-21 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. Methods and apparatus for processor task migration in a multi-processor system
CA2563900C (en) 2004-04-22 2015-01-06 Waratek Pty Ltd Modified computer architecture with coordinated objects
US20060095483A1 (en) * 2004-04-23 2006-05-04 Waratek Pty Limited Modified computer architecture with finalization of objects
US7844665B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2010-11-30 Waratek Pty Ltd. Modified computer architecture having coordinated deletion of corresponding replicated memory locations among plural computers
US7849452B2 (en) * 2004-04-23 2010-12-07 Waratek Pty Ltd. Modification of computer applications at load time for distributed execution
US20050262513A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-11-24 Waratek Pty Limited Modified computer architecture with initialization of objects
US7707179B2 (en) * 2004-04-23 2010-04-27 Waratek Pty Limited Multiple computer architecture with synchronization
US20050257219A1 (en) * 2004-04-23 2005-11-17 Holt John M Multiple computer architecture with replicated memory fields
US7639656B2 (en) 2004-04-28 2009-12-29 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Protocol for communication between access ports and wireless switches
US7149866B2 (en) * 2004-06-04 2006-12-12 International Business Machines Corporation Free item distribution among multiple free lists during garbage collection for more efficient object allocation
WO2005121959A2 (en) * 2004-06-08 2005-12-22 Dartdevices Corporation Architecture, apparatus and method for device team recruitment and content renditioning for universal device interoperability platform
US7200734B2 (en) * 2004-07-31 2007-04-03 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Operating-system-transparent distributed memory
US7225371B2 (en) * 2004-08-03 2007-05-29 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for storing and retrieving multiple point-in-time consistent data sets
US7590803B2 (en) * 2004-09-23 2009-09-15 Sap Ag Cache eviction
US20060080389A1 (en) 2004-10-06 2006-04-13 Digipede Technologies, Llc Distributed processing system
US7712081B2 (en) * 2005-01-19 2010-05-04 International Business Machines Corporation Using code motion and write and read delays to increase the probability of bug detection in concurrent systems
US8028299B2 (en) * 2005-04-21 2011-09-27 Waratek Pty, Ltd. Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing with finalization of objects
US8015236B2 (en) * 2005-10-25 2011-09-06 Waratek Pty. Ltd. Replication of objects having non-primitive fields, especially addresses
US7849369B2 (en) 2005-10-25 2010-12-07 Waratek Pty Ltd. Failure resistant multiple computer system and method
US7761670B2 (en) 2005-10-25 2010-07-20 Waratek Pty Limited Modified machine architecture with advanced synchronization
US7581069B2 (en) 2005-10-25 2009-08-25 Waratek Pty Ltd. Multiple computer system with enhanced memory clean up
US20070100828A1 (en) * 2005-10-25 2007-05-03 Holt John M Modified machine architecture with machine redundancy
US7958322B2 (en) 2005-10-25 2011-06-07 Waratek Pty Ltd Multiple machine architecture with overhead reduction
US7660960B2 (en) 2005-10-25 2010-02-09 Waratek Pty, Ltd. Modified machine architecture with partial memory updating
US7245556B1 (en) * 2005-12-28 2007-07-17 Sandisk Corporation Methods for writing non-volatile memories for increased endurance
US7500067B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2009-03-03 Dell Products L.P. System and method for allocating memory to input-output devices in a multiprocessor computer system
US7647454B2 (en) * 2006-06-12 2010-01-12 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Transactional shared memory system and method of control
US20080151902A1 (en) 2006-10-05 2008-06-26 Holt John M Multiple network connections for multiple computers
US20080114896A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-15 Holt John M Asynchronous data transmission
US20080133688A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-06-05 Holt John M Multiple computer system with dual mode redundancy architecture
US7958329B2 (en) * 2006-10-05 2011-06-07 Waratek Pty Ltd Hybrid replicated shared memory
WO2008040076A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-04-10 Waratek Pty Limited Contention resolution with echo cancellation
WO2008040064A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-04-10 Waratek Pty Limited Switch protocol for network communications
US20080133869A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-06-05 Holt John M Redundant multiple computer architecture
US20080126506A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-29 Holt John M Multiple computer system with redundancy architecture
US20080114853A1 (en) 2006-10-05 2008-05-15 Holt John M Network protocol for network communications
WO2008040068A1 (en) 2006-10-05 2008-04-10 Waratek Pty Limited Advanced synchronization and contention resolution
US20080127214A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-29 Holt John M Contention detection with counter rollover
EP2069930A4 (en) * 2006-10-05 2012-05-30 Waratek Pty Ltd Advanced contention detection
US20080140863A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-06-12 Holt John M Multiple communication networks for multiple computers
US8473564B2 (en) * 2006-10-05 2013-06-25 Waratek Pty Ltd. Contention detection and resolution
US20080126572A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-29 Holt John M Multi-path switching networks
US20100121935A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2010-05-13 Holt John M Hybrid replicated shared memory
US20080120478A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-22 Holt John M Advanced synchronization and contention resolution
US20080120475A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-22 Holt John M Adding one or more computers to a multiple computer system
US20080126703A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-29 Holt John M Cyclic redundant multiple computer architecture
US20080126322A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-29 Holt John M Synchronization with partial memory replication
US20080120477A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-22 Holt John M Contention detection with modified message format
US20080140973A1 (en) 2006-10-05 2008-06-12 Holt John M Contention detection with data consolidation
US7962697B2 (en) * 2006-10-05 2011-06-14 Waratek Pty Limited Contention detection
US20080114962A1 (en) * 2006-10-05 2008-05-15 Holt John M Silent memory reclamation
US20080250221A1 (en) 2006-10-09 2008-10-09 Holt John M Contention detection with data consolidation
US8195749B2 (en) * 2006-11-13 2012-06-05 Bindu Rama Rao Questionnaire server capable of providing questionnaires based on device capabilities
US20080189700A1 (en) 2007-02-02 2008-08-07 Vmware, Inc. Admission Control for Virtual Machine Cluster
US8316190B2 (en) 2007-04-06 2012-11-20 Waratek Pty. Ltd. Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing having redundant array of independent systems with replicated memory and code striping

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6216262B1 (en) * 1996-01-16 2001-04-10 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Distributed processing
US6826570B1 (en) * 2000-07-18 2004-11-30 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamically switching between different types of concurrency control techniques to provide an adaptive access strategy for a parallel file system
US7031989B2 (en) * 2001-02-26 2006-04-18 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic seamless reconfiguration of executing parallel software
US20050086384A1 (en) * 2003-09-04 2005-04-21 Johannes Ernst System and method for replicating, integrating and synchronizing distributed information
US20050114848A1 (en) * 2003-11-21 2005-05-26 Jong-Deok Choi Dynamic instrumentation for a mixed mode virtual machine
US7380039B2 (en) * 2003-12-30 2008-05-27 3Tera, Inc. Apparatus, method and system for aggregrating computing resources
US20050228957A1 (en) * 2004-04-09 2005-10-13 Ai Satoyama Data replication in a storage system
US20060070051A1 (en) * 2004-09-24 2006-03-30 Norbert Kuck Sharing classes and class loaders
US7437516B2 (en) * 2004-12-28 2008-10-14 Sap Ag Programming models for eviction policies
US20060167878A1 (en) * 2005-01-27 2006-07-27 International Business Machines Corporation Customer statistics based on database lock use

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120124550A1 (en) * 2006-02-22 2012-05-17 Robert Nocera Facilitating database application code translation from a first application language to a second application language
US20080120486A1 (en) * 2006-11-21 2008-05-22 Microsoft Corporation Driver model for replacing core system hardware
US8745441B2 (en) 2006-11-21 2014-06-03 Microsoft Corporation Processor replacement
US8473460B2 (en) 2006-11-21 2013-06-25 Microsoft Corporation Driver model for replacing core system hardware
US8543871B2 (en) 2007-02-15 2013-09-24 Microsoft Corporation Correlating hardware devices between local operating system and global management entity
US20080201603A1 (en) * 2007-02-15 2008-08-21 Microsoft Corporation Correlating hardware devices between local operating system and global management entity
US8086906B2 (en) * 2007-02-15 2011-12-27 Microsoft Corporation Correlating hardware devices between local operating system and global management entity
US10360194B2 (en) * 2009-03-13 2019-07-23 Landmark Graphics Corporation Systems and methods for real time data management in a collaborative environment
US20130226932A1 (en) * 2009-03-13 2013-08-29 Landmark Graphics Corporation Systems and Methods for Real Time Data Management in a Collaborative Environment
US8407531B2 (en) * 2010-02-26 2013-03-26 Bmc Software, Inc. Method of collecting and correlating locking data to determine ultimate holders in real time
US20110214024A1 (en) * 2010-02-26 2011-09-01 Bmc Software, Inc. Method of Collecting and Correlating Locking Data to Determine Ultimate Holders in Real Time
US10803028B2 (en) * 2011-12-21 2020-10-13 Sybase, Inc. Multiphase approach to data availability
US20130166508A1 (en) * 2011-12-21 2013-06-27 Sybase, Inc. Multiphase Approach To Data Availability
US20140040218A1 (en) * 2012-07-31 2014-02-06 Hideaki Kimura Methods and systems for an intent lock engine
US11231693B2 (en) 2015-02-12 2022-01-25 Glowforge Inc. Cloud controlled laser fabrication
US11327461B2 (en) 2015-02-12 2022-05-10 Glowforge Inc. Safety assurances for laser fabrication using temperature sensors
US11537097B2 (en) 2015-02-12 2022-12-27 Glowforge Inc. Visual preview for laser fabrication by assembling multiple camera images
US11880182B2 (en) 2015-02-12 2024-01-23 Glowforge Inc. Safety and reliability for laser fabrication
US11460828B2 (en) * 2016-11-25 2022-10-04 Glowforge Inc. Multi-user computer-numerically-controlled machine
US11835936B2 (en) 2016-11-25 2023-12-05 Glowforge, Inc. Multi-user computer-numerically-controlled machine
US11860601B2 (en) 2016-11-25 2024-01-02 Glowforge Inc. Calibration of a computer-numerically-controlled machine
US11132274B2 (en) * 2018-03-01 2021-09-28 Target Brands, Inc. Establishing and monitoring programming environments
US11442830B2 (en) 2018-03-01 2022-09-13 Target Brands, Inc. Establishing and monitoring programming environments
US10649685B2 (en) 2018-07-16 2020-05-12 International Business Machines Corporation Site-centric alerting in a distributed storage system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US7818296B2 (en) 2010-10-19
US20090235034A1 (en) 2009-09-17
EP1880303A1 (en) 2008-01-23
US8028299B2 (en) 2011-09-27
US7788314B2 (en) 2010-08-31
EP1880303A4 (en) 2008-12-31
WO2006110937A1 (en) 2006-10-26
US20060265705A1 (en) 2006-11-23
US20090235033A1 (en) 2009-09-17
US7860829B2 (en) 2010-12-28
US20090198776A1 (en) 2009-08-06
US20060242464A1 (en) 2006-10-26
US20090055603A1 (en) 2009-02-26
US20060253844A1 (en) 2006-11-09
US20060265704A1 (en) 2006-11-23
WO2006110957A1 (en) 2006-10-26
US20060265703A1 (en) 2006-11-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7788314B2 (en) Multi-computer distributed processing with replicated local memory exclusive read and write and network value update propagation
IL178527A (en) Modified computer architecture with coordinated objects
US8316190B2 (en) Computer architecture and method of operation for multi-computer distributed processing having redundant array of independent systems with replicated memory and code striping
US7844665B2 (en) Modified computer architecture having coordinated deletion of corresponding replicated memory locations among plural computers
US7707179B2 (en) Multiple computer architecture with synchronization
US6161147A (en) Methods and apparatus for managing objects and processes in a distributed object operating environment
US20060095483A1 (en) Modified computer architecture with finalization of objects
TWI467491B (en) Method, system, and computer program product for modified computer architecture with coordinated objects
AU2006238334A1 (en) Modified computer architecture for a computer to operate in a multiple computer system
AU2005236086B2 (en) Multiple computer architecture with synchronization
AU2005236087A1 (en) Modified computer architecture with coordinated objects
AU2005236088A1 (en) Modified computer architecture with finalization of objects

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION